d2.1 training framework design - ea · project: no 141942-llp-1-2008-1-gr-comenius-cmp work package...

57
No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR- COMENIUS-CMP Metaschool: Towards Teacher Competence on Metadata and Online Resources D2.1 Training framework design Project: No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP Work package: WP 2 (Training) Lead Participant: EUN Authors: Petru Dimitru, Riina Vuorikari, Roger Blamire, Sylvia Hartinger Document Type: Document Distribution: Restricted (Project and EC) Status: Final Document file: Metaschool_WP2_TrainingFrameworkDesign _V1.0_01Aug2009_EUN.doc Version: 1.0 Date: 01 August 2009 Number of pages: 56 pages

Upload: donguyet

Post on 25-Aug-2018

213 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

Metaschool Towards Teacher Competence on Metadata and Online Resources

D21 Training framework design

Project No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMPWork package WP 2 (Training) Lead Participant EUN

Authors Petru Dimitru Riina Vuorikari Roger Blamire Sylvia Hartinger

Document Type Document Distribution Restricted (Project and EC) Status Final

Document file Metaschool_WP2_TrainingFrameworkDesign _V10_01Aug2009_EUNdoc

Version 10 Date 01 August 2009 Number of pages 56 pages

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

2

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

3

01 About this document

This document builds on work in WP1 related to user needs and the state of the art in metadata and repositories for school resources and material in D11 European state of the art report on suggestions for the Training Framework The paper provides a detailed outline of the Training Framework including a list of all suggested Training Modules their use and content skeleton as well as their interconnections The Training Framework defines the exact curriculum of the training programme connecting the identified user needs with the Training Modules that will address them The Training Framework reflects the full set of competencies that we expect the participants to have acquired by the end of the training seminars

02 Version

Version Date Contributor Summary of Changes 10 Jul 26 PD Deliverable finalised with new descriptions of

the framework and its models

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

4

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

5

03 Table of contents 1 Introduction 7 2 Background 11 3 Training Modules 19 Introduction 20 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses 20 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories 21 Learning resources and repositories 23 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects 23 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources 24 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities 26 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources27 Metadata 30 37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching 30 38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) 31 Social Web 34 39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) 34 310 Web 20 tools in education 35 311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom 36 Hands-on modules 39 312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom 39 313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo 40 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadatahelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip51 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archeology 316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS 47 317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal 48 318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE 50 319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world 52 320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world 54 321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example 55

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

6

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

7

1 Introduction

11 Scope

This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available

The paper builds on WP1 tasks related to user oriented requirements for the training framework to be incorporated into the methodology for the development of the training framework and to a review of the state of the art in metadata and repositories for school resources The Deliverables also takes into account D11 European state of the art report presenting the state-of-the-art in Europe concerning learning repositories and metadata tools and a feasibility analysis concerning the implementation of the project in participating countries in terms of equipment and other constraints Based on this the Training Framework is suggested

12 Audience

This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources

13 Definitions

This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg

BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES

This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again

CONTROLLED VOCABULARY

Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary

EXPERT INDEXING

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

8

In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group

FOLKSONOMY

A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users

METADATA

Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval

THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT

A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A

SOCIAL BOOKMARKING

Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet

SOCIAL SOFTWARE

Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites

SOCIAL CONTENT

Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

9

SOCIAL CONTEXT

Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work

TAG

A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects

TAG CLOUD

A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag

TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING

Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content

TAXONOMY

Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships

THESAURUS

A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list

USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE

The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

10

VISUALIZATION

Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people

Abbreviations used in this document

EA Ellinogermaniki Agogi EUN European Schoolnet AUA Agricultural University of Athens UoU UmeA University (UBT University of Bayreuth BMUKK Federal Ministry of Education The Arts and Culture CCSS Czech Centre for Science and Society GNK Gymnazium Nad Kavalirkou PCAFS Perrotis College American Farm School (PCAFS) LRE Learning Resource Exchange URL Unified Resource Locator

14 Structure

Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References

Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences

Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

11

2 Background

The results of Work Package 1 on user needs and the state of the art provided a solid background to tasks in WP2 related to the Metaschool training framework Deliverable D11 Needs Analysis Report with teachers identified clear needs while D12 European state of the art considered implementation prospects enablers and barriers in partner countries The results of Work Package 1 on user needs and the state of the art provided a solid background to tasks in WP2 related to the Metaschool training framework Deliverable D11 Needs Analysis Report with teachers identified clear needs while D12 European state of the art considered implementation prospects enablers and barriers in partner countries User needs D11 Needs Analysis Report included reports from workshops with teachers in Austria the Czech Republic and Greece revealing that the skill levels of participating teachers was probably higher than those of the average teacher in those countries and the teachers were positive about ICT and more motivated to learn The most commonly used tools before training were PowerPoint Moodle and linked repositories Google and Google Maps Despite being relatively e-skilled teachers had a low knowledge of Web 20 metadata tagging and learning systems although some used wikis passively but not publishing information themselves Nevertheless they wanted to know more about Web 20 if only because it attracts their students In general teachers wanted to

bull Be able easily to find relevant concrete materials on a portal about their subject prepared by professionals in their own language and with a cultural focus on their own country (videos images data ndash particularly geographical data lesson plans)

bull Use systems easily ndash a high priority was simplicity of use bull Have structured and relevant information bull Access scientific repositories and new information

Publishing their own learning content to use communication tools like chats and to rank materials was given somewhat lower priority It was brought up that IPR problems made it difficult for teachers to publish their own content implying that they produced materials but without regard for or clarity about copyright In terms of preferences teachers wanted to

bull Make the best use of scarce time bull Learn in classrooms in small groups bull Be trained in the use of specific applications with less focus on metadata

repositories ie first getting concrete resources and later on publishing content in these repositories

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

12

Initial needs were related to using the following specific applications tools and repositories most of which will be included in the training modules

bull Catalogue and repository systems bull Cosmos repository for sharing information about cosmos education bull Confolio system for sharing information for Organic Farming education bull Naturnet Redime URM repository for sharing spatial and non spatial context bull Organic Edunet repository bull On line educational applications bull Geogame bull Vitejtenazemi bull Organic Garden bull The Moon And Tides bull Of line or Supporting tools bull eXe HTML editor

However training focused only on these topics will not address wider non-ICT issues such as the ones listed below It will be the intent that these topics will be addressed in the training modules

bull Ensuring high levels of good content from the first contact bull Linguistic and cultural barriers bull Use of copyright-protected material by teachers bull A rationale for the pedagogical value of using repositories What do they make

better What problem do they solve bull Should teachers provide their content and effort for no financial reward bull Lack of teachersrsquo time for projects bull Lack of money in schools for ICT

There are also technological issues that need to be taken into account in the training framework Although these issues apply more to ICT staff than subject teachers these topics will be briefly introduced in the training modules

bull Vast differences between repositories some providing a complete curriculum others basic content only

bull Lack of interoperability between systems (learning platforms) used in schools Training can focus on this practical problem by introducing the use of web-based material that is playable in a standard browser

bull The need for different metadata profiles Protocols for online exchange and vocabularies in different repositories

The report concluded that the training framework should comprise three parts non-technical technical and pedagogical Non-technical aspects should focus on

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

13

bull Why teachers should share their educational content ndash training has to explain advantage of collaborative sharing of educational materials and also advantage of different social networks for educational purposes

bull Rules of protection of IPRs how teachers can use different web based context on the base of methods of IPR protection

bull Creative Commons Licence the rules advantages and restrictions Technical aspects should address IT staff and subject teachers separately For IT staff training should focus on

bull Interconnection of different repositories bull How to localise concrete learning resources

Teacher training on technical aspects should focus on

bull WWW and educational uses for teachers bull Strategies for searching information online bull Learning resources and Repositories bull Introduction to the concept of learning objects bull Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities bull Review amp demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources bull General Technological Information bull Role of metadata for access to educational information bull Difference between Metadata search and free text (Google style search) bull Explanation of different metadata profiles and differences among them bull Why to use thesaurus and vocabularies bull Geographical coverage of metadata and gazetteers bull Methods of searching and validation of information in repositories bull Searching for relevant information using metadata bull How to use thesaurus for search bull How to validate information on the base of different metadata profiles bull Cosmos concept bull OrganicEdunet concept bull NaturNet URM concept bull Methods of publishing data bull General rules for data and metadata publishing bull Publishing using different metadata profile bull Using thesaurus for publishing bull Using geographical coverage bull Web 20 and popular social tools and applications bull What is Web 20 bull Popular social tools (eg Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom bull Wikipedia bull GeoGame

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

14

Subject teachers should also crucially receive training in the educational application of ICT covering web 20 and use scenarios for science-related repositories

bull Advantages and risks of Web 20 in education bull Integrating the wiki concept into education bull How to use selected Cosmos scenarios in education bull How to use OrganicEdunet scenarios in education bull Scenarios based on Naturnet URM for usage of geographical information in

education bull Scenarios for GeoGame in education

European state of the art perspective D12 European state of the art analysed the levels of equipment in schools and teachersrsquo attitudes towards ICT (lsquoe-readinessrsquo) The report included recommendations on training on a country by country basis For Austria

bull Training should include case studies and examples of peers using ICT effectively (to increase teacher motivation)

bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training (because equipment levels vary between schools)

bull German language training and content is preferable but many teachers are competent in English

For the Czech Republic bull Participating schools should be carefully selected and prepared (because the

schools will have to support themselves in the absence of central government support)

bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training bull Ensure that the schools have the financial means to provide the required

conditions and activities (because funding is relatively low) bull Czech language training and content is preferable and many teachers are not

competent in English and will not use English language resources in class bull In Germany bull Training should include case studies and examples of peers using ICT effectively

(because of low motivation and skepticism about ICT) bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training

(because some schools have low levels of equipment and connectivity) bull German language training and content is preferable but many teachers are

competent in English In Greece

bull More thorough training may be needed than in other countries bull Access competence and motivation may be low bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

15

bull Teachers will naturally use Greek-language resources and networks although some are competent in English

In Sweden bull Training should ensure that it takes into account existing competences and

practices and not start from basics (because teachers tend to have high levels of ICT competence)

bull Teachers will tend to use Swedish-language resources and networks although English is widespread and schools are open to English language resources

Overall therefore training should have the following characteristics

bull Be flexible allowing for different levels of ICT competence of teachers bull Be in the home language with resources in the home language exposing teachers

to resources from other countries that lsquotravel wellrsquo eg with little text or in English

bull Recognise different levels of hardware provision in schools bull Include case studies of classroom use that relate to the situation of teachers

undertaking the training Designing the framework to meet user needs

bull Given the needs outlined above project partners designed a framework comprising self-contained modules of three types

bull Teaching and learning bull ICT in teaching and learning bull Technical training

The modules are in English in the first part of the pilot from which feedback from teachers will be gathered and fed into modules At the later stage the translations and localisations (eg links in a module point to Greek content for Greek teachers) are taken into consideration The modules are self-contained for flexibility and offer individual learning paths to take into account different levels of ICT competence and experience with metadata and repositories Some modules assume little experience with ICT and provide a general practical introduction others build on previous knowledge In response to needs for training on specific applications and tools there are modules covering the most frequently mentioned products One or two modules aim to showcase good examples of practice to ensure that the pedagogical value of the training is to the forefront and to motivate teachers to apply their training in sustained and effective day to day practice The following table shows how the modules fit into the framework and the needs addressed Different ways to interconnect these modules are possible which will be highlighted in the digital version by using hyperlinks Eg Beginner teachers can choose to follow only modules for beginners or they can follow a more incremental way by first taking a module for beginners and then for intermediate learners in the same topic

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Train

16ing framework

Table 1 Training Framework x= directly applicable ~ = also applicable

Topic Area Topic Beginner Intermediate Expert Trainees Pedagogically focused

Generic

1 WWW and educational uses for teachers

x ~ Teachers x x

2 Strategies for searching information online

x ~ Teachers x Introduction

3 Introduction to the concept of learning objects

x ~ Teachers x

4 Introduction to sharing learning resources

x ~ Teachers x x

5 Introduction to learning repositories x ~ Teachers x

Learning resources and repositories

6 Review amp demonstration of popular repositories

x ~ Teachers x

7 Intro to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching educational metadata schemas

~ x Teachers x

Metadata

8 Intro to the tools for describing resources with metadata

~ x Teachers x

9 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies amp social tagging)

x ~ Teachers x

10 Web 20 tools in education ~ x Teachers x

Social web 11 Popular social tools (eg Flikr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom

x ~ x

12 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using learning resources in the classroom

x ~ Teachers x Hands-on sessions

13

Practical demonstration of learning resources and their classroom

x ~ x

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

17

use 14 Practical

demonstration of metadata descriptions

x ~ x

15 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp agroecology (use of OrganicEdunet)

x Teachers x

16 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS xlpora)

x Teachers x

17 Searching schools resources through the LRE portal

x ~ Teachers x

18 Supporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRE

~ x Teacher x

19 Intro to setting up a portfolio and connecting to the outside world

~ x Teachers ICT Staff x

20 Setting up a repository (eg using Confolio tool) in the schools server

x ICT Staff x Technical session (for ICT staff or teachers)

21 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example

x ICT Staff x

Training outcomes By the end of the training programme it is expected that teachersrsquo digital competence will have increased and 21 specific learning outcomes achieved ndash 18 aimed at subject teachers and three at IT support staff

1 Understand the educational benefits of the worldwide web 2 Be able to search effectively using the World Wide Web 3 Understand the concept of learning objects (Los) 4 Understand the concept of sharing resources 5 Be familiar with the concept of learning repositories and communities 6 Know how different learning repositories work and what they contain 7 Understand the concept of metadata 8 Be familiar with COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

18

9 Understand the concept of social metadata such as tags 10 Understand how Web 20 tools are used in education 11 Be familiar with popular Web 20 applications 12 Appreciate the benefits of using digital resources in the classroom 13 Grasp how LOs can be used in teaching and learning 14 Be able to add metadata to learning resources and upload them to a repository 15 Be able to use Organic Edunet 16 Be able to use COSMOS 17 Be familiar with searching school resources through the LRE portal 18 Be able to share resources through tags 19 a) Be familiar with Confolio as a teacher 17 b) Be familiar with e-portfolio 20 Be able to set up the Confolio system (ICT support) 21 Be familiar with the technical interconnection between Confolio and LRE (ICT

support)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

19

3 Training Modules

In this chapter all suggested Training Modules are introduced with the content skeleton each under the same headings details pedagogical objectives process evaluation follow up and links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

20

Introduction

31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Become familiar with the idea of using World Wide Web for educational means This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web and Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs)

Pedagogical objectives

This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web such as teachers using Web for administrative purposes in schools introduce the idea of Virtual learning environments (VLE) and content management systems (CMS) using Web to help teachers prepare their lessons using Web during the lesson (eg demonstrative purposes trill and practice exercises) information seeking on the web creating content as part of an educational task and taking part in school collaboration with educational means

Process

The module will include brief descriptions of different tools that area available for different educational tasks that teachers have (eg admin tasks preparation of lessons) and cover inspirational scenarios of educational networking projects and specific teachersrsquo experiences

Evaluation

Participants will be expected to understand that different educational tasks and goals have a different set of tools to be used The aim objectives and evaluation method of each tasks should be also discussed

Follow-up

The aim pedagogical objectives and evaluation method can be reviewed throughout the design of the resource as the following modules introduce new tools and aspects

Links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

21

Introduction to e-learning httpenwikipediaorgwikiElearning Educational software httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_software Educational technology httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_technologyEducational games httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_gameTeachers Internet Use Guide httpwwwrmcdenvercomuseguideindexhtm LMS and LCMS httpenwikipediaorgwikiLearning_management_systemMoodle httpenwikipediaorgwikiMoodleeTwinning httpwwwetwinningnet

32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Information-seeking and literacy skills are increasingly important for both student and teacher success (Haycock 1991) There is a lot of great material on the Web - primary sources specialized directories and databases statistical information educational sites on many levels policy opinion of all kinds and so much more The tools for finding it are steadily improving Currently searching techniques are developed to help the learners as well as teachers to find information in the World Wide Web Nevertheless the users can be confused with search results due to irrelevant information misinformation insufficient information etc

Pedagogical objectives

To search for project relevant information over the Internet using research engines and key words To discuss and assess the validity of relevant information To provide links to Subject Directories Information Gateways and Specialist Databases which relate specially to education will be given

Process

Berkeley is suggesting a very useful and generic word-based strategy (httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetAnalyseTopicFormpdf) Other strategies that are more specialised to education content will be suggested through educational content and organisations Searching can be performed accurately and efficiently by utilising metadata and education specific ontologies

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

22

Arrangement of the pieces of information on notice boards and attempts to interconnect them within a thematic approach to the project

Follow-up

Identify up to 3 methods portals directories which are the more user friendly and effective for searching information online

Links

httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetFindInfohtml Haycock CA (1991) Resource-based learning A shift n the roles of teacher learner NAASP Bulletin 75(535) 15ndash22

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

23

Learning resources and repositories

33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them

A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines

Pedagogical objectives

Aim of the module is

Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)

Process

The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals

Evaluation

Creating learning resources in object formats is seen as way to bring about increased flexibility customization ease of update searchability and manageability to rich stores

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

24

of content and learning resources that are available from publishers or that have been created by faculty members or teachers Participants are asked to discuss online or write a text about the advantages and disadvantages of the use of learning objects and metadata

Follow-up

During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm

Links

What are Learning Resources and Learning Assets httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmlr_and_la What are Learning Objects httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmwhat_lo Composing free and open online educational resources httpenwikiversityorgwikiComposing_free_and_open_online_educational_resourcesWeek_1_-_March_3rd_Introduction Introduction to learning objects by the New Media Consortium (NMC) httparchivenmcorgprojectsloel_loshtml Unesco Open Educational Resources toolkit httpoerwikiiiep-unescoorgindexphptitle=UNESCO_OER_Toolkit Reigeluth C M amp Nelson L M (1997) A new paradigm of ISD In R M Branch amp B B Minor Educational media and technology yearbook Vol 22 (pp 24plusmn35) Englewood CO Libraries Unlimited Incorporated

34 Introduction to sharing learning resources Main responsible partner (EUN)

3121 Details

This module will provide a description and rational on why teachers are encouraged to share learning resources The module also introduces the basics of Creative Commons as an underlying mechanism that allows sharing and makes it easy to understand

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

25

3122 Pedagogical objectives

To understand the basic regarding the concept of sharing To understand provisions of copyright in education including Intellectual Property Rights an example of Creative Commons licensing is given To have an overview of repositories where teachers share resources To appreciate the features of resources that lsquoshare wellrsquo To discuss issues related to sharing learning resources eg remuneration for teachers

3123 Process

The module first introduces the idea of social media through a simple video The idea of social media is also applicable for learning resources Furthermore the concepts of Creative Commons are introduced with a glimpse to learning resource repositories that explicitly use such licensing scheme (eg LeMill LRE OERCommons)

3124 Evaluation

Teachers are introduced a self-evaluation of the understanding of Creative Commons

3125 Follow-up

Teachers are asked to search on different repositories for resources that they can share with their colleagues They are asked to use deliciouscom (related to module 39) to make a collection of resources that they can share and reuse under one of the Creative Commons licensing scheme

3126 Links

Social media in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewf810c5b5-b8dc-4946-a58f-5f7ce7ce4d44 Link to the cartoons about Creative Commons httpwikicreativecommonsorgSharing_Creative_WorkshttpwikicreativecommonsorgHowitworks_Comic1 Link to the LRE material on Creative Commons httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportworking_legally_under_cchtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

26

35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Learning object repositories are believed to increase the value of learning resources by providing opportunities for reuse repurposing or reengineering to suit a variety of purposes and end-user needs Learning object repositories are usually provided to support a teaching and learning community (broadly defined as a group of stakeholders) Through social networking and computer-mediated communication people work as a community to achieve a shared learning objective It is often practiced that a particular community of users coalesce around the learning object repository and engage creating and reusing objects The repositories that hold the learning objects have well researched user interfaces and architectures that make them easy to use and permits various levels of interactivity including search submissions commentsreviews and creating personal collections Communication tools allow interaction between community members by enabling the sharing of ideas in a variety of forms text audio and video By using asynchronous communication tools such as e-mail threaded discussions and bulletin boards participants can readily exchange ideas independent of time and place

Pedagogical objectives

Location of suitable learning objects with reference to specific educational objectives through learning object repositories Introduction of different types of repositories some of which provide a complete curriculum others basic content only introduction to learning objects such MERLOT that has a big user community Here the focus is to show the benefits of such a community details will be given to show the discipline-based review system evaluation based on educational criteria and lesson plans and hints Also this module will discuss implementation issues when adapting learning objects to own educational needs in relation to possible linguistic and cultural barriers on using learning resources from repositories that originate from a country other than that of a user

Process

After a general introduction to repositories and issues each participant should identify a hypothetical scenario of implementation Identifying learning objects and repositories as well as relevant communities is required

Evaluation

In many cases repositories may be set up with the expectation or hope that a particular community of users will coalesce around it out of that broader community of

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

27

stakeholders Participants are asked to discuss how such a community may be encouraged supported and developed

Links

MERLOT especially highlighting the different subject-based communities and how they work httpwwwmerlotorgmerlotcommunitieshtmjsessionid=8296fb4b30d6881c3a2edf274fca9c38d6a45371ec4ae34Oa30TaN4Ke34Rax0Qa3uObxj0

36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

This module gives a more hands-on and demonstrational review on the learning resource repositories in Europe and beyond that have been introduced in D12 ldquoState of the art reportrdquo

Pedagogical objectives

Becoming familiar with learning repositories where participants can identify educational resources Review various interfaces and modes for searching accessing and downloading resources

Process

The following are some of the learning object repositories that will be reviewed LeMill A web community of over 6000 teachers and other learning content creators Free aces provides tools for finding authoring and sharing learning resources httplemillnet Connexion a place to view and share educational material made of small knowledge chunks called modules that can be organized as courses books reports etc httpcnxorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

28

Filamentality A fill-in-the-blank interactive Web site that guides you through picking a topic searching the Web gathering good Internet sites and turning Web resources into learning activities httpwwwknpacbellcomwiredfil Gateway to Educational Materials (GEM) Project The key to one-stop any-stop access to high quality lesson plans curriculum units and other education resources on the Internet Searchable by keyword and educational level httpwwwthegatewayorg MERLOT MERLOT is a free and open resource designed primarily for faculty and students in higher education With a continually growing collection of online learning materials assignments and reviews MERLOT helps faculty enhance instruction httpwwwmerlotorg OpenCourseWare (MIT) MIT OCW has begun publishing online course materials that are available free of charge They are aiming to have all of MITs course materials available over the web in a single searchable structure Currently the course materials are listed by course and are not searchable httpocwmiteduindexhtml CAREO Campus Alberta Repository of Educational Objects (CAREO) Comprised of 5000 multidisciplinary teaching materials the database is searchable and the collection is webbased This Canadian project has been recognized as a leader in the LOR initiative httpwwwcareoorg Federal Government Resources for Educational Excellence (FREE) This contains numerous educational resources which include teaching ideas instructional activities photographs maps audio files digitized paintings lesson plans httpwwwedgovfree The Digital Library for Earth System Education (DLESE) httpwwwdleseorg DLESE offers easy access to high quality educational resources about the Earth system The library is governed and developed by a broad community of Earth science educators and serves the needs of K-16 learners in both formal and informal venues LRE there will be separate modules part of the framework to focus on LRE

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

29

The participants will define similarities and differences between the reviewed repositories They should also name 3 top rated repositories according to named criteria

Follow-up

The evaluation comments should be revisited after the completion of the module series

Links

The state of the art report D12 NMC Learning Object Repositories httparchivenmcorgprojectsindexshtml Community Dimensions of Learning Object Repositories (CD-LOR) project website httpwwwacademygcalacukcd-lorindexhtml

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

30

Metadata

37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching Main responsible partner (EA)

371 Details

In this learning module the trainees will get acquainted with the concept of metadata An important factor in order to make search and retrieval of educational content more efficient is the quality and quantity of educational metadata associated with these resources In general the commonly accepted way to describe educational resources is the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Standard The module will include introduction to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching authoritative educational metadata schemas (DC-ed amp IEEE LOM) Useful examples of simple metadata will be provided so as to provide a smooth introduction to the concept of metadata Following this activity the concept of metadata in education will be elaborated and specific examples will be provided The trainees will be able to identify similarities between their everyday practice and educational metadata Finally after having explained the later the trainees will be provided with some examples of educational repositories where they will perform various searches using metadata fields In this way they will be able to get a very good idea on how metadata work and what are the possibilities that they offer

372 Pedagogical objectives

Introduction to the concept of metadata Enhancement of lessons with the use of specific examples Enhancement of teacher participation through the introduction of educational repositories where they will perform searches using metadata in practice

373 Process

First the teachers will be presented with the basic concepts of metadata and provided with relevant examples Following this they will then be asked to identify examples of common use of metadata in everyday life After becoming familiar with the basic concepts of metadata teachers will be presented with metadata used in education During this presentation the teachers will be provided with specific examples of educational metadata and will be asked to identify other cases of educational metadata Finally teacher participation will be facilitated at the end of the session with the use of example educational repositories where teachers will be able to perform their own searches through the available content

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

2

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

3

01 About this document

This document builds on work in WP1 related to user needs and the state of the art in metadata and repositories for school resources and material in D11 European state of the art report on suggestions for the Training Framework The paper provides a detailed outline of the Training Framework including a list of all suggested Training Modules their use and content skeleton as well as their interconnections The Training Framework defines the exact curriculum of the training programme connecting the identified user needs with the Training Modules that will address them The Training Framework reflects the full set of competencies that we expect the participants to have acquired by the end of the training seminars

02 Version

Version Date Contributor Summary of Changes 10 Jul 26 PD Deliverable finalised with new descriptions of

the framework and its models

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

4

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

5

03 Table of contents 1 Introduction 7 2 Background 11 3 Training Modules 19 Introduction 20 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses 20 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories 21 Learning resources and repositories 23 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects 23 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources 24 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities 26 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources27 Metadata 30 37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching 30 38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) 31 Social Web 34 39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) 34 310 Web 20 tools in education 35 311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom 36 Hands-on modules 39 312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom 39 313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo 40 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadatahelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip51 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archeology 316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS 47 317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal 48 318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE 50 319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world 52 320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world 54 321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example 55

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

6

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

7

1 Introduction

11 Scope

This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available

The paper builds on WP1 tasks related to user oriented requirements for the training framework to be incorporated into the methodology for the development of the training framework and to a review of the state of the art in metadata and repositories for school resources The Deliverables also takes into account D11 European state of the art report presenting the state-of-the-art in Europe concerning learning repositories and metadata tools and a feasibility analysis concerning the implementation of the project in participating countries in terms of equipment and other constraints Based on this the Training Framework is suggested

12 Audience

This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources

13 Definitions

This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg

BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES

This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again

CONTROLLED VOCABULARY

Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary

EXPERT INDEXING

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

8

In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group

FOLKSONOMY

A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users

METADATA

Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval

THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT

A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A

SOCIAL BOOKMARKING

Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet

SOCIAL SOFTWARE

Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites

SOCIAL CONTENT

Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

9

SOCIAL CONTEXT

Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work

TAG

A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects

TAG CLOUD

A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag

TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING

Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content

TAXONOMY

Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships

THESAURUS

A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list

USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE

The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

10

VISUALIZATION

Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people

Abbreviations used in this document

EA Ellinogermaniki Agogi EUN European Schoolnet AUA Agricultural University of Athens UoU UmeA University (UBT University of Bayreuth BMUKK Federal Ministry of Education The Arts and Culture CCSS Czech Centre for Science and Society GNK Gymnazium Nad Kavalirkou PCAFS Perrotis College American Farm School (PCAFS) LRE Learning Resource Exchange URL Unified Resource Locator

14 Structure

Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References

Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences

Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

11

2 Background

The results of Work Package 1 on user needs and the state of the art provided a solid background to tasks in WP2 related to the Metaschool training framework Deliverable D11 Needs Analysis Report with teachers identified clear needs while D12 European state of the art considered implementation prospects enablers and barriers in partner countries The results of Work Package 1 on user needs and the state of the art provided a solid background to tasks in WP2 related to the Metaschool training framework Deliverable D11 Needs Analysis Report with teachers identified clear needs while D12 European state of the art considered implementation prospects enablers and barriers in partner countries User needs D11 Needs Analysis Report included reports from workshops with teachers in Austria the Czech Republic and Greece revealing that the skill levels of participating teachers was probably higher than those of the average teacher in those countries and the teachers were positive about ICT and more motivated to learn The most commonly used tools before training were PowerPoint Moodle and linked repositories Google and Google Maps Despite being relatively e-skilled teachers had a low knowledge of Web 20 metadata tagging and learning systems although some used wikis passively but not publishing information themselves Nevertheless they wanted to know more about Web 20 if only because it attracts their students In general teachers wanted to

bull Be able easily to find relevant concrete materials on a portal about their subject prepared by professionals in their own language and with a cultural focus on their own country (videos images data ndash particularly geographical data lesson plans)

bull Use systems easily ndash a high priority was simplicity of use bull Have structured and relevant information bull Access scientific repositories and new information

Publishing their own learning content to use communication tools like chats and to rank materials was given somewhat lower priority It was brought up that IPR problems made it difficult for teachers to publish their own content implying that they produced materials but without regard for or clarity about copyright In terms of preferences teachers wanted to

bull Make the best use of scarce time bull Learn in classrooms in small groups bull Be trained in the use of specific applications with less focus on metadata

repositories ie first getting concrete resources and later on publishing content in these repositories

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

12

Initial needs were related to using the following specific applications tools and repositories most of which will be included in the training modules

bull Catalogue and repository systems bull Cosmos repository for sharing information about cosmos education bull Confolio system for sharing information for Organic Farming education bull Naturnet Redime URM repository for sharing spatial and non spatial context bull Organic Edunet repository bull On line educational applications bull Geogame bull Vitejtenazemi bull Organic Garden bull The Moon And Tides bull Of line or Supporting tools bull eXe HTML editor

However training focused only on these topics will not address wider non-ICT issues such as the ones listed below It will be the intent that these topics will be addressed in the training modules

bull Ensuring high levels of good content from the first contact bull Linguistic and cultural barriers bull Use of copyright-protected material by teachers bull A rationale for the pedagogical value of using repositories What do they make

better What problem do they solve bull Should teachers provide their content and effort for no financial reward bull Lack of teachersrsquo time for projects bull Lack of money in schools for ICT

There are also technological issues that need to be taken into account in the training framework Although these issues apply more to ICT staff than subject teachers these topics will be briefly introduced in the training modules

bull Vast differences between repositories some providing a complete curriculum others basic content only

bull Lack of interoperability between systems (learning platforms) used in schools Training can focus on this practical problem by introducing the use of web-based material that is playable in a standard browser

bull The need for different metadata profiles Protocols for online exchange and vocabularies in different repositories

The report concluded that the training framework should comprise three parts non-technical technical and pedagogical Non-technical aspects should focus on

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

13

bull Why teachers should share their educational content ndash training has to explain advantage of collaborative sharing of educational materials and also advantage of different social networks for educational purposes

bull Rules of protection of IPRs how teachers can use different web based context on the base of methods of IPR protection

bull Creative Commons Licence the rules advantages and restrictions Technical aspects should address IT staff and subject teachers separately For IT staff training should focus on

bull Interconnection of different repositories bull How to localise concrete learning resources

Teacher training on technical aspects should focus on

bull WWW and educational uses for teachers bull Strategies for searching information online bull Learning resources and Repositories bull Introduction to the concept of learning objects bull Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities bull Review amp demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources bull General Technological Information bull Role of metadata for access to educational information bull Difference between Metadata search and free text (Google style search) bull Explanation of different metadata profiles and differences among them bull Why to use thesaurus and vocabularies bull Geographical coverage of metadata and gazetteers bull Methods of searching and validation of information in repositories bull Searching for relevant information using metadata bull How to use thesaurus for search bull How to validate information on the base of different metadata profiles bull Cosmos concept bull OrganicEdunet concept bull NaturNet URM concept bull Methods of publishing data bull General rules for data and metadata publishing bull Publishing using different metadata profile bull Using thesaurus for publishing bull Using geographical coverage bull Web 20 and popular social tools and applications bull What is Web 20 bull Popular social tools (eg Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom bull Wikipedia bull GeoGame

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

14

Subject teachers should also crucially receive training in the educational application of ICT covering web 20 and use scenarios for science-related repositories

bull Advantages and risks of Web 20 in education bull Integrating the wiki concept into education bull How to use selected Cosmos scenarios in education bull How to use OrganicEdunet scenarios in education bull Scenarios based on Naturnet URM for usage of geographical information in

education bull Scenarios for GeoGame in education

European state of the art perspective D12 European state of the art analysed the levels of equipment in schools and teachersrsquo attitudes towards ICT (lsquoe-readinessrsquo) The report included recommendations on training on a country by country basis For Austria

bull Training should include case studies and examples of peers using ICT effectively (to increase teacher motivation)

bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training (because equipment levels vary between schools)

bull German language training and content is preferable but many teachers are competent in English

For the Czech Republic bull Participating schools should be carefully selected and prepared (because the

schools will have to support themselves in the absence of central government support)

bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training bull Ensure that the schools have the financial means to provide the required

conditions and activities (because funding is relatively low) bull Czech language training and content is preferable and many teachers are not

competent in English and will not use English language resources in class bull In Germany bull Training should include case studies and examples of peers using ICT effectively

(because of low motivation and skepticism about ICT) bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training

(because some schools have low levels of equipment and connectivity) bull German language training and content is preferable but many teachers are

competent in English In Greece

bull More thorough training may be needed than in other countries bull Access competence and motivation may be low bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

15

bull Teachers will naturally use Greek-language resources and networks although some are competent in English

In Sweden bull Training should ensure that it takes into account existing competences and

practices and not start from basics (because teachers tend to have high levels of ICT competence)

bull Teachers will tend to use Swedish-language resources and networks although English is widespread and schools are open to English language resources

Overall therefore training should have the following characteristics

bull Be flexible allowing for different levels of ICT competence of teachers bull Be in the home language with resources in the home language exposing teachers

to resources from other countries that lsquotravel wellrsquo eg with little text or in English

bull Recognise different levels of hardware provision in schools bull Include case studies of classroom use that relate to the situation of teachers

undertaking the training Designing the framework to meet user needs

bull Given the needs outlined above project partners designed a framework comprising self-contained modules of three types

bull Teaching and learning bull ICT in teaching and learning bull Technical training

The modules are in English in the first part of the pilot from which feedback from teachers will be gathered and fed into modules At the later stage the translations and localisations (eg links in a module point to Greek content for Greek teachers) are taken into consideration The modules are self-contained for flexibility and offer individual learning paths to take into account different levels of ICT competence and experience with metadata and repositories Some modules assume little experience with ICT and provide a general practical introduction others build on previous knowledge In response to needs for training on specific applications and tools there are modules covering the most frequently mentioned products One or two modules aim to showcase good examples of practice to ensure that the pedagogical value of the training is to the forefront and to motivate teachers to apply their training in sustained and effective day to day practice The following table shows how the modules fit into the framework and the needs addressed Different ways to interconnect these modules are possible which will be highlighted in the digital version by using hyperlinks Eg Beginner teachers can choose to follow only modules for beginners or they can follow a more incremental way by first taking a module for beginners and then for intermediate learners in the same topic

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Train

16ing framework

Table 1 Training Framework x= directly applicable ~ = also applicable

Topic Area Topic Beginner Intermediate Expert Trainees Pedagogically focused

Generic

1 WWW and educational uses for teachers

x ~ Teachers x x

2 Strategies for searching information online

x ~ Teachers x Introduction

3 Introduction to the concept of learning objects

x ~ Teachers x

4 Introduction to sharing learning resources

x ~ Teachers x x

5 Introduction to learning repositories x ~ Teachers x

Learning resources and repositories

6 Review amp demonstration of popular repositories

x ~ Teachers x

7 Intro to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching educational metadata schemas

~ x Teachers x

Metadata

8 Intro to the tools for describing resources with metadata

~ x Teachers x

9 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies amp social tagging)

x ~ Teachers x

10 Web 20 tools in education ~ x Teachers x

Social web 11 Popular social tools (eg Flikr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom

x ~ x

12 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using learning resources in the classroom

x ~ Teachers x Hands-on sessions

13

Practical demonstration of learning resources and their classroom

x ~ x

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

17

use 14 Practical

demonstration of metadata descriptions

x ~ x

15 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp agroecology (use of OrganicEdunet)

x Teachers x

16 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS xlpora)

x Teachers x

17 Searching schools resources through the LRE portal

x ~ Teachers x

18 Supporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRE

~ x Teacher x

19 Intro to setting up a portfolio and connecting to the outside world

~ x Teachers ICT Staff x

20 Setting up a repository (eg using Confolio tool) in the schools server

x ICT Staff x Technical session (for ICT staff or teachers)

21 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example

x ICT Staff x

Training outcomes By the end of the training programme it is expected that teachersrsquo digital competence will have increased and 21 specific learning outcomes achieved ndash 18 aimed at subject teachers and three at IT support staff

1 Understand the educational benefits of the worldwide web 2 Be able to search effectively using the World Wide Web 3 Understand the concept of learning objects (Los) 4 Understand the concept of sharing resources 5 Be familiar with the concept of learning repositories and communities 6 Know how different learning repositories work and what they contain 7 Understand the concept of metadata 8 Be familiar with COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

18

9 Understand the concept of social metadata such as tags 10 Understand how Web 20 tools are used in education 11 Be familiar with popular Web 20 applications 12 Appreciate the benefits of using digital resources in the classroom 13 Grasp how LOs can be used in teaching and learning 14 Be able to add metadata to learning resources and upload them to a repository 15 Be able to use Organic Edunet 16 Be able to use COSMOS 17 Be familiar with searching school resources through the LRE portal 18 Be able to share resources through tags 19 a) Be familiar with Confolio as a teacher 17 b) Be familiar with e-portfolio 20 Be able to set up the Confolio system (ICT support) 21 Be familiar with the technical interconnection between Confolio and LRE (ICT

support)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

19

3 Training Modules

In this chapter all suggested Training Modules are introduced with the content skeleton each under the same headings details pedagogical objectives process evaluation follow up and links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

20

Introduction

31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Become familiar with the idea of using World Wide Web for educational means This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web and Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs)

Pedagogical objectives

This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web such as teachers using Web for administrative purposes in schools introduce the idea of Virtual learning environments (VLE) and content management systems (CMS) using Web to help teachers prepare their lessons using Web during the lesson (eg demonstrative purposes trill and practice exercises) information seeking on the web creating content as part of an educational task and taking part in school collaboration with educational means

Process

The module will include brief descriptions of different tools that area available for different educational tasks that teachers have (eg admin tasks preparation of lessons) and cover inspirational scenarios of educational networking projects and specific teachersrsquo experiences

Evaluation

Participants will be expected to understand that different educational tasks and goals have a different set of tools to be used The aim objectives and evaluation method of each tasks should be also discussed

Follow-up

The aim pedagogical objectives and evaluation method can be reviewed throughout the design of the resource as the following modules introduce new tools and aspects

Links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

21

Introduction to e-learning httpenwikipediaorgwikiElearning Educational software httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_software Educational technology httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_technologyEducational games httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_gameTeachers Internet Use Guide httpwwwrmcdenvercomuseguideindexhtm LMS and LCMS httpenwikipediaorgwikiLearning_management_systemMoodle httpenwikipediaorgwikiMoodleeTwinning httpwwwetwinningnet

32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Information-seeking and literacy skills are increasingly important for both student and teacher success (Haycock 1991) There is a lot of great material on the Web - primary sources specialized directories and databases statistical information educational sites on many levels policy opinion of all kinds and so much more The tools for finding it are steadily improving Currently searching techniques are developed to help the learners as well as teachers to find information in the World Wide Web Nevertheless the users can be confused with search results due to irrelevant information misinformation insufficient information etc

Pedagogical objectives

To search for project relevant information over the Internet using research engines and key words To discuss and assess the validity of relevant information To provide links to Subject Directories Information Gateways and Specialist Databases which relate specially to education will be given

Process

Berkeley is suggesting a very useful and generic word-based strategy (httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetAnalyseTopicFormpdf) Other strategies that are more specialised to education content will be suggested through educational content and organisations Searching can be performed accurately and efficiently by utilising metadata and education specific ontologies

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

22

Arrangement of the pieces of information on notice boards and attempts to interconnect them within a thematic approach to the project

Follow-up

Identify up to 3 methods portals directories which are the more user friendly and effective for searching information online

Links

httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetFindInfohtml Haycock CA (1991) Resource-based learning A shift n the roles of teacher learner NAASP Bulletin 75(535) 15ndash22

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

23

Learning resources and repositories

33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them

A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines

Pedagogical objectives

Aim of the module is

Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)

Process

The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals

Evaluation

Creating learning resources in object formats is seen as way to bring about increased flexibility customization ease of update searchability and manageability to rich stores

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

24

of content and learning resources that are available from publishers or that have been created by faculty members or teachers Participants are asked to discuss online or write a text about the advantages and disadvantages of the use of learning objects and metadata

Follow-up

During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm

Links

What are Learning Resources and Learning Assets httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmlr_and_la What are Learning Objects httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmwhat_lo Composing free and open online educational resources httpenwikiversityorgwikiComposing_free_and_open_online_educational_resourcesWeek_1_-_March_3rd_Introduction Introduction to learning objects by the New Media Consortium (NMC) httparchivenmcorgprojectsloel_loshtml Unesco Open Educational Resources toolkit httpoerwikiiiep-unescoorgindexphptitle=UNESCO_OER_Toolkit Reigeluth C M amp Nelson L M (1997) A new paradigm of ISD In R M Branch amp B B Minor Educational media and technology yearbook Vol 22 (pp 24plusmn35) Englewood CO Libraries Unlimited Incorporated

34 Introduction to sharing learning resources Main responsible partner (EUN)

3121 Details

This module will provide a description and rational on why teachers are encouraged to share learning resources The module also introduces the basics of Creative Commons as an underlying mechanism that allows sharing and makes it easy to understand

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

25

3122 Pedagogical objectives

To understand the basic regarding the concept of sharing To understand provisions of copyright in education including Intellectual Property Rights an example of Creative Commons licensing is given To have an overview of repositories where teachers share resources To appreciate the features of resources that lsquoshare wellrsquo To discuss issues related to sharing learning resources eg remuneration for teachers

3123 Process

The module first introduces the idea of social media through a simple video The idea of social media is also applicable for learning resources Furthermore the concepts of Creative Commons are introduced with a glimpse to learning resource repositories that explicitly use such licensing scheme (eg LeMill LRE OERCommons)

3124 Evaluation

Teachers are introduced a self-evaluation of the understanding of Creative Commons

3125 Follow-up

Teachers are asked to search on different repositories for resources that they can share with their colleagues They are asked to use deliciouscom (related to module 39) to make a collection of resources that they can share and reuse under one of the Creative Commons licensing scheme

3126 Links

Social media in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewf810c5b5-b8dc-4946-a58f-5f7ce7ce4d44 Link to the cartoons about Creative Commons httpwikicreativecommonsorgSharing_Creative_WorkshttpwikicreativecommonsorgHowitworks_Comic1 Link to the LRE material on Creative Commons httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportworking_legally_under_cchtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

26

35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Learning object repositories are believed to increase the value of learning resources by providing opportunities for reuse repurposing or reengineering to suit a variety of purposes and end-user needs Learning object repositories are usually provided to support a teaching and learning community (broadly defined as a group of stakeholders) Through social networking and computer-mediated communication people work as a community to achieve a shared learning objective It is often practiced that a particular community of users coalesce around the learning object repository and engage creating and reusing objects The repositories that hold the learning objects have well researched user interfaces and architectures that make them easy to use and permits various levels of interactivity including search submissions commentsreviews and creating personal collections Communication tools allow interaction between community members by enabling the sharing of ideas in a variety of forms text audio and video By using asynchronous communication tools such as e-mail threaded discussions and bulletin boards participants can readily exchange ideas independent of time and place

Pedagogical objectives

Location of suitable learning objects with reference to specific educational objectives through learning object repositories Introduction of different types of repositories some of which provide a complete curriculum others basic content only introduction to learning objects such MERLOT that has a big user community Here the focus is to show the benefits of such a community details will be given to show the discipline-based review system evaluation based on educational criteria and lesson plans and hints Also this module will discuss implementation issues when adapting learning objects to own educational needs in relation to possible linguistic and cultural barriers on using learning resources from repositories that originate from a country other than that of a user

Process

After a general introduction to repositories and issues each participant should identify a hypothetical scenario of implementation Identifying learning objects and repositories as well as relevant communities is required

Evaluation

In many cases repositories may be set up with the expectation or hope that a particular community of users will coalesce around it out of that broader community of

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

27

stakeholders Participants are asked to discuss how such a community may be encouraged supported and developed

Links

MERLOT especially highlighting the different subject-based communities and how they work httpwwwmerlotorgmerlotcommunitieshtmjsessionid=8296fb4b30d6881c3a2edf274fca9c38d6a45371ec4ae34Oa30TaN4Ke34Rax0Qa3uObxj0

36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

This module gives a more hands-on and demonstrational review on the learning resource repositories in Europe and beyond that have been introduced in D12 ldquoState of the art reportrdquo

Pedagogical objectives

Becoming familiar with learning repositories where participants can identify educational resources Review various interfaces and modes for searching accessing and downloading resources

Process

The following are some of the learning object repositories that will be reviewed LeMill A web community of over 6000 teachers and other learning content creators Free aces provides tools for finding authoring and sharing learning resources httplemillnet Connexion a place to view and share educational material made of small knowledge chunks called modules that can be organized as courses books reports etc httpcnxorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

28

Filamentality A fill-in-the-blank interactive Web site that guides you through picking a topic searching the Web gathering good Internet sites and turning Web resources into learning activities httpwwwknpacbellcomwiredfil Gateway to Educational Materials (GEM) Project The key to one-stop any-stop access to high quality lesson plans curriculum units and other education resources on the Internet Searchable by keyword and educational level httpwwwthegatewayorg MERLOT MERLOT is a free and open resource designed primarily for faculty and students in higher education With a continually growing collection of online learning materials assignments and reviews MERLOT helps faculty enhance instruction httpwwwmerlotorg OpenCourseWare (MIT) MIT OCW has begun publishing online course materials that are available free of charge They are aiming to have all of MITs course materials available over the web in a single searchable structure Currently the course materials are listed by course and are not searchable httpocwmiteduindexhtml CAREO Campus Alberta Repository of Educational Objects (CAREO) Comprised of 5000 multidisciplinary teaching materials the database is searchable and the collection is webbased This Canadian project has been recognized as a leader in the LOR initiative httpwwwcareoorg Federal Government Resources for Educational Excellence (FREE) This contains numerous educational resources which include teaching ideas instructional activities photographs maps audio files digitized paintings lesson plans httpwwwedgovfree The Digital Library for Earth System Education (DLESE) httpwwwdleseorg DLESE offers easy access to high quality educational resources about the Earth system The library is governed and developed by a broad community of Earth science educators and serves the needs of K-16 learners in both formal and informal venues LRE there will be separate modules part of the framework to focus on LRE

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

29

The participants will define similarities and differences between the reviewed repositories They should also name 3 top rated repositories according to named criteria

Follow-up

The evaluation comments should be revisited after the completion of the module series

Links

The state of the art report D12 NMC Learning Object Repositories httparchivenmcorgprojectsindexshtml Community Dimensions of Learning Object Repositories (CD-LOR) project website httpwwwacademygcalacukcd-lorindexhtml

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

30

Metadata

37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching Main responsible partner (EA)

371 Details

In this learning module the trainees will get acquainted with the concept of metadata An important factor in order to make search and retrieval of educational content more efficient is the quality and quantity of educational metadata associated with these resources In general the commonly accepted way to describe educational resources is the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Standard The module will include introduction to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching authoritative educational metadata schemas (DC-ed amp IEEE LOM) Useful examples of simple metadata will be provided so as to provide a smooth introduction to the concept of metadata Following this activity the concept of metadata in education will be elaborated and specific examples will be provided The trainees will be able to identify similarities between their everyday practice and educational metadata Finally after having explained the later the trainees will be provided with some examples of educational repositories where they will perform various searches using metadata fields In this way they will be able to get a very good idea on how metadata work and what are the possibilities that they offer

372 Pedagogical objectives

Introduction to the concept of metadata Enhancement of lessons with the use of specific examples Enhancement of teacher participation through the introduction of educational repositories where they will perform searches using metadata in practice

373 Process

First the teachers will be presented with the basic concepts of metadata and provided with relevant examples Following this they will then be asked to identify examples of common use of metadata in everyday life After becoming familiar with the basic concepts of metadata teachers will be presented with metadata used in education During this presentation the teachers will be provided with specific examples of educational metadata and will be asked to identify other cases of educational metadata Finally teacher participation will be facilitated at the end of the session with the use of example educational repositories where teachers will be able to perform their own searches through the available content

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

3

01 About this document

This document builds on work in WP1 related to user needs and the state of the art in metadata and repositories for school resources and material in D11 European state of the art report on suggestions for the Training Framework The paper provides a detailed outline of the Training Framework including a list of all suggested Training Modules their use and content skeleton as well as their interconnections The Training Framework defines the exact curriculum of the training programme connecting the identified user needs with the Training Modules that will address them The Training Framework reflects the full set of competencies that we expect the participants to have acquired by the end of the training seminars

02 Version

Version Date Contributor Summary of Changes 10 Jul 26 PD Deliverable finalised with new descriptions of

the framework and its models

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

4

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

5

03 Table of contents 1 Introduction 7 2 Background 11 3 Training Modules 19 Introduction 20 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses 20 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories 21 Learning resources and repositories 23 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects 23 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources 24 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities 26 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources27 Metadata 30 37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching 30 38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) 31 Social Web 34 39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) 34 310 Web 20 tools in education 35 311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom 36 Hands-on modules 39 312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom 39 313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo 40 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadatahelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip51 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archeology 316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS 47 317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal 48 318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE 50 319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world 52 320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world 54 321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example 55

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

6

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

7

1 Introduction

11 Scope

This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available

The paper builds on WP1 tasks related to user oriented requirements for the training framework to be incorporated into the methodology for the development of the training framework and to a review of the state of the art in metadata and repositories for school resources The Deliverables also takes into account D11 European state of the art report presenting the state-of-the-art in Europe concerning learning repositories and metadata tools and a feasibility analysis concerning the implementation of the project in participating countries in terms of equipment and other constraints Based on this the Training Framework is suggested

12 Audience

This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources

13 Definitions

This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg

BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES

This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again

CONTROLLED VOCABULARY

Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary

EXPERT INDEXING

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

8

In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group

FOLKSONOMY

A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users

METADATA

Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval

THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT

A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A

SOCIAL BOOKMARKING

Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet

SOCIAL SOFTWARE

Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites

SOCIAL CONTENT

Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

9

SOCIAL CONTEXT

Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work

TAG

A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects

TAG CLOUD

A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag

TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING

Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content

TAXONOMY

Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships

THESAURUS

A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list

USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE

The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

10

VISUALIZATION

Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people

Abbreviations used in this document

EA Ellinogermaniki Agogi EUN European Schoolnet AUA Agricultural University of Athens UoU UmeA University (UBT University of Bayreuth BMUKK Federal Ministry of Education The Arts and Culture CCSS Czech Centre for Science and Society GNK Gymnazium Nad Kavalirkou PCAFS Perrotis College American Farm School (PCAFS) LRE Learning Resource Exchange URL Unified Resource Locator

14 Structure

Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References

Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences

Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

11

2 Background

The results of Work Package 1 on user needs and the state of the art provided a solid background to tasks in WP2 related to the Metaschool training framework Deliverable D11 Needs Analysis Report with teachers identified clear needs while D12 European state of the art considered implementation prospects enablers and barriers in partner countries The results of Work Package 1 on user needs and the state of the art provided a solid background to tasks in WP2 related to the Metaschool training framework Deliverable D11 Needs Analysis Report with teachers identified clear needs while D12 European state of the art considered implementation prospects enablers and barriers in partner countries User needs D11 Needs Analysis Report included reports from workshops with teachers in Austria the Czech Republic and Greece revealing that the skill levels of participating teachers was probably higher than those of the average teacher in those countries and the teachers were positive about ICT and more motivated to learn The most commonly used tools before training were PowerPoint Moodle and linked repositories Google and Google Maps Despite being relatively e-skilled teachers had a low knowledge of Web 20 metadata tagging and learning systems although some used wikis passively but not publishing information themselves Nevertheless they wanted to know more about Web 20 if only because it attracts their students In general teachers wanted to

bull Be able easily to find relevant concrete materials on a portal about their subject prepared by professionals in their own language and with a cultural focus on their own country (videos images data ndash particularly geographical data lesson plans)

bull Use systems easily ndash a high priority was simplicity of use bull Have structured and relevant information bull Access scientific repositories and new information

Publishing their own learning content to use communication tools like chats and to rank materials was given somewhat lower priority It was brought up that IPR problems made it difficult for teachers to publish their own content implying that they produced materials but without regard for or clarity about copyright In terms of preferences teachers wanted to

bull Make the best use of scarce time bull Learn in classrooms in small groups bull Be trained in the use of specific applications with less focus on metadata

repositories ie first getting concrete resources and later on publishing content in these repositories

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

12

Initial needs were related to using the following specific applications tools and repositories most of which will be included in the training modules

bull Catalogue and repository systems bull Cosmos repository for sharing information about cosmos education bull Confolio system for sharing information for Organic Farming education bull Naturnet Redime URM repository for sharing spatial and non spatial context bull Organic Edunet repository bull On line educational applications bull Geogame bull Vitejtenazemi bull Organic Garden bull The Moon And Tides bull Of line or Supporting tools bull eXe HTML editor

However training focused only on these topics will not address wider non-ICT issues such as the ones listed below It will be the intent that these topics will be addressed in the training modules

bull Ensuring high levels of good content from the first contact bull Linguistic and cultural barriers bull Use of copyright-protected material by teachers bull A rationale for the pedagogical value of using repositories What do they make

better What problem do they solve bull Should teachers provide their content and effort for no financial reward bull Lack of teachersrsquo time for projects bull Lack of money in schools for ICT

There are also technological issues that need to be taken into account in the training framework Although these issues apply more to ICT staff than subject teachers these topics will be briefly introduced in the training modules

bull Vast differences between repositories some providing a complete curriculum others basic content only

bull Lack of interoperability between systems (learning platforms) used in schools Training can focus on this practical problem by introducing the use of web-based material that is playable in a standard browser

bull The need for different metadata profiles Protocols for online exchange and vocabularies in different repositories

The report concluded that the training framework should comprise three parts non-technical technical and pedagogical Non-technical aspects should focus on

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

13

bull Why teachers should share their educational content ndash training has to explain advantage of collaborative sharing of educational materials and also advantage of different social networks for educational purposes

bull Rules of protection of IPRs how teachers can use different web based context on the base of methods of IPR protection

bull Creative Commons Licence the rules advantages and restrictions Technical aspects should address IT staff and subject teachers separately For IT staff training should focus on

bull Interconnection of different repositories bull How to localise concrete learning resources

Teacher training on technical aspects should focus on

bull WWW and educational uses for teachers bull Strategies for searching information online bull Learning resources and Repositories bull Introduction to the concept of learning objects bull Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities bull Review amp demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources bull General Technological Information bull Role of metadata for access to educational information bull Difference between Metadata search and free text (Google style search) bull Explanation of different metadata profiles and differences among them bull Why to use thesaurus and vocabularies bull Geographical coverage of metadata and gazetteers bull Methods of searching and validation of information in repositories bull Searching for relevant information using metadata bull How to use thesaurus for search bull How to validate information on the base of different metadata profiles bull Cosmos concept bull OrganicEdunet concept bull NaturNet URM concept bull Methods of publishing data bull General rules for data and metadata publishing bull Publishing using different metadata profile bull Using thesaurus for publishing bull Using geographical coverage bull Web 20 and popular social tools and applications bull What is Web 20 bull Popular social tools (eg Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom bull Wikipedia bull GeoGame

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

14

Subject teachers should also crucially receive training in the educational application of ICT covering web 20 and use scenarios for science-related repositories

bull Advantages and risks of Web 20 in education bull Integrating the wiki concept into education bull How to use selected Cosmos scenarios in education bull How to use OrganicEdunet scenarios in education bull Scenarios based on Naturnet URM for usage of geographical information in

education bull Scenarios for GeoGame in education

European state of the art perspective D12 European state of the art analysed the levels of equipment in schools and teachersrsquo attitudes towards ICT (lsquoe-readinessrsquo) The report included recommendations on training on a country by country basis For Austria

bull Training should include case studies and examples of peers using ICT effectively (to increase teacher motivation)

bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training (because equipment levels vary between schools)

bull German language training and content is preferable but many teachers are competent in English

For the Czech Republic bull Participating schools should be carefully selected and prepared (because the

schools will have to support themselves in the absence of central government support)

bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training bull Ensure that the schools have the financial means to provide the required

conditions and activities (because funding is relatively low) bull Czech language training and content is preferable and many teachers are not

competent in English and will not use English language resources in class bull In Germany bull Training should include case studies and examples of peers using ICT effectively

(because of low motivation and skepticism about ICT) bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training

(because some schools have low levels of equipment and connectivity) bull German language training and content is preferable but many teachers are

competent in English In Greece

bull More thorough training may be needed than in other countries bull Access competence and motivation may be low bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

15

bull Teachers will naturally use Greek-language resources and networks although some are competent in English

In Sweden bull Training should ensure that it takes into account existing competences and

practices and not start from basics (because teachers tend to have high levels of ICT competence)

bull Teachers will tend to use Swedish-language resources and networks although English is widespread and schools are open to English language resources

Overall therefore training should have the following characteristics

bull Be flexible allowing for different levels of ICT competence of teachers bull Be in the home language with resources in the home language exposing teachers

to resources from other countries that lsquotravel wellrsquo eg with little text or in English

bull Recognise different levels of hardware provision in schools bull Include case studies of classroom use that relate to the situation of teachers

undertaking the training Designing the framework to meet user needs

bull Given the needs outlined above project partners designed a framework comprising self-contained modules of three types

bull Teaching and learning bull ICT in teaching and learning bull Technical training

The modules are in English in the first part of the pilot from which feedback from teachers will be gathered and fed into modules At the later stage the translations and localisations (eg links in a module point to Greek content for Greek teachers) are taken into consideration The modules are self-contained for flexibility and offer individual learning paths to take into account different levels of ICT competence and experience with metadata and repositories Some modules assume little experience with ICT and provide a general practical introduction others build on previous knowledge In response to needs for training on specific applications and tools there are modules covering the most frequently mentioned products One or two modules aim to showcase good examples of practice to ensure that the pedagogical value of the training is to the forefront and to motivate teachers to apply their training in sustained and effective day to day practice The following table shows how the modules fit into the framework and the needs addressed Different ways to interconnect these modules are possible which will be highlighted in the digital version by using hyperlinks Eg Beginner teachers can choose to follow only modules for beginners or they can follow a more incremental way by first taking a module for beginners and then for intermediate learners in the same topic

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Train

16ing framework

Table 1 Training Framework x= directly applicable ~ = also applicable

Topic Area Topic Beginner Intermediate Expert Trainees Pedagogically focused

Generic

1 WWW and educational uses for teachers

x ~ Teachers x x

2 Strategies for searching information online

x ~ Teachers x Introduction

3 Introduction to the concept of learning objects

x ~ Teachers x

4 Introduction to sharing learning resources

x ~ Teachers x x

5 Introduction to learning repositories x ~ Teachers x

Learning resources and repositories

6 Review amp demonstration of popular repositories

x ~ Teachers x

7 Intro to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching educational metadata schemas

~ x Teachers x

Metadata

8 Intro to the tools for describing resources with metadata

~ x Teachers x

9 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies amp social tagging)

x ~ Teachers x

10 Web 20 tools in education ~ x Teachers x

Social web 11 Popular social tools (eg Flikr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom

x ~ x

12 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using learning resources in the classroom

x ~ Teachers x Hands-on sessions

13

Practical demonstration of learning resources and their classroom

x ~ x

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

17

use 14 Practical

demonstration of metadata descriptions

x ~ x

15 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp agroecology (use of OrganicEdunet)

x Teachers x

16 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS xlpora)

x Teachers x

17 Searching schools resources through the LRE portal

x ~ Teachers x

18 Supporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRE

~ x Teacher x

19 Intro to setting up a portfolio and connecting to the outside world

~ x Teachers ICT Staff x

20 Setting up a repository (eg using Confolio tool) in the schools server

x ICT Staff x Technical session (for ICT staff or teachers)

21 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example

x ICT Staff x

Training outcomes By the end of the training programme it is expected that teachersrsquo digital competence will have increased and 21 specific learning outcomes achieved ndash 18 aimed at subject teachers and three at IT support staff

1 Understand the educational benefits of the worldwide web 2 Be able to search effectively using the World Wide Web 3 Understand the concept of learning objects (Los) 4 Understand the concept of sharing resources 5 Be familiar with the concept of learning repositories and communities 6 Know how different learning repositories work and what they contain 7 Understand the concept of metadata 8 Be familiar with COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

18

9 Understand the concept of social metadata such as tags 10 Understand how Web 20 tools are used in education 11 Be familiar with popular Web 20 applications 12 Appreciate the benefits of using digital resources in the classroom 13 Grasp how LOs can be used in teaching and learning 14 Be able to add metadata to learning resources and upload them to a repository 15 Be able to use Organic Edunet 16 Be able to use COSMOS 17 Be familiar with searching school resources through the LRE portal 18 Be able to share resources through tags 19 a) Be familiar with Confolio as a teacher 17 b) Be familiar with e-portfolio 20 Be able to set up the Confolio system (ICT support) 21 Be familiar with the technical interconnection between Confolio and LRE (ICT

support)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

19

3 Training Modules

In this chapter all suggested Training Modules are introduced with the content skeleton each under the same headings details pedagogical objectives process evaluation follow up and links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

20

Introduction

31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Become familiar with the idea of using World Wide Web for educational means This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web and Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs)

Pedagogical objectives

This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web such as teachers using Web for administrative purposes in schools introduce the idea of Virtual learning environments (VLE) and content management systems (CMS) using Web to help teachers prepare their lessons using Web during the lesson (eg demonstrative purposes trill and practice exercises) information seeking on the web creating content as part of an educational task and taking part in school collaboration with educational means

Process

The module will include brief descriptions of different tools that area available for different educational tasks that teachers have (eg admin tasks preparation of lessons) and cover inspirational scenarios of educational networking projects and specific teachersrsquo experiences

Evaluation

Participants will be expected to understand that different educational tasks and goals have a different set of tools to be used The aim objectives and evaluation method of each tasks should be also discussed

Follow-up

The aim pedagogical objectives and evaluation method can be reviewed throughout the design of the resource as the following modules introduce new tools and aspects

Links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

21

Introduction to e-learning httpenwikipediaorgwikiElearning Educational software httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_software Educational technology httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_technologyEducational games httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_gameTeachers Internet Use Guide httpwwwrmcdenvercomuseguideindexhtm LMS and LCMS httpenwikipediaorgwikiLearning_management_systemMoodle httpenwikipediaorgwikiMoodleeTwinning httpwwwetwinningnet

32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Information-seeking and literacy skills are increasingly important for both student and teacher success (Haycock 1991) There is a lot of great material on the Web - primary sources specialized directories and databases statistical information educational sites on many levels policy opinion of all kinds and so much more The tools for finding it are steadily improving Currently searching techniques are developed to help the learners as well as teachers to find information in the World Wide Web Nevertheless the users can be confused with search results due to irrelevant information misinformation insufficient information etc

Pedagogical objectives

To search for project relevant information over the Internet using research engines and key words To discuss and assess the validity of relevant information To provide links to Subject Directories Information Gateways and Specialist Databases which relate specially to education will be given

Process

Berkeley is suggesting a very useful and generic word-based strategy (httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetAnalyseTopicFormpdf) Other strategies that are more specialised to education content will be suggested through educational content and organisations Searching can be performed accurately and efficiently by utilising metadata and education specific ontologies

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

22

Arrangement of the pieces of information on notice boards and attempts to interconnect them within a thematic approach to the project

Follow-up

Identify up to 3 methods portals directories which are the more user friendly and effective for searching information online

Links

httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetFindInfohtml Haycock CA (1991) Resource-based learning A shift n the roles of teacher learner NAASP Bulletin 75(535) 15ndash22

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

23

Learning resources and repositories

33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them

A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines

Pedagogical objectives

Aim of the module is

Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)

Process

The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals

Evaluation

Creating learning resources in object formats is seen as way to bring about increased flexibility customization ease of update searchability and manageability to rich stores

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

24

of content and learning resources that are available from publishers or that have been created by faculty members or teachers Participants are asked to discuss online or write a text about the advantages and disadvantages of the use of learning objects and metadata

Follow-up

During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm

Links

What are Learning Resources and Learning Assets httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmlr_and_la What are Learning Objects httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmwhat_lo Composing free and open online educational resources httpenwikiversityorgwikiComposing_free_and_open_online_educational_resourcesWeek_1_-_March_3rd_Introduction Introduction to learning objects by the New Media Consortium (NMC) httparchivenmcorgprojectsloel_loshtml Unesco Open Educational Resources toolkit httpoerwikiiiep-unescoorgindexphptitle=UNESCO_OER_Toolkit Reigeluth C M amp Nelson L M (1997) A new paradigm of ISD In R M Branch amp B B Minor Educational media and technology yearbook Vol 22 (pp 24plusmn35) Englewood CO Libraries Unlimited Incorporated

34 Introduction to sharing learning resources Main responsible partner (EUN)

3121 Details

This module will provide a description and rational on why teachers are encouraged to share learning resources The module also introduces the basics of Creative Commons as an underlying mechanism that allows sharing and makes it easy to understand

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

25

3122 Pedagogical objectives

To understand the basic regarding the concept of sharing To understand provisions of copyright in education including Intellectual Property Rights an example of Creative Commons licensing is given To have an overview of repositories where teachers share resources To appreciate the features of resources that lsquoshare wellrsquo To discuss issues related to sharing learning resources eg remuneration for teachers

3123 Process

The module first introduces the idea of social media through a simple video The idea of social media is also applicable for learning resources Furthermore the concepts of Creative Commons are introduced with a glimpse to learning resource repositories that explicitly use such licensing scheme (eg LeMill LRE OERCommons)

3124 Evaluation

Teachers are introduced a self-evaluation of the understanding of Creative Commons

3125 Follow-up

Teachers are asked to search on different repositories for resources that they can share with their colleagues They are asked to use deliciouscom (related to module 39) to make a collection of resources that they can share and reuse under one of the Creative Commons licensing scheme

3126 Links

Social media in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewf810c5b5-b8dc-4946-a58f-5f7ce7ce4d44 Link to the cartoons about Creative Commons httpwikicreativecommonsorgSharing_Creative_WorkshttpwikicreativecommonsorgHowitworks_Comic1 Link to the LRE material on Creative Commons httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportworking_legally_under_cchtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

26

35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Learning object repositories are believed to increase the value of learning resources by providing opportunities for reuse repurposing or reengineering to suit a variety of purposes and end-user needs Learning object repositories are usually provided to support a teaching and learning community (broadly defined as a group of stakeholders) Through social networking and computer-mediated communication people work as a community to achieve a shared learning objective It is often practiced that a particular community of users coalesce around the learning object repository and engage creating and reusing objects The repositories that hold the learning objects have well researched user interfaces and architectures that make them easy to use and permits various levels of interactivity including search submissions commentsreviews and creating personal collections Communication tools allow interaction between community members by enabling the sharing of ideas in a variety of forms text audio and video By using asynchronous communication tools such as e-mail threaded discussions and bulletin boards participants can readily exchange ideas independent of time and place

Pedagogical objectives

Location of suitable learning objects with reference to specific educational objectives through learning object repositories Introduction of different types of repositories some of which provide a complete curriculum others basic content only introduction to learning objects such MERLOT that has a big user community Here the focus is to show the benefits of such a community details will be given to show the discipline-based review system evaluation based on educational criteria and lesson plans and hints Also this module will discuss implementation issues when adapting learning objects to own educational needs in relation to possible linguistic and cultural barriers on using learning resources from repositories that originate from a country other than that of a user

Process

After a general introduction to repositories and issues each participant should identify a hypothetical scenario of implementation Identifying learning objects and repositories as well as relevant communities is required

Evaluation

In many cases repositories may be set up with the expectation or hope that a particular community of users will coalesce around it out of that broader community of

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

27

stakeholders Participants are asked to discuss how such a community may be encouraged supported and developed

Links

MERLOT especially highlighting the different subject-based communities and how they work httpwwwmerlotorgmerlotcommunitieshtmjsessionid=8296fb4b30d6881c3a2edf274fca9c38d6a45371ec4ae34Oa30TaN4Ke34Rax0Qa3uObxj0

36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

This module gives a more hands-on and demonstrational review on the learning resource repositories in Europe and beyond that have been introduced in D12 ldquoState of the art reportrdquo

Pedagogical objectives

Becoming familiar with learning repositories where participants can identify educational resources Review various interfaces and modes for searching accessing and downloading resources

Process

The following are some of the learning object repositories that will be reviewed LeMill A web community of over 6000 teachers and other learning content creators Free aces provides tools for finding authoring and sharing learning resources httplemillnet Connexion a place to view and share educational material made of small knowledge chunks called modules that can be organized as courses books reports etc httpcnxorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

28

Filamentality A fill-in-the-blank interactive Web site that guides you through picking a topic searching the Web gathering good Internet sites and turning Web resources into learning activities httpwwwknpacbellcomwiredfil Gateway to Educational Materials (GEM) Project The key to one-stop any-stop access to high quality lesson plans curriculum units and other education resources on the Internet Searchable by keyword and educational level httpwwwthegatewayorg MERLOT MERLOT is a free and open resource designed primarily for faculty and students in higher education With a continually growing collection of online learning materials assignments and reviews MERLOT helps faculty enhance instruction httpwwwmerlotorg OpenCourseWare (MIT) MIT OCW has begun publishing online course materials that are available free of charge They are aiming to have all of MITs course materials available over the web in a single searchable structure Currently the course materials are listed by course and are not searchable httpocwmiteduindexhtml CAREO Campus Alberta Repository of Educational Objects (CAREO) Comprised of 5000 multidisciplinary teaching materials the database is searchable and the collection is webbased This Canadian project has been recognized as a leader in the LOR initiative httpwwwcareoorg Federal Government Resources for Educational Excellence (FREE) This contains numerous educational resources which include teaching ideas instructional activities photographs maps audio files digitized paintings lesson plans httpwwwedgovfree The Digital Library for Earth System Education (DLESE) httpwwwdleseorg DLESE offers easy access to high quality educational resources about the Earth system The library is governed and developed by a broad community of Earth science educators and serves the needs of K-16 learners in both formal and informal venues LRE there will be separate modules part of the framework to focus on LRE

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

29

The participants will define similarities and differences between the reviewed repositories They should also name 3 top rated repositories according to named criteria

Follow-up

The evaluation comments should be revisited after the completion of the module series

Links

The state of the art report D12 NMC Learning Object Repositories httparchivenmcorgprojectsindexshtml Community Dimensions of Learning Object Repositories (CD-LOR) project website httpwwwacademygcalacukcd-lorindexhtml

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

30

Metadata

37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching Main responsible partner (EA)

371 Details

In this learning module the trainees will get acquainted with the concept of metadata An important factor in order to make search and retrieval of educational content more efficient is the quality and quantity of educational metadata associated with these resources In general the commonly accepted way to describe educational resources is the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Standard The module will include introduction to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching authoritative educational metadata schemas (DC-ed amp IEEE LOM) Useful examples of simple metadata will be provided so as to provide a smooth introduction to the concept of metadata Following this activity the concept of metadata in education will be elaborated and specific examples will be provided The trainees will be able to identify similarities between their everyday practice and educational metadata Finally after having explained the later the trainees will be provided with some examples of educational repositories where they will perform various searches using metadata fields In this way they will be able to get a very good idea on how metadata work and what are the possibilities that they offer

372 Pedagogical objectives

Introduction to the concept of metadata Enhancement of lessons with the use of specific examples Enhancement of teacher participation through the introduction of educational repositories where they will perform searches using metadata in practice

373 Process

First the teachers will be presented with the basic concepts of metadata and provided with relevant examples Following this they will then be asked to identify examples of common use of metadata in everyday life After becoming familiar with the basic concepts of metadata teachers will be presented with metadata used in education During this presentation the teachers will be provided with specific examples of educational metadata and will be asked to identify other cases of educational metadata Finally teacher participation will be facilitated at the end of the session with the use of example educational repositories where teachers will be able to perform their own searches through the available content

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

4

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

5

03 Table of contents 1 Introduction 7 2 Background 11 3 Training Modules 19 Introduction 20 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses 20 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories 21 Learning resources and repositories 23 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects 23 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources 24 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities 26 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources27 Metadata 30 37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching 30 38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) 31 Social Web 34 39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) 34 310 Web 20 tools in education 35 311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom 36 Hands-on modules 39 312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom 39 313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo 40 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadatahelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip51 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archeology 316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS 47 317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal 48 318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE 50 319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world 52 320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world 54 321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example 55

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

6

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

7

1 Introduction

11 Scope

This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available

The paper builds on WP1 tasks related to user oriented requirements for the training framework to be incorporated into the methodology for the development of the training framework and to a review of the state of the art in metadata and repositories for school resources The Deliverables also takes into account D11 European state of the art report presenting the state-of-the-art in Europe concerning learning repositories and metadata tools and a feasibility analysis concerning the implementation of the project in participating countries in terms of equipment and other constraints Based on this the Training Framework is suggested

12 Audience

This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources

13 Definitions

This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg

BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES

This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again

CONTROLLED VOCABULARY

Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary

EXPERT INDEXING

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

8

In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group

FOLKSONOMY

A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users

METADATA

Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval

THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT

A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A

SOCIAL BOOKMARKING

Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet

SOCIAL SOFTWARE

Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites

SOCIAL CONTENT

Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

9

SOCIAL CONTEXT

Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work

TAG

A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects

TAG CLOUD

A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag

TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING

Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content

TAXONOMY

Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships

THESAURUS

A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list

USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE

The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

10

VISUALIZATION

Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people

Abbreviations used in this document

EA Ellinogermaniki Agogi EUN European Schoolnet AUA Agricultural University of Athens UoU UmeA University (UBT University of Bayreuth BMUKK Federal Ministry of Education The Arts and Culture CCSS Czech Centre for Science and Society GNK Gymnazium Nad Kavalirkou PCAFS Perrotis College American Farm School (PCAFS) LRE Learning Resource Exchange URL Unified Resource Locator

14 Structure

Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References

Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences

Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

11

2 Background

The results of Work Package 1 on user needs and the state of the art provided a solid background to tasks in WP2 related to the Metaschool training framework Deliverable D11 Needs Analysis Report with teachers identified clear needs while D12 European state of the art considered implementation prospects enablers and barriers in partner countries The results of Work Package 1 on user needs and the state of the art provided a solid background to tasks in WP2 related to the Metaschool training framework Deliverable D11 Needs Analysis Report with teachers identified clear needs while D12 European state of the art considered implementation prospects enablers and barriers in partner countries User needs D11 Needs Analysis Report included reports from workshops with teachers in Austria the Czech Republic and Greece revealing that the skill levels of participating teachers was probably higher than those of the average teacher in those countries and the teachers were positive about ICT and more motivated to learn The most commonly used tools before training were PowerPoint Moodle and linked repositories Google and Google Maps Despite being relatively e-skilled teachers had a low knowledge of Web 20 metadata tagging and learning systems although some used wikis passively but not publishing information themselves Nevertheless they wanted to know more about Web 20 if only because it attracts their students In general teachers wanted to

bull Be able easily to find relevant concrete materials on a portal about their subject prepared by professionals in their own language and with a cultural focus on their own country (videos images data ndash particularly geographical data lesson plans)

bull Use systems easily ndash a high priority was simplicity of use bull Have structured and relevant information bull Access scientific repositories and new information

Publishing their own learning content to use communication tools like chats and to rank materials was given somewhat lower priority It was brought up that IPR problems made it difficult for teachers to publish their own content implying that they produced materials but without regard for or clarity about copyright In terms of preferences teachers wanted to

bull Make the best use of scarce time bull Learn in classrooms in small groups bull Be trained in the use of specific applications with less focus on metadata

repositories ie first getting concrete resources and later on publishing content in these repositories

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

12

Initial needs were related to using the following specific applications tools and repositories most of which will be included in the training modules

bull Catalogue and repository systems bull Cosmos repository for sharing information about cosmos education bull Confolio system for sharing information for Organic Farming education bull Naturnet Redime URM repository for sharing spatial and non spatial context bull Organic Edunet repository bull On line educational applications bull Geogame bull Vitejtenazemi bull Organic Garden bull The Moon And Tides bull Of line or Supporting tools bull eXe HTML editor

However training focused only on these topics will not address wider non-ICT issues such as the ones listed below It will be the intent that these topics will be addressed in the training modules

bull Ensuring high levels of good content from the first contact bull Linguistic and cultural barriers bull Use of copyright-protected material by teachers bull A rationale for the pedagogical value of using repositories What do they make

better What problem do they solve bull Should teachers provide their content and effort for no financial reward bull Lack of teachersrsquo time for projects bull Lack of money in schools for ICT

There are also technological issues that need to be taken into account in the training framework Although these issues apply more to ICT staff than subject teachers these topics will be briefly introduced in the training modules

bull Vast differences between repositories some providing a complete curriculum others basic content only

bull Lack of interoperability between systems (learning platforms) used in schools Training can focus on this practical problem by introducing the use of web-based material that is playable in a standard browser

bull The need for different metadata profiles Protocols for online exchange and vocabularies in different repositories

The report concluded that the training framework should comprise three parts non-technical technical and pedagogical Non-technical aspects should focus on

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

13

bull Why teachers should share their educational content ndash training has to explain advantage of collaborative sharing of educational materials and also advantage of different social networks for educational purposes

bull Rules of protection of IPRs how teachers can use different web based context on the base of methods of IPR protection

bull Creative Commons Licence the rules advantages and restrictions Technical aspects should address IT staff and subject teachers separately For IT staff training should focus on

bull Interconnection of different repositories bull How to localise concrete learning resources

Teacher training on technical aspects should focus on

bull WWW and educational uses for teachers bull Strategies for searching information online bull Learning resources and Repositories bull Introduction to the concept of learning objects bull Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities bull Review amp demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources bull General Technological Information bull Role of metadata for access to educational information bull Difference between Metadata search and free text (Google style search) bull Explanation of different metadata profiles and differences among them bull Why to use thesaurus and vocabularies bull Geographical coverage of metadata and gazetteers bull Methods of searching and validation of information in repositories bull Searching for relevant information using metadata bull How to use thesaurus for search bull How to validate information on the base of different metadata profiles bull Cosmos concept bull OrganicEdunet concept bull NaturNet URM concept bull Methods of publishing data bull General rules for data and metadata publishing bull Publishing using different metadata profile bull Using thesaurus for publishing bull Using geographical coverage bull Web 20 and popular social tools and applications bull What is Web 20 bull Popular social tools (eg Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom bull Wikipedia bull GeoGame

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

14

Subject teachers should also crucially receive training in the educational application of ICT covering web 20 and use scenarios for science-related repositories

bull Advantages and risks of Web 20 in education bull Integrating the wiki concept into education bull How to use selected Cosmos scenarios in education bull How to use OrganicEdunet scenarios in education bull Scenarios based on Naturnet URM for usage of geographical information in

education bull Scenarios for GeoGame in education

European state of the art perspective D12 European state of the art analysed the levels of equipment in schools and teachersrsquo attitudes towards ICT (lsquoe-readinessrsquo) The report included recommendations on training on a country by country basis For Austria

bull Training should include case studies and examples of peers using ICT effectively (to increase teacher motivation)

bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training (because equipment levels vary between schools)

bull German language training and content is preferable but many teachers are competent in English

For the Czech Republic bull Participating schools should be carefully selected and prepared (because the

schools will have to support themselves in the absence of central government support)

bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training bull Ensure that the schools have the financial means to provide the required

conditions and activities (because funding is relatively low) bull Czech language training and content is preferable and many teachers are not

competent in English and will not use English language resources in class bull In Germany bull Training should include case studies and examples of peers using ICT effectively

(because of low motivation and skepticism about ICT) bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training

(because some schools have low levels of equipment and connectivity) bull German language training and content is preferable but many teachers are

competent in English In Greece

bull More thorough training may be needed than in other countries bull Access competence and motivation may be low bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

15

bull Teachers will naturally use Greek-language resources and networks although some are competent in English

In Sweden bull Training should ensure that it takes into account existing competences and

practices and not start from basics (because teachers tend to have high levels of ICT competence)

bull Teachers will tend to use Swedish-language resources and networks although English is widespread and schools are open to English language resources

Overall therefore training should have the following characteristics

bull Be flexible allowing for different levels of ICT competence of teachers bull Be in the home language with resources in the home language exposing teachers

to resources from other countries that lsquotravel wellrsquo eg with little text or in English

bull Recognise different levels of hardware provision in schools bull Include case studies of classroom use that relate to the situation of teachers

undertaking the training Designing the framework to meet user needs

bull Given the needs outlined above project partners designed a framework comprising self-contained modules of three types

bull Teaching and learning bull ICT in teaching and learning bull Technical training

The modules are in English in the first part of the pilot from which feedback from teachers will be gathered and fed into modules At the later stage the translations and localisations (eg links in a module point to Greek content for Greek teachers) are taken into consideration The modules are self-contained for flexibility and offer individual learning paths to take into account different levels of ICT competence and experience with metadata and repositories Some modules assume little experience with ICT and provide a general practical introduction others build on previous knowledge In response to needs for training on specific applications and tools there are modules covering the most frequently mentioned products One or two modules aim to showcase good examples of practice to ensure that the pedagogical value of the training is to the forefront and to motivate teachers to apply their training in sustained and effective day to day practice The following table shows how the modules fit into the framework and the needs addressed Different ways to interconnect these modules are possible which will be highlighted in the digital version by using hyperlinks Eg Beginner teachers can choose to follow only modules for beginners or they can follow a more incremental way by first taking a module for beginners and then for intermediate learners in the same topic

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Train

16ing framework

Table 1 Training Framework x= directly applicable ~ = also applicable

Topic Area Topic Beginner Intermediate Expert Trainees Pedagogically focused

Generic

1 WWW and educational uses for teachers

x ~ Teachers x x

2 Strategies for searching information online

x ~ Teachers x Introduction

3 Introduction to the concept of learning objects

x ~ Teachers x

4 Introduction to sharing learning resources

x ~ Teachers x x

5 Introduction to learning repositories x ~ Teachers x

Learning resources and repositories

6 Review amp demonstration of popular repositories

x ~ Teachers x

7 Intro to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching educational metadata schemas

~ x Teachers x

Metadata

8 Intro to the tools for describing resources with metadata

~ x Teachers x

9 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies amp social tagging)

x ~ Teachers x

10 Web 20 tools in education ~ x Teachers x

Social web 11 Popular social tools (eg Flikr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom

x ~ x

12 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using learning resources in the classroom

x ~ Teachers x Hands-on sessions

13

Practical demonstration of learning resources and their classroom

x ~ x

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

17

use 14 Practical

demonstration of metadata descriptions

x ~ x

15 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp agroecology (use of OrganicEdunet)

x Teachers x

16 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS xlpora)

x Teachers x

17 Searching schools resources through the LRE portal

x ~ Teachers x

18 Supporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRE

~ x Teacher x

19 Intro to setting up a portfolio and connecting to the outside world

~ x Teachers ICT Staff x

20 Setting up a repository (eg using Confolio tool) in the schools server

x ICT Staff x Technical session (for ICT staff or teachers)

21 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example

x ICT Staff x

Training outcomes By the end of the training programme it is expected that teachersrsquo digital competence will have increased and 21 specific learning outcomes achieved ndash 18 aimed at subject teachers and three at IT support staff

1 Understand the educational benefits of the worldwide web 2 Be able to search effectively using the World Wide Web 3 Understand the concept of learning objects (Los) 4 Understand the concept of sharing resources 5 Be familiar with the concept of learning repositories and communities 6 Know how different learning repositories work and what they contain 7 Understand the concept of metadata 8 Be familiar with COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

18

9 Understand the concept of social metadata such as tags 10 Understand how Web 20 tools are used in education 11 Be familiar with popular Web 20 applications 12 Appreciate the benefits of using digital resources in the classroom 13 Grasp how LOs can be used in teaching and learning 14 Be able to add metadata to learning resources and upload them to a repository 15 Be able to use Organic Edunet 16 Be able to use COSMOS 17 Be familiar with searching school resources through the LRE portal 18 Be able to share resources through tags 19 a) Be familiar with Confolio as a teacher 17 b) Be familiar with e-portfolio 20 Be able to set up the Confolio system (ICT support) 21 Be familiar with the technical interconnection between Confolio and LRE (ICT

support)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

19

3 Training Modules

In this chapter all suggested Training Modules are introduced with the content skeleton each under the same headings details pedagogical objectives process evaluation follow up and links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

20

Introduction

31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Become familiar with the idea of using World Wide Web for educational means This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web and Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs)

Pedagogical objectives

This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web such as teachers using Web for administrative purposes in schools introduce the idea of Virtual learning environments (VLE) and content management systems (CMS) using Web to help teachers prepare their lessons using Web during the lesson (eg demonstrative purposes trill and practice exercises) information seeking on the web creating content as part of an educational task and taking part in school collaboration with educational means

Process

The module will include brief descriptions of different tools that area available for different educational tasks that teachers have (eg admin tasks preparation of lessons) and cover inspirational scenarios of educational networking projects and specific teachersrsquo experiences

Evaluation

Participants will be expected to understand that different educational tasks and goals have a different set of tools to be used The aim objectives and evaluation method of each tasks should be also discussed

Follow-up

The aim pedagogical objectives and evaluation method can be reviewed throughout the design of the resource as the following modules introduce new tools and aspects

Links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

21

Introduction to e-learning httpenwikipediaorgwikiElearning Educational software httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_software Educational technology httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_technologyEducational games httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_gameTeachers Internet Use Guide httpwwwrmcdenvercomuseguideindexhtm LMS and LCMS httpenwikipediaorgwikiLearning_management_systemMoodle httpenwikipediaorgwikiMoodleeTwinning httpwwwetwinningnet

32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Information-seeking and literacy skills are increasingly important for both student and teacher success (Haycock 1991) There is a lot of great material on the Web - primary sources specialized directories and databases statistical information educational sites on many levels policy opinion of all kinds and so much more The tools for finding it are steadily improving Currently searching techniques are developed to help the learners as well as teachers to find information in the World Wide Web Nevertheless the users can be confused with search results due to irrelevant information misinformation insufficient information etc

Pedagogical objectives

To search for project relevant information over the Internet using research engines and key words To discuss and assess the validity of relevant information To provide links to Subject Directories Information Gateways and Specialist Databases which relate specially to education will be given

Process

Berkeley is suggesting a very useful and generic word-based strategy (httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetAnalyseTopicFormpdf) Other strategies that are more specialised to education content will be suggested through educational content and organisations Searching can be performed accurately and efficiently by utilising metadata and education specific ontologies

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

22

Arrangement of the pieces of information on notice boards and attempts to interconnect them within a thematic approach to the project

Follow-up

Identify up to 3 methods portals directories which are the more user friendly and effective for searching information online

Links

httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetFindInfohtml Haycock CA (1991) Resource-based learning A shift n the roles of teacher learner NAASP Bulletin 75(535) 15ndash22

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

23

Learning resources and repositories

33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them

A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines

Pedagogical objectives

Aim of the module is

Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)

Process

The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals

Evaluation

Creating learning resources in object formats is seen as way to bring about increased flexibility customization ease of update searchability and manageability to rich stores

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

24

of content and learning resources that are available from publishers or that have been created by faculty members or teachers Participants are asked to discuss online or write a text about the advantages and disadvantages of the use of learning objects and metadata

Follow-up

During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm

Links

What are Learning Resources and Learning Assets httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmlr_and_la What are Learning Objects httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmwhat_lo Composing free and open online educational resources httpenwikiversityorgwikiComposing_free_and_open_online_educational_resourcesWeek_1_-_March_3rd_Introduction Introduction to learning objects by the New Media Consortium (NMC) httparchivenmcorgprojectsloel_loshtml Unesco Open Educational Resources toolkit httpoerwikiiiep-unescoorgindexphptitle=UNESCO_OER_Toolkit Reigeluth C M amp Nelson L M (1997) A new paradigm of ISD In R M Branch amp B B Minor Educational media and technology yearbook Vol 22 (pp 24plusmn35) Englewood CO Libraries Unlimited Incorporated

34 Introduction to sharing learning resources Main responsible partner (EUN)

3121 Details

This module will provide a description and rational on why teachers are encouraged to share learning resources The module also introduces the basics of Creative Commons as an underlying mechanism that allows sharing and makes it easy to understand

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

25

3122 Pedagogical objectives

To understand the basic regarding the concept of sharing To understand provisions of copyright in education including Intellectual Property Rights an example of Creative Commons licensing is given To have an overview of repositories where teachers share resources To appreciate the features of resources that lsquoshare wellrsquo To discuss issues related to sharing learning resources eg remuneration for teachers

3123 Process

The module first introduces the idea of social media through a simple video The idea of social media is also applicable for learning resources Furthermore the concepts of Creative Commons are introduced with a glimpse to learning resource repositories that explicitly use such licensing scheme (eg LeMill LRE OERCommons)

3124 Evaluation

Teachers are introduced a self-evaluation of the understanding of Creative Commons

3125 Follow-up

Teachers are asked to search on different repositories for resources that they can share with their colleagues They are asked to use deliciouscom (related to module 39) to make a collection of resources that they can share and reuse under one of the Creative Commons licensing scheme

3126 Links

Social media in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewf810c5b5-b8dc-4946-a58f-5f7ce7ce4d44 Link to the cartoons about Creative Commons httpwikicreativecommonsorgSharing_Creative_WorkshttpwikicreativecommonsorgHowitworks_Comic1 Link to the LRE material on Creative Commons httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportworking_legally_under_cchtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

26

35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Learning object repositories are believed to increase the value of learning resources by providing opportunities for reuse repurposing or reengineering to suit a variety of purposes and end-user needs Learning object repositories are usually provided to support a teaching and learning community (broadly defined as a group of stakeholders) Through social networking and computer-mediated communication people work as a community to achieve a shared learning objective It is often practiced that a particular community of users coalesce around the learning object repository and engage creating and reusing objects The repositories that hold the learning objects have well researched user interfaces and architectures that make them easy to use and permits various levels of interactivity including search submissions commentsreviews and creating personal collections Communication tools allow interaction between community members by enabling the sharing of ideas in a variety of forms text audio and video By using asynchronous communication tools such as e-mail threaded discussions and bulletin boards participants can readily exchange ideas independent of time and place

Pedagogical objectives

Location of suitable learning objects with reference to specific educational objectives through learning object repositories Introduction of different types of repositories some of which provide a complete curriculum others basic content only introduction to learning objects such MERLOT that has a big user community Here the focus is to show the benefits of such a community details will be given to show the discipline-based review system evaluation based on educational criteria and lesson plans and hints Also this module will discuss implementation issues when adapting learning objects to own educational needs in relation to possible linguistic and cultural barriers on using learning resources from repositories that originate from a country other than that of a user

Process

After a general introduction to repositories and issues each participant should identify a hypothetical scenario of implementation Identifying learning objects and repositories as well as relevant communities is required

Evaluation

In many cases repositories may be set up with the expectation or hope that a particular community of users will coalesce around it out of that broader community of

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

27

stakeholders Participants are asked to discuss how such a community may be encouraged supported and developed

Links

MERLOT especially highlighting the different subject-based communities and how they work httpwwwmerlotorgmerlotcommunitieshtmjsessionid=8296fb4b30d6881c3a2edf274fca9c38d6a45371ec4ae34Oa30TaN4Ke34Rax0Qa3uObxj0

36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

This module gives a more hands-on and demonstrational review on the learning resource repositories in Europe and beyond that have been introduced in D12 ldquoState of the art reportrdquo

Pedagogical objectives

Becoming familiar with learning repositories where participants can identify educational resources Review various interfaces and modes for searching accessing and downloading resources

Process

The following are some of the learning object repositories that will be reviewed LeMill A web community of over 6000 teachers and other learning content creators Free aces provides tools for finding authoring and sharing learning resources httplemillnet Connexion a place to view and share educational material made of small knowledge chunks called modules that can be organized as courses books reports etc httpcnxorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

28

Filamentality A fill-in-the-blank interactive Web site that guides you through picking a topic searching the Web gathering good Internet sites and turning Web resources into learning activities httpwwwknpacbellcomwiredfil Gateway to Educational Materials (GEM) Project The key to one-stop any-stop access to high quality lesson plans curriculum units and other education resources on the Internet Searchable by keyword and educational level httpwwwthegatewayorg MERLOT MERLOT is a free and open resource designed primarily for faculty and students in higher education With a continually growing collection of online learning materials assignments and reviews MERLOT helps faculty enhance instruction httpwwwmerlotorg OpenCourseWare (MIT) MIT OCW has begun publishing online course materials that are available free of charge They are aiming to have all of MITs course materials available over the web in a single searchable structure Currently the course materials are listed by course and are not searchable httpocwmiteduindexhtml CAREO Campus Alberta Repository of Educational Objects (CAREO) Comprised of 5000 multidisciplinary teaching materials the database is searchable and the collection is webbased This Canadian project has been recognized as a leader in the LOR initiative httpwwwcareoorg Federal Government Resources for Educational Excellence (FREE) This contains numerous educational resources which include teaching ideas instructional activities photographs maps audio files digitized paintings lesson plans httpwwwedgovfree The Digital Library for Earth System Education (DLESE) httpwwwdleseorg DLESE offers easy access to high quality educational resources about the Earth system The library is governed and developed by a broad community of Earth science educators and serves the needs of K-16 learners in both formal and informal venues LRE there will be separate modules part of the framework to focus on LRE

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

29

The participants will define similarities and differences between the reviewed repositories They should also name 3 top rated repositories according to named criteria

Follow-up

The evaluation comments should be revisited after the completion of the module series

Links

The state of the art report D12 NMC Learning Object Repositories httparchivenmcorgprojectsindexshtml Community Dimensions of Learning Object Repositories (CD-LOR) project website httpwwwacademygcalacukcd-lorindexhtml

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

30

Metadata

37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching Main responsible partner (EA)

371 Details

In this learning module the trainees will get acquainted with the concept of metadata An important factor in order to make search and retrieval of educational content more efficient is the quality and quantity of educational metadata associated with these resources In general the commonly accepted way to describe educational resources is the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Standard The module will include introduction to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching authoritative educational metadata schemas (DC-ed amp IEEE LOM) Useful examples of simple metadata will be provided so as to provide a smooth introduction to the concept of metadata Following this activity the concept of metadata in education will be elaborated and specific examples will be provided The trainees will be able to identify similarities between their everyday practice and educational metadata Finally after having explained the later the trainees will be provided with some examples of educational repositories where they will perform various searches using metadata fields In this way they will be able to get a very good idea on how metadata work and what are the possibilities that they offer

372 Pedagogical objectives

Introduction to the concept of metadata Enhancement of lessons with the use of specific examples Enhancement of teacher participation through the introduction of educational repositories where they will perform searches using metadata in practice

373 Process

First the teachers will be presented with the basic concepts of metadata and provided with relevant examples Following this they will then be asked to identify examples of common use of metadata in everyday life After becoming familiar with the basic concepts of metadata teachers will be presented with metadata used in education During this presentation the teachers will be provided with specific examples of educational metadata and will be asked to identify other cases of educational metadata Finally teacher participation will be facilitated at the end of the session with the use of example educational repositories where teachers will be able to perform their own searches through the available content

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

5

03 Table of contents 1 Introduction 7 2 Background 11 3 Training Modules 19 Introduction 20 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses 20 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories 21 Learning resources and repositories 23 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects 23 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources 24 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities 26 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources27 Metadata 30 37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching 30 38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) 31 Social Web 34 39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) 34 310 Web 20 tools in education 35 311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom 36 Hands-on modules 39 312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom 39 313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo 40 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadatahelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip51 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archeology 316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS 47 317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal 48 318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE 50 319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world 52 320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world 54 321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example 55

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

6

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

7

1 Introduction

11 Scope

This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available

The paper builds on WP1 tasks related to user oriented requirements for the training framework to be incorporated into the methodology for the development of the training framework and to a review of the state of the art in metadata and repositories for school resources The Deliverables also takes into account D11 European state of the art report presenting the state-of-the-art in Europe concerning learning repositories and metadata tools and a feasibility analysis concerning the implementation of the project in participating countries in terms of equipment and other constraints Based on this the Training Framework is suggested

12 Audience

This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources

13 Definitions

This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg

BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES

This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again

CONTROLLED VOCABULARY

Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary

EXPERT INDEXING

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

8

In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group

FOLKSONOMY

A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users

METADATA

Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval

THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT

A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A

SOCIAL BOOKMARKING

Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet

SOCIAL SOFTWARE

Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites

SOCIAL CONTENT

Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

9

SOCIAL CONTEXT

Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work

TAG

A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects

TAG CLOUD

A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag

TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING

Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content

TAXONOMY

Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships

THESAURUS

A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list

USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE

The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

10

VISUALIZATION

Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people

Abbreviations used in this document

EA Ellinogermaniki Agogi EUN European Schoolnet AUA Agricultural University of Athens UoU UmeA University (UBT University of Bayreuth BMUKK Federal Ministry of Education The Arts and Culture CCSS Czech Centre for Science and Society GNK Gymnazium Nad Kavalirkou PCAFS Perrotis College American Farm School (PCAFS) LRE Learning Resource Exchange URL Unified Resource Locator

14 Structure

Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References

Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences

Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

11

2 Background

The results of Work Package 1 on user needs and the state of the art provided a solid background to tasks in WP2 related to the Metaschool training framework Deliverable D11 Needs Analysis Report with teachers identified clear needs while D12 European state of the art considered implementation prospects enablers and barriers in partner countries The results of Work Package 1 on user needs and the state of the art provided a solid background to tasks in WP2 related to the Metaschool training framework Deliverable D11 Needs Analysis Report with teachers identified clear needs while D12 European state of the art considered implementation prospects enablers and barriers in partner countries User needs D11 Needs Analysis Report included reports from workshops with teachers in Austria the Czech Republic and Greece revealing that the skill levels of participating teachers was probably higher than those of the average teacher in those countries and the teachers were positive about ICT and more motivated to learn The most commonly used tools before training were PowerPoint Moodle and linked repositories Google and Google Maps Despite being relatively e-skilled teachers had a low knowledge of Web 20 metadata tagging and learning systems although some used wikis passively but not publishing information themselves Nevertheless they wanted to know more about Web 20 if only because it attracts their students In general teachers wanted to

bull Be able easily to find relevant concrete materials on a portal about their subject prepared by professionals in their own language and with a cultural focus on their own country (videos images data ndash particularly geographical data lesson plans)

bull Use systems easily ndash a high priority was simplicity of use bull Have structured and relevant information bull Access scientific repositories and new information

Publishing their own learning content to use communication tools like chats and to rank materials was given somewhat lower priority It was brought up that IPR problems made it difficult for teachers to publish their own content implying that they produced materials but without regard for or clarity about copyright In terms of preferences teachers wanted to

bull Make the best use of scarce time bull Learn in classrooms in small groups bull Be trained in the use of specific applications with less focus on metadata

repositories ie first getting concrete resources and later on publishing content in these repositories

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

12

Initial needs were related to using the following specific applications tools and repositories most of which will be included in the training modules

bull Catalogue and repository systems bull Cosmos repository for sharing information about cosmos education bull Confolio system for sharing information for Organic Farming education bull Naturnet Redime URM repository for sharing spatial and non spatial context bull Organic Edunet repository bull On line educational applications bull Geogame bull Vitejtenazemi bull Organic Garden bull The Moon And Tides bull Of line or Supporting tools bull eXe HTML editor

However training focused only on these topics will not address wider non-ICT issues such as the ones listed below It will be the intent that these topics will be addressed in the training modules

bull Ensuring high levels of good content from the first contact bull Linguistic and cultural barriers bull Use of copyright-protected material by teachers bull A rationale for the pedagogical value of using repositories What do they make

better What problem do they solve bull Should teachers provide their content and effort for no financial reward bull Lack of teachersrsquo time for projects bull Lack of money in schools for ICT

There are also technological issues that need to be taken into account in the training framework Although these issues apply more to ICT staff than subject teachers these topics will be briefly introduced in the training modules

bull Vast differences between repositories some providing a complete curriculum others basic content only

bull Lack of interoperability between systems (learning platforms) used in schools Training can focus on this practical problem by introducing the use of web-based material that is playable in a standard browser

bull The need for different metadata profiles Protocols for online exchange and vocabularies in different repositories

The report concluded that the training framework should comprise three parts non-technical technical and pedagogical Non-technical aspects should focus on

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

13

bull Why teachers should share their educational content ndash training has to explain advantage of collaborative sharing of educational materials and also advantage of different social networks for educational purposes

bull Rules of protection of IPRs how teachers can use different web based context on the base of methods of IPR protection

bull Creative Commons Licence the rules advantages and restrictions Technical aspects should address IT staff and subject teachers separately For IT staff training should focus on

bull Interconnection of different repositories bull How to localise concrete learning resources

Teacher training on technical aspects should focus on

bull WWW and educational uses for teachers bull Strategies for searching information online bull Learning resources and Repositories bull Introduction to the concept of learning objects bull Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities bull Review amp demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources bull General Technological Information bull Role of metadata for access to educational information bull Difference between Metadata search and free text (Google style search) bull Explanation of different metadata profiles and differences among them bull Why to use thesaurus and vocabularies bull Geographical coverage of metadata and gazetteers bull Methods of searching and validation of information in repositories bull Searching for relevant information using metadata bull How to use thesaurus for search bull How to validate information on the base of different metadata profiles bull Cosmos concept bull OrganicEdunet concept bull NaturNet URM concept bull Methods of publishing data bull General rules for data and metadata publishing bull Publishing using different metadata profile bull Using thesaurus for publishing bull Using geographical coverage bull Web 20 and popular social tools and applications bull What is Web 20 bull Popular social tools (eg Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom bull Wikipedia bull GeoGame

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

14

Subject teachers should also crucially receive training in the educational application of ICT covering web 20 and use scenarios for science-related repositories

bull Advantages and risks of Web 20 in education bull Integrating the wiki concept into education bull How to use selected Cosmos scenarios in education bull How to use OrganicEdunet scenarios in education bull Scenarios based on Naturnet URM for usage of geographical information in

education bull Scenarios for GeoGame in education

European state of the art perspective D12 European state of the art analysed the levels of equipment in schools and teachersrsquo attitudes towards ICT (lsquoe-readinessrsquo) The report included recommendations on training on a country by country basis For Austria

bull Training should include case studies and examples of peers using ICT effectively (to increase teacher motivation)

bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training (because equipment levels vary between schools)

bull German language training and content is preferable but many teachers are competent in English

For the Czech Republic bull Participating schools should be carefully selected and prepared (because the

schools will have to support themselves in the absence of central government support)

bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training bull Ensure that the schools have the financial means to provide the required

conditions and activities (because funding is relatively low) bull Czech language training and content is preferable and many teachers are not

competent in English and will not use English language resources in class bull In Germany bull Training should include case studies and examples of peers using ICT effectively

(because of low motivation and skepticism about ICT) bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training

(because some schools have low levels of equipment and connectivity) bull German language training and content is preferable but many teachers are

competent in English In Greece

bull More thorough training may be needed than in other countries bull Access competence and motivation may be low bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

15

bull Teachers will naturally use Greek-language resources and networks although some are competent in English

In Sweden bull Training should ensure that it takes into account existing competences and

practices and not start from basics (because teachers tend to have high levels of ICT competence)

bull Teachers will tend to use Swedish-language resources and networks although English is widespread and schools are open to English language resources

Overall therefore training should have the following characteristics

bull Be flexible allowing for different levels of ICT competence of teachers bull Be in the home language with resources in the home language exposing teachers

to resources from other countries that lsquotravel wellrsquo eg with little text or in English

bull Recognise different levels of hardware provision in schools bull Include case studies of classroom use that relate to the situation of teachers

undertaking the training Designing the framework to meet user needs

bull Given the needs outlined above project partners designed a framework comprising self-contained modules of three types

bull Teaching and learning bull ICT in teaching and learning bull Technical training

The modules are in English in the first part of the pilot from which feedback from teachers will be gathered and fed into modules At the later stage the translations and localisations (eg links in a module point to Greek content for Greek teachers) are taken into consideration The modules are self-contained for flexibility and offer individual learning paths to take into account different levels of ICT competence and experience with metadata and repositories Some modules assume little experience with ICT and provide a general practical introduction others build on previous knowledge In response to needs for training on specific applications and tools there are modules covering the most frequently mentioned products One or two modules aim to showcase good examples of practice to ensure that the pedagogical value of the training is to the forefront and to motivate teachers to apply their training in sustained and effective day to day practice The following table shows how the modules fit into the framework and the needs addressed Different ways to interconnect these modules are possible which will be highlighted in the digital version by using hyperlinks Eg Beginner teachers can choose to follow only modules for beginners or they can follow a more incremental way by first taking a module for beginners and then for intermediate learners in the same topic

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Train

16ing framework

Table 1 Training Framework x= directly applicable ~ = also applicable

Topic Area Topic Beginner Intermediate Expert Trainees Pedagogically focused

Generic

1 WWW and educational uses for teachers

x ~ Teachers x x

2 Strategies for searching information online

x ~ Teachers x Introduction

3 Introduction to the concept of learning objects

x ~ Teachers x

4 Introduction to sharing learning resources

x ~ Teachers x x

5 Introduction to learning repositories x ~ Teachers x

Learning resources and repositories

6 Review amp demonstration of popular repositories

x ~ Teachers x

7 Intro to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching educational metadata schemas

~ x Teachers x

Metadata

8 Intro to the tools for describing resources with metadata

~ x Teachers x

9 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies amp social tagging)

x ~ Teachers x

10 Web 20 tools in education ~ x Teachers x

Social web 11 Popular social tools (eg Flikr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom

x ~ x

12 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using learning resources in the classroom

x ~ Teachers x Hands-on sessions

13

Practical demonstration of learning resources and their classroom

x ~ x

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

17

use 14 Practical

demonstration of metadata descriptions

x ~ x

15 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp agroecology (use of OrganicEdunet)

x Teachers x

16 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS xlpora)

x Teachers x

17 Searching schools resources through the LRE portal

x ~ Teachers x

18 Supporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRE

~ x Teacher x

19 Intro to setting up a portfolio and connecting to the outside world

~ x Teachers ICT Staff x

20 Setting up a repository (eg using Confolio tool) in the schools server

x ICT Staff x Technical session (for ICT staff or teachers)

21 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example

x ICT Staff x

Training outcomes By the end of the training programme it is expected that teachersrsquo digital competence will have increased and 21 specific learning outcomes achieved ndash 18 aimed at subject teachers and three at IT support staff

1 Understand the educational benefits of the worldwide web 2 Be able to search effectively using the World Wide Web 3 Understand the concept of learning objects (Los) 4 Understand the concept of sharing resources 5 Be familiar with the concept of learning repositories and communities 6 Know how different learning repositories work and what they contain 7 Understand the concept of metadata 8 Be familiar with COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

18

9 Understand the concept of social metadata such as tags 10 Understand how Web 20 tools are used in education 11 Be familiar with popular Web 20 applications 12 Appreciate the benefits of using digital resources in the classroom 13 Grasp how LOs can be used in teaching and learning 14 Be able to add metadata to learning resources and upload them to a repository 15 Be able to use Organic Edunet 16 Be able to use COSMOS 17 Be familiar with searching school resources through the LRE portal 18 Be able to share resources through tags 19 a) Be familiar with Confolio as a teacher 17 b) Be familiar with e-portfolio 20 Be able to set up the Confolio system (ICT support) 21 Be familiar with the technical interconnection between Confolio and LRE (ICT

support)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

19

3 Training Modules

In this chapter all suggested Training Modules are introduced with the content skeleton each under the same headings details pedagogical objectives process evaluation follow up and links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

20

Introduction

31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Become familiar with the idea of using World Wide Web for educational means This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web and Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs)

Pedagogical objectives

This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web such as teachers using Web for administrative purposes in schools introduce the idea of Virtual learning environments (VLE) and content management systems (CMS) using Web to help teachers prepare their lessons using Web during the lesson (eg demonstrative purposes trill and practice exercises) information seeking on the web creating content as part of an educational task and taking part in school collaboration with educational means

Process

The module will include brief descriptions of different tools that area available for different educational tasks that teachers have (eg admin tasks preparation of lessons) and cover inspirational scenarios of educational networking projects and specific teachersrsquo experiences

Evaluation

Participants will be expected to understand that different educational tasks and goals have a different set of tools to be used The aim objectives and evaluation method of each tasks should be also discussed

Follow-up

The aim pedagogical objectives and evaluation method can be reviewed throughout the design of the resource as the following modules introduce new tools and aspects

Links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

21

Introduction to e-learning httpenwikipediaorgwikiElearning Educational software httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_software Educational technology httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_technologyEducational games httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_gameTeachers Internet Use Guide httpwwwrmcdenvercomuseguideindexhtm LMS and LCMS httpenwikipediaorgwikiLearning_management_systemMoodle httpenwikipediaorgwikiMoodleeTwinning httpwwwetwinningnet

32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Information-seeking and literacy skills are increasingly important for both student and teacher success (Haycock 1991) There is a lot of great material on the Web - primary sources specialized directories and databases statistical information educational sites on many levels policy opinion of all kinds and so much more The tools for finding it are steadily improving Currently searching techniques are developed to help the learners as well as teachers to find information in the World Wide Web Nevertheless the users can be confused with search results due to irrelevant information misinformation insufficient information etc

Pedagogical objectives

To search for project relevant information over the Internet using research engines and key words To discuss and assess the validity of relevant information To provide links to Subject Directories Information Gateways and Specialist Databases which relate specially to education will be given

Process

Berkeley is suggesting a very useful and generic word-based strategy (httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetAnalyseTopicFormpdf) Other strategies that are more specialised to education content will be suggested through educational content and organisations Searching can be performed accurately and efficiently by utilising metadata and education specific ontologies

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

22

Arrangement of the pieces of information on notice boards and attempts to interconnect them within a thematic approach to the project

Follow-up

Identify up to 3 methods portals directories which are the more user friendly and effective for searching information online

Links

httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetFindInfohtml Haycock CA (1991) Resource-based learning A shift n the roles of teacher learner NAASP Bulletin 75(535) 15ndash22

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

23

Learning resources and repositories

33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them

A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines

Pedagogical objectives

Aim of the module is

Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)

Process

The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals

Evaluation

Creating learning resources in object formats is seen as way to bring about increased flexibility customization ease of update searchability and manageability to rich stores

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

24

of content and learning resources that are available from publishers or that have been created by faculty members or teachers Participants are asked to discuss online or write a text about the advantages and disadvantages of the use of learning objects and metadata

Follow-up

During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm

Links

What are Learning Resources and Learning Assets httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmlr_and_la What are Learning Objects httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmwhat_lo Composing free and open online educational resources httpenwikiversityorgwikiComposing_free_and_open_online_educational_resourcesWeek_1_-_March_3rd_Introduction Introduction to learning objects by the New Media Consortium (NMC) httparchivenmcorgprojectsloel_loshtml Unesco Open Educational Resources toolkit httpoerwikiiiep-unescoorgindexphptitle=UNESCO_OER_Toolkit Reigeluth C M amp Nelson L M (1997) A new paradigm of ISD In R M Branch amp B B Minor Educational media and technology yearbook Vol 22 (pp 24plusmn35) Englewood CO Libraries Unlimited Incorporated

34 Introduction to sharing learning resources Main responsible partner (EUN)

3121 Details

This module will provide a description and rational on why teachers are encouraged to share learning resources The module also introduces the basics of Creative Commons as an underlying mechanism that allows sharing and makes it easy to understand

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

25

3122 Pedagogical objectives

To understand the basic regarding the concept of sharing To understand provisions of copyright in education including Intellectual Property Rights an example of Creative Commons licensing is given To have an overview of repositories where teachers share resources To appreciate the features of resources that lsquoshare wellrsquo To discuss issues related to sharing learning resources eg remuneration for teachers

3123 Process

The module first introduces the idea of social media through a simple video The idea of social media is also applicable for learning resources Furthermore the concepts of Creative Commons are introduced with a glimpse to learning resource repositories that explicitly use such licensing scheme (eg LeMill LRE OERCommons)

3124 Evaluation

Teachers are introduced a self-evaluation of the understanding of Creative Commons

3125 Follow-up

Teachers are asked to search on different repositories for resources that they can share with their colleagues They are asked to use deliciouscom (related to module 39) to make a collection of resources that they can share and reuse under one of the Creative Commons licensing scheme

3126 Links

Social media in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewf810c5b5-b8dc-4946-a58f-5f7ce7ce4d44 Link to the cartoons about Creative Commons httpwikicreativecommonsorgSharing_Creative_WorkshttpwikicreativecommonsorgHowitworks_Comic1 Link to the LRE material on Creative Commons httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportworking_legally_under_cchtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

26

35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Learning object repositories are believed to increase the value of learning resources by providing opportunities for reuse repurposing or reengineering to suit a variety of purposes and end-user needs Learning object repositories are usually provided to support a teaching and learning community (broadly defined as a group of stakeholders) Through social networking and computer-mediated communication people work as a community to achieve a shared learning objective It is often practiced that a particular community of users coalesce around the learning object repository and engage creating and reusing objects The repositories that hold the learning objects have well researched user interfaces and architectures that make them easy to use and permits various levels of interactivity including search submissions commentsreviews and creating personal collections Communication tools allow interaction between community members by enabling the sharing of ideas in a variety of forms text audio and video By using asynchronous communication tools such as e-mail threaded discussions and bulletin boards participants can readily exchange ideas independent of time and place

Pedagogical objectives

Location of suitable learning objects with reference to specific educational objectives through learning object repositories Introduction of different types of repositories some of which provide a complete curriculum others basic content only introduction to learning objects such MERLOT that has a big user community Here the focus is to show the benefits of such a community details will be given to show the discipline-based review system evaluation based on educational criteria and lesson plans and hints Also this module will discuss implementation issues when adapting learning objects to own educational needs in relation to possible linguistic and cultural barriers on using learning resources from repositories that originate from a country other than that of a user

Process

After a general introduction to repositories and issues each participant should identify a hypothetical scenario of implementation Identifying learning objects and repositories as well as relevant communities is required

Evaluation

In many cases repositories may be set up with the expectation or hope that a particular community of users will coalesce around it out of that broader community of

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

27

stakeholders Participants are asked to discuss how such a community may be encouraged supported and developed

Links

MERLOT especially highlighting the different subject-based communities and how they work httpwwwmerlotorgmerlotcommunitieshtmjsessionid=8296fb4b30d6881c3a2edf274fca9c38d6a45371ec4ae34Oa30TaN4Ke34Rax0Qa3uObxj0

36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

This module gives a more hands-on and demonstrational review on the learning resource repositories in Europe and beyond that have been introduced in D12 ldquoState of the art reportrdquo

Pedagogical objectives

Becoming familiar with learning repositories where participants can identify educational resources Review various interfaces and modes for searching accessing and downloading resources

Process

The following are some of the learning object repositories that will be reviewed LeMill A web community of over 6000 teachers and other learning content creators Free aces provides tools for finding authoring and sharing learning resources httplemillnet Connexion a place to view and share educational material made of small knowledge chunks called modules that can be organized as courses books reports etc httpcnxorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

28

Filamentality A fill-in-the-blank interactive Web site that guides you through picking a topic searching the Web gathering good Internet sites and turning Web resources into learning activities httpwwwknpacbellcomwiredfil Gateway to Educational Materials (GEM) Project The key to one-stop any-stop access to high quality lesson plans curriculum units and other education resources on the Internet Searchable by keyword and educational level httpwwwthegatewayorg MERLOT MERLOT is a free and open resource designed primarily for faculty and students in higher education With a continually growing collection of online learning materials assignments and reviews MERLOT helps faculty enhance instruction httpwwwmerlotorg OpenCourseWare (MIT) MIT OCW has begun publishing online course materials that are available free of charge They are aiming to have all of MITs course materials available over the web in a single searchable structure Currently the course materials are listed by course and are not searchable httpocwmiteduindexhtml CAREO Campus Alberta Repository of Educational Objects (CAREO) Comprised of 5000 multidisciplinary teaching materials the database is searchable and the collection is webbased This Canadian project has been recognized as a leader in the LOR initiative httpwwwcareoorg Federal Government Resources for Educational Excellence (FREE) This contains numerous educational resources which include teaching ideas instructional activities photographs maps audio files digitized paintings lesson plans httpwwwedgovfree The Digital Library for Earth System Education (DLESE) httpwwwdleseorg DLESE offers easy access to high quality educational resources about the Earth system The library is governed and developed by a broad community of Earth science educators and serves the needs of K-16 learners in both formal and informal venues LRE there will be separate modules part of the framework to focus on LRE

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

29

The participants will define similarities and differences between the reviewed repositories They should also name 3 top rated repositories according to named criteria

Follow-up

The evaluation comments should be revisited after the completion of the module series

Links

The state of the art report D12 NMC Learning Object Repositories httparchivenmcorgprojectsindexshtml Community Dimensions of Learning Object Repositories (CD-LOR) project website httpwwwacademygcalacukcd-lorindexhtml

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

30

Metadata

37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching Main responsible partner (EA)

371 Details

In this learning module the trainees will get acquainted with the concept of metadata An important factor in order to make search and retrieval of educational content more efficient is the quality and quantity of educational metadata associated with these resources In general the commonly accepted way to describe educational resources is the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Standard The module will include introduction to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching authoritative educational metadata schemas (DC-ed amp IEEE LOM) Useful examples of simple metadata will be provided so as to provide a smooth introduction to the concept of metadata Following this activity the concept of metadata in education will be elaborated and specific examples will be provided The trainees will be able to identify similarities between their everyday practice and educational metadata Finally after having explained the later the trainees will be provided with some examples of educational repositories where they will perform various searches using metadata fields In this way they will be able to get a very good idea on how metadata work and what are the possibilities that they offer

372 Pedagogical objectives

Introduction to the concept of metadata Enhancement of lessons with the use of specific examples Enhancement of teacher participation through the introduction of educational repositories where they will perform searches using metadata in practice

373 Process

First the teachers will be presented with the basic concepts of metadata and provided with relevant examples Following this they will then be asked to identify examples of common use of metadata in everyday life After becoming familiar with the basic concepts of metadata teachers will be presented with metadata used in education During this presentation the teachers will be provided with specific examples of educational metadata and will be asked to identify other cases of educational metadata Finally teacher participation will be facilitated at the end of the session with the use of example educational repositories where teachers will be able to perform their own searches through the available content

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

6

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

7

1 Introduction

11 Scope

This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available

The paper builds on WP1 tasks related to user oriented requirements for the training framework to be incorporated into the methodology for the development of the training framework and to a review of the state of the art in metadata and repositories for school resources The Deliverables also takes into account D11 European state of the art report presenting the state-of-the-art in Europe concerning learning repositories and metadata tools and a feasibility analysis concerning the implementation of the project in participating countries in terms of equipment and other constraints Based on this the Training Framework is suggested

12 Audience

This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources

13 Definitions

This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg

BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES

This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again

CONTROLLED VOCABULARY

Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary

EXPERT INDEXING

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

8

In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group

FOLKSONOMY

A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users

METADATA

Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval

THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT

A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A

SOCIAL BOOKMARKING

Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet

SOCIAL SOFTWARE

Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites

SOCIAL CONTENT

Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

9

SOCIAL CONTEXT

Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work

TAG

A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects

TAG CLOUD

A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag

TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING

Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content

TAXONOMY

Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships

THESAURUS

A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list

USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE

The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

10

VISUALIZATION

Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people

Abbreviations used in this document

EA Ellinogermaniki Agogi EUN European Schoolnet AUA Agricultural University of Athens UoU UmeA University (UBT University of Bayreuth BMUKK Federal Ministry of Education The Arts and Culture CCSS Czech Centre for Science and Society GNK Gymnazium Nad Kavalirkou PCAFS Perrotis College American Farm School (PCAFS) LRE Learning Resource Exchange URL Unified Resource Locator

14 Structure

Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References

Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences

Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

11

2 Background

The results of Work Package 1 on user needs and the state of the art provided a solid background to tasks in WP2 related to the Metaschool training framework Deliverable D11 Needs Analysis Report with teachers identified clear needs while D12 European state of the art considered implementation prospects enablers and barriers in partner countries The results of Work Package 1 on user needs and the state of the art provided a solid background to tasks in WP2 related to the Metaschool training framework Deliverable D11 Needs Analysis Report with teachers identified clear needs while D12 European state of the art considered implementation prospects enablers and barriers in partner countries User needs D11 Needs Analysis Report included reports from workshops with teachers in Austria the Czech Republic and Greece revealing that the skill levels of participating teachers was probably higher than those of the average teacher in those countries and the teachers were positive about ICT and more motivated to learn The most commonly used tools before training were PowerPoint Moodle and linked repositories Google and Google Maps Despite being relatively e-skilled teachers had a low knowledge of Web 20 metadata tagging and learning systems although some used wikis passively but not publishing information themselves Nevertheless they wanted to know more about Web 20 if only because it attracts their students In general teachers wanted to

bull Be able easily to find relevant concrete materials on a portal about their subject prepared by professionals in their own language and with a cultural focus on their own country (videos images data ndash particularly geographical data lesson plans)

bull Use systems easily ndash a high priority was simplicity of use bull Have structured and relevant information bull Access scientific repositories and new information

Publishing their own learning content to use communication tools like chats and to rank materials was given somewhat lower priority It was brought up that IPR problems made it difficult for teachers to publish their own content implying that they produced materials but without regard for or clarity about copyright In terms of preferences teachers wanted to

bull Make the best use of scarce time bull Learn in classrooms in small groups bull Be trained in the use of specific applications with less focus on metadata

repositories ie first getting concrete resources and later on publishing content in these repositories

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

12

Initial needs were related to using the following specific applications tools and repositories most of which will be included in the training modules

bull Catalogue and repository systems bull Cosmos repository for sharing information about cosmos education bull Confolio system for sharing information for Organic Farming education bull Naturnet Redime URM repository for sharing spatial and non spatial context bull Organic Edunet repository bull On line educational applications bull Geogame bull Vitejtenazemi bull Organic Garden bull The Moon And Tides bull Of line or Supporting tools bull eXe HTML editor

However training focused only on these topics will not address wider non-ICT issues such as the ones listed below It will be the intent that these topics will be addressed in the training modules

bull Ensuring high levels of good content from the first contact bull Linguistic and cultural barriers bull Use of copyright-protected material by teachers bull A rationale for the pedagogical value of using repositories What do they make

better What problem do they solve bull Should teachers provide their content and effort for no financial reward bull Lack of teachersrsquo time for projects bull Lack of money in schools for ICT

There are also technological issues that need to be taken into account in the training framework Although these issues apply more to ICT staff than subject teachers these topics will be briefly introduced in the training modules

bull Vast differences between repositories some providing a complete curriculum others basic content only

bull Lack of interoperability between systems (learning platforms) used in schools Training can focus on this practical problem by introducing the use of web-based material that is playable in a standard browser

bull The need for different metadata profiles Protocols for online exchange and vocabularies in different repositories

The report concluded that the training framework should comprise three parts non-technical technical and pedagogical Non-technical aspects should focus on

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

13

bull Why teachers should share their educational content ndash training has to explain advantage of collaborative sharing of educational materials and also advantage of different social networks for educational purposes

bull Rules of protection of IPRs how teachers can use different web based context on the base of methods of IPR protection

bull Creative Commons Licence the rules advantages and restrictions Technical aspects should address IT staff and subject teachers separately For IT staff training should focus on

bull Interconnection of different repositories bull How to localise concrete learning resources

Teacher training on technical aspects should focus on

bull WWW and educational uses for teachers bull Strategies for searching information online bull Learning resources and Repositories bull Introduction to the concept of learning objects bull Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities bull Review amp demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources bull General Technological Information bull Role of metadata for access to educational information bull Difference between Metadata search and free text (Google style search) bull Explanation of different metadata profiles and differences among them bull Why to use thesaurus and vocabularies bull Geographical coverage of metadata and gazetteers bull Methods of searching and validation of information in repositories bull Searching for relevant information using metadata bull How to use thesaurus for search bull How to validate information on the base of different metadata profiles bull Cosmos concept bull OrganicEdunet concept bull NaturNet URM concept bull Methods of publishing data bull General rules for data and metadata publishing bull Publishing using different metadata profile bull Using thesaurus for publishing bull Using geographical coverage bull Web 20 and popular social tools and applications bull What is Web 20 bull Popular social tools (eg Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom bull Wikipedia bull GeoGame

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

14

Subject teachers should also crucially receive training in the educational application of ICT covering web 20 and use scenarios for science-related repositories

bull Advantages and risks of Web 20 in education bull Integrating the wiki concept into education bull How to use selected Cosmos scenarios in education bull How to use OrganicEdunet scenarios in education bull Scenarios based on Naturnet URM for usage of geographical information in

education bull Scenarios for GeoGame in education

European state of the art perspective D12 European state of the art analysed the levels of equipment in schools and teachersrsquo attitudes towards ICT (lsquoe-readinessrsquo) The report included recommendations on training on a country by country basis For Austria

bull Training should include case studies and examples of peers using ICT effectively (to increase teacher motivation)

bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training (because equipment levels vary between schools)

bull German language training and content is preferable but many teachers are competent in English

For the Czech Republic bull Participating schools should be carefully selected and prepared (because the

schools will have to support themselves in the absence of central government support)

bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training bull Ensure that the schools have the financial means to provide the required

conditions and activities (because funding is relatively low) bull Czech language training and content is preferable and many teachers are not

competent in English and will not use English language resources in class bull In Germany bull Training should include case studies and examples of peers using ICT effectively

(because of low motivation and skepticism about ICT) bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training

(because some schools have low levels of equipment and connectivity) bull German language training and content is preferable but many teachers are

competent in English In Greece

bull More thorough training may be needed than in other countries bull Access competence and motivation may be low bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

15

bull Teachers will naturally use Greek-language resources and networks although some are competent in English

In Sweden bull Training should ensure that it takes into account existing competences and

practices and not start from basics (because teachers tend to have high levels of ICT competence)

bull Teachers will tend to use Swedish-language resources and networks although English is widespread and schools are open to English language resources

Overall therefore training should have the following characteristics

bull Be flexible allowing for different levels of ICT competence of teachers bull Be in the home language with resources in the home language exposing teachers

to resources from other countries that lsquotravel wellrsquo eg with little text or in English

bull Recognise different levels of hardware provision in schools bull Include case studies of classroom use that relate to the situation of teachers

undertaking the training Designing the framework to meet user needs

bull Given the needs outlined above project partners designed a framework comprising self-contained modules of three types

bull Teaching and learning bull ICT in teaching and learning bull Technical training

The modules are in English in the first part of the pilot from which feedback from teachers will be gathered and fed into modules At the later stage the translations and localisations (eg links in a module point to Greek content for Greek teachers) are taken into consideration The modules are self-contained for flexibility and offer individual learning paths to take into account different levels of ICT competence and experience with metadata and repositories Some modules assume little experience with ICT and provide a general practical introduction others build on previous knowledge In response to needs for training on specific applications and tools there are modules covering the most frequently mentioned products One or two modules aim to showcase good examples of practice to ensure that the pedagogical value of the training is to the forefront and to motivate teachers to apply their training in sustained and effective day to day practice The following table shows how the modules fit into the framework and the needs addressed Different ways to interconnect these modules are possible which will be highlighted in the digital version by using hyperlinks Eg Beginner teachers can choose to follow only modules for beginners or they can follow a more incremental way by first taking a module for beginners and then for intermediate learners in the same topic

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Train

16ing framework

Table 1 Training Framework x= directly applicable ~ = also applicable

Topic Area Topic Beginner Intermediate Expert Trainees Pedagogically focused

Generic

1 WWW and educational uses for teachers

x ~ Teachers x x

2 Strategies for searching information online

x ~ Teachers x Introduction

3 Introduction to the concept of learning objects

x ~ Teachers x

4 Introduction to sharing learning resources

x ~ Teachers x x

5 Introduction to learning repositories x ~ Teachers x

Learning resources and repositories

6 Review amp demonstration of popular repositories

x ~ Teachers x

7 Intro to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching educational metadata schemas

~ x Teachers x

Metadata

8 Intro to the tools for describing resources with metadata

~ x Teachers x

9 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies amp social tagging)

x ~ Teachers x

10 Web 20 tools in education ~ x Teachers x

Social web 11 Popular social tools (eg Flikr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom

x ~ x

12 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using learning resources in the classroom

x ~ Teachers x Hands-on sessions

13

Practical demonstration of learning resources and their classroom

x ~ x

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

17

use 14 Practical

demonstration of metadata descriptions

x ~ x

15 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp agroecology (use of OrganicEdunet)

x Teachers x

16 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS xlpora)

x Teachers x

17 Searching schools resources through the LRE portal

x ~ Teachers x

18 Supporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRE

~ x Teacher x

19 Intro to setting up a portfolio and connecting to the outside world

~ x Teachers ICT Staff x

20 Setting up a repository (eg using Confolio tool) in the schools server

x ICT Staff x Technical session (for ICT staff or teachers)

21 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example

x ICT Staff x

Training outcomes By the end of the training programme it is expected that teachersrsquo digital competence will have increased and 21 specific learning outcomes achieved ndash 18 aimed at subject teachers and three at IT support staff

1 Understand the educational benefits of the worldwide web 2 Be able to search effectively using the World Wide Web 3 Understand the concept of learning objects (Los) 4 Understand the concept of sharing resources 5 Be familiar with the concept of learning repositories and communities 6 Know how different learning repositories work and what they contain 7 Understand the concept of metadata 8 Be familiar with COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

18

9 Understand the concept of social metadata such as tags 10 Understand how Web 20 tools are used in education 11 Be familiar with popular Web 20 applications 12 Appreciate the benefits of using digital resources in the classroom 13 Grasp how LOs can be used in teaching and learning 14 Be able to add metadata to learning resources and upload them to a repository 15 Be able to use Organic Edunet 16 Be able to use COSMOS 17 Be familiar with searching school resources through the LRE portal 18 Be able to share resources through tags 19 a) Be familiar with Confolio as a teacher 17 b) Be familiar with e-portfolio 20 Be able to set up the Confolio system (ICT support) 21 Be familiar with the technical interconnection between Confolio and LRE (ICT

support)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

19

3 Training Modules

In this chapter all suggested Training Modules are introduced with the content skeleton each under the same headings details pedagogical objectives process evaluation follow up and links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

20

Introduction

31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Become familiar with the idea of using World Wide Web for educational means This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web and Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs)

Pedagogical objectives

This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web such as teachers using Web for administrative purposes in schools introduce the idea of Virtual learning environments (VLE) and content management systems (CMS) using Web to help teachers prepare their lessons using Web during the lesson (eg demonstrative purposes trill and practice exercises) information seeking on the web creating content as part of an educational task and taking part in school collaboration with educational means

Process

The module will include brief descriptions of different tools that area available for different educational tasks that teachers have (eg admin tasks preparation of lessons) and cover inspirational scenarios of educational networking projects and specific teachersrsquo experiences

Evaluation

Participants will be expected to understand that different educational tasks and goals have a different set of tools to be used The aim objectives and evaluation method of each tasks should be also discussed

Follow-up

The aim pedagogical objectives and evaluation method can be reviewed throughout the design of the resource as the following modules introduce new tools and aspects

Links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

21

Introduction to e-learning httpenwikipediaorgwikiElearning Educational software httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_software Educational technology httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_technologyEducational games httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_gameTeachers Internet Use Guide httpwwwrmcdenvercomuseguideindexhtm LMS and LCMS httpenwikipediaorgwikiLearning_management_systemMoodle httpenwikipediaorgwikiMoodleeTwinning httpwwwetwinningnet

32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Information-seeking and literacy skills are increasingly important for both student and teacher success (Haycock 1991) There is a lot of great material on the Web - primary sources specialized directories and databases statistical information educational sites on many levels policy opinion of all kinds and so much more The tools for finding it are steadily improving Currently searching techniques are developed to help the learners as well as teachers to find information in the World Wide Web Nevertheless the users can be confused with search results due to irrelevant information misinformation insufficient information etc

Pedagogical objectives

To search for project relevant information over the Internet using research engines and key words To discuss and assess the validity of relevant information To provide links to Subject Directories Information Gateways and Specialist Databases which relate specially to education will be given

Process

Berkeley is suggesting a very useful and generic word-based strategy (httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetAnalyseTopicFormpdf) Other strategies that are more specialised to education content will be suggested through educational content and organisations Searching can be performed accurately and efficiently by utilising metadata and education specific ontologies

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

22

Arrangement of the pieces of information on notice boards and attempts to interconnect them within a thematic approach to the project

Follow-up

Identify up to 3 methods portals directories which are the more user friendly and effective for searching information online

Links

httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetFindInfohtml Haycock CA (1991) Resource-based learning A shift n the roles of teacher learner NAASP Bulletin 75(535) 15ndash22

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

23

Learning resources and repositories

33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them

A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines

Pedagogical objectives

Aim of the module is

Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)

Process

The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals

Evaluation

Creating learning resources in object formats is seen as way to bring about increased flexibility customization ease of update searchability and manageability to rich stores

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

24

of content and learning resources that are available from publishers or that have been created by faculty members or teachers Participants are asked to discuss online or write a text about the advantages and disadvantages of the use of learning objects and metadata

Follow-up

During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm

Links

What are Learning Resources and Learning Assets httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmlr_and_la What are Learning Objects httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmwhat_lo Composing free and open online educational resources httpenwikiversityorgwikiComposing_free_and_open_online_educational_resourcesWeek_1_-_March_3rd_Introduction Introduction to learning objects by the New Media Consortium (NMC) httparchivenmcorgprojectsloel_loshtml Unesco Open Educational Resources toolkit httpoerwikiiiep-unescoorgindexphptitle=UNESCO_OER_Toolkit Reigeluth C M amp Nelson L M (1997) A new paradigm of ISD In R M Branch amp B B Minor Educational media and technology yearbook Vol 22 (pp 24plusmn35) Englewood CO Libraries Unlimited Incorporated

34 Introduction to sharing learning resources Main responsible partner (EUN)

3121 Details

This module will provide a description and rational on why teachers are encouraged to share learning resources The module also introduces the basics of Creative Commons as an underlying mechanism that allows sharing and makes it easy to understand

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

25

3122 Pedagogical objectives

To understand the basic regarding the concept of sharing To understand provisions of copyright in education including Intellectual Property Rights an example of Creative Commons licensing is given To have an overview of repositories where teachers share resources To appreciate the features of resources that lsquoshare wellrsquo To discuss issues related to sharing learning resources eg remuneration for teachers

3123 Process

The module first introduces the idea of social media through a simple video The idea of social media is also applicable for learning resources Furthermore the concepts of Creative Commons are introduced with a glimpse to learning resource repositories that explicitly use such licensing scheme (eg LeMill LRE OERCommons)

3124 Evaluation

Teachers are introduced a self-evaluation of the understanding of Creative Commons

3125 Follow-up

Teachers are asked to search on different repositories for resources that they can share with their colleagues They are asked to use deliciouscom (related to module 39) to make a collection of resources that they can share and reuse under one of the Creative Commons licensing scheme

3126 Links

Social media in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewf810c5b5-b8dc-4946-a58f-5f7ce7ce4d44 Link to the cartoons about Creative Commons httpwikicreativecommonsorgSharing_Creative_WorkshttpwikicreativecommonsorgHowitworks_Comic1 Link to the LRE material on Creative Commons httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportworking_legally_under_cchtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

26

35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Learning object repositories are believed to increase the value of learning resources by providing opportunities for reuse repurposing or reengineering to suit a variety of purposes and end-user needs Learning object repositories are usually provided to support a teaching and learning community (broadly defined as a group of stakeholders) Through social networking and computer-mediated communication people work as a community to achieve a shared learning objective It is often practiced that a particular community of users coalesce around the learning object repository and engage creating and reusing objects The repositories that hold the learning objects have well researched user interfaces and architectures that make them easy to use and permits various levels of interactivity including search submissions commentsreviews and creating personal collections Communication tools allow interaction between community members by enabling the sharing of ideas in a variety of forms text audio and video By using asynchronous communication tools such as e-mail threaded discussions and bulletin boards participants can readily exchange ideas independent of time and place

Pedagogical objectives

Location of suitable learning objects with reference to specific educational objectives through learning object repositories Introduction of different types of repositories some of which provide a complete curriculum others basic content only introduction to learning objects such MERLOT that has a big user community Here the focus is to show the benefits of such a community details will be given to show the discipline-based review system evaluation based on educational criteria and lesson plans and hints Also this module will discuss implementation issues when adapting learning objects to own educational needs in relation to possible linguistic and cultural barriers on using learning resources from repositories that originate from a country other than that of a user

Process

After a general introduction to repositories and issues each participant should identify a hypothetical scenario of implementation Identifying learning objects and repositories as well as relevant communities is required

Evaluation

In many cases repositories may be set up with the expectation or hope that a particular community of users will coalesce around it out of that broader community of

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

27

stakeholders Participants are asked to discuss how such a community may be encouraged supported and developed

Links

MERLOT especially highlighting the different subject-based communities and how they work httpwwwmerlotorgmerlotcommunitieshtmjsessionid=8296fb4b30d6881c3a2edf274fca9c38d6a45371ec4ae34Oa30TaN4Ke34Rax0Qa3uObxj0

36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

This module gives a more hands-on and demonstrational review on the learning resource repositories in Europe and beyond that have been introduced in D12 ldquoState of the art reportrdquo

Pedagogical objectives

Becoming familiar with learning repositories where participants can identify educational resources Review various interfaces and modes for searching accessing and downloading resources

Process

The following are some of the learning object repositories that will be reviewed LeMill A web community of over 6000 teachers and other learning content creators Free aces provides tools for finding authoring and sharing learning resources httplemillnet Connexion a place to view and share educational material made of small knowledge chunks called modules that can be organized as courses books reports etc httpcnxorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

28

Filamentality A fill-in-the-blank interactive Web site that guides you through picking a topic searching the Web gathering good Internet sites and turning Web resources into learning activities httpwwwknpacbellcomwiredfil Gateway to Educational Materials (GEM) Project The key to one-stop any-stop access to high quality lesson plans curriculum units and other education resources on the Internet Searchable by keyword and educational level httpwwwthegatewayorg MERLOT MERLOT is a free and open resource designed primarily for faculty and students in higher education With a continually growing collection of online learning materials assignments and reviews MERLOT helps faculty enhance instruction httpwwwmerlotorg OpenCourseWare (MIT) MIT OCW has begun publishing online course materials that are available free of charge They are aiming to have all of MITs course materials available over the web in a single searchable structure Currently the course materials are listed by course and are not searchable httpocwmiteduindexhtml CAREO Campus Alberta Repository of Educational Objects (CAREO) Comprised of 5000 multidisciplinary teaching materials the database is searchable and the collection is webbased This Canadian project has been recognized as a leader in the LOR initiative httpwwwcareoorg Federal Government Resources for Educational Excellence (FREE) This contains numerous educational resources which include teaching ideas instructional activities photographs maps audio files digitized paintings lesson plans httpwwwedgovfree The Digital Library for Earth System Education (DLESE) httpwwwdleseorg DLESE offers easy access to high quality educational resources about the Earth system The library is governed and developed by a broad community of Earth science educators and serves the needs of K-16 learners in both formal and informal venues LRE there will be separate modules part of the framework to focus on LRE

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

29

The participants will define similarities and differences between the reviewed repositories They should also name 3 top rated repositories according to named criteria

Follow-up

The evaluation comments should be revisited after the completion of the module series

Links

The state of the art report D12 NMC Learning Object Repositories httparchivenmcorgprojectsindexshtml Community Dimensions of Learning Object Repositories (CD-LOR) project website httpwwwacademygcalacukcd-lorindexhtml

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

30

Metadata

37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching Main responsible partner (EA)

371 Details

In this learning module the trainees will get acquainted with the concept of metadata An important factor in order to make search and retrieval of educational content more efficient is the quality and quantity of educational metadata associated with these resources In general the commonly accepted way to describe educational resources is the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Standard The module will include introduction to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching authoritative educational metadata schemas (DC-ed amp IEEE LOM) Useful examples of simple metadata will be provided so as to provide a smooth introduction to the concept of metadata Following this activity the concept of metadata in education will be elaborated and specific examples will be provided The trainees will be able to identify similarities between their everyday practice and educational metadata Finally after having explained the later the trainees will be provided with some examples of educational repositories where they will perform various searches using metadata fields In this way they will be able to get a very good idea on how metadata work and what are the possibilities that they offer

372 Pedagogical objectives

Introduction to the concept of metadata Enhancement of lessons with the use of specific examples Enhancement of teacher participation through the introduction of educational repositories where they will perform searches using metadata in practice

373 Process

First the teachers will be presented with the basic concepts of metadata and provided with relevant examples Following this they will then be asked to identify examples of common use of metadata in everyday life After becoming familiar with the basic concepts of metadata teachers will be presented with metadata used in education During this presentation the teachers will be provided with specific examples of educational metadata and will be asked to identify other cases of educational metadata Finally teacher participation will be facilitated at the end of the session with the use of example educational repositories where teachers will be able to perform their own searches through the available content

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

7

1 Introduction

11 Scope

This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available

The paper builds on WP1 tasks related to user oriented requirements for the training framework to be incorporated into the methodology for the development of the training framework and to a review of the state of the art in metadata and repositories for school resources The Deliverables also takes into account D11 European state of the art report presenting the state-of-the-art in Europe concerning learning repositories and metadata tools and a feasibility analysis concerning the implementation of the project in participating countries in terms of equipment and other constraints Based on this the Training Framework is suggested

12 Audience

This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources

13 Definitions

This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg

BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES

This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again

CONTROLLED VOCABULARY

Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary

EXPERT INDEXING

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

8

In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group

FOLKSONOMY

A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users

METADATA

Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval

THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT

A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A

SOCIAL BOOKMARKING

Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet

SOCIAL SOFTWARE

Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites

SOCIAL CONTENT

Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

9

SOCIAL CONTEXT

Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work

TAG

A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects

TAG CLOUD

A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag

TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING

Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content

TAXONOMY

Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships

THESAURUS

A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list

USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE

The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

10

VISUALIZATION

Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people

Abbreviations used in this document

EA Ellinogermaniki Agogi EUN European Schoolnet AUA Agricultural University of Athens UoU UmeA University (UBT University of Bayreuth BMUKK Federal Ministry of Education The Arts and Culture CCSS Czech Centre for Science and Society GNK Gymnazium Nad Kavalirkou PCAFS Perrotis College American Farm School (PCAFS) LRE Learning Resource Exchange URL Unified Resource Locator

14 Structure

Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References

Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences

Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

11

2 Background

The results of Work Package 1 on user needs and the state of the art provided a solid background to tasks in WP2 related to the Metaschool training framework Deliverable D11 Needs Analysis Report with teachers identified clear needs while D12 European state of the art considered implementation prospects enablers and barriers in partner countries The results of Work Package 1 on user needs and the state of the art provided a solid background to tasks in WP2 related to the Metaschool training framework Deliverable D11 Needs Analysis Report with teachers identified clear needs while D12 European state of the art considered implementation prospects enablers and barriers in partner countries User needs D11 Needs Analysis Report included reports from workshops with teachers in Austria the Czech Republic and Greece revealing that the skill levels of participating teachers was probably higher than those of the average teacher in those countries and the teachers were positive about ICT and more motivated to learn The most commonly used tools before training were PowerPoint Moodle and linked repositories Google and Google Maps Despite being relatively e-skilled teachers had a low knowledge of Web 20 metadata tagging and learning systems although some used wikis passively but not publishing information themselves Nevertheless they wanted to know more about Web 20 if only because it attracts their students In general teachers wanted to

bull Be able easily to find relevant concrete materials on a portal about their subject prepared by professionals in their own language and with a cultural focus on their own country (videos images data ndash particularly geographical data lesson plans)

bull Use systems easily ndash a high priority was simplicity of use bull Have structured and relevant information bull Access scientific repositories and new information

Publishing their own learning content to use communication tools like chats and to rank materials was given somewhat lower priority It was brought up that IPR problems made it difficult for teachers to publish their own content implying that they produced materials but without regard for or clarity about copyright In terms of preferences teachers wanted to

bull Make the best use of scarce time bull Learn in classrooms in small groups bull Be trained in the use of specific applications with less focus on metadata

repositories ie first getting concrete resources and later on publishing content in these repositories

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

12

Initial needs were related to using the following specific applications tools and repositories most of which will be included in the training modules

bull Catalogue and repository systems bull Cosmos repository for sharing information about cosmos education bull Confolio system for sharing information for Organic Farming education bull Naturnet Redime URM repository for sharing spatial and non spatial context bull Organic Edunet repository bull On line educational applications bull Geogame bull Vitejtenazemi bull Organic Garden bull The Moon And Tides bull Of line or Supporting tools bull eXe HTML editor

However training focused only on these topics will not address wider non-ICT issues such as the ones listed below It will be the intent that these topics will be addressed in the training modules

bull Ensuring high levels of good content from the first contact bull Linguistic and cultural barriers bull Use of copyright-protected material by teachers bull A rationale for the pedagogical value of using repositories What do they make

better What problem do they solve bull Should teachers provide their content and effort for no financial reward bull Lack of teachersrsquo time for projects bull Lack of money in schools for ICT

There are also technological issues that need to be taken into account in the training framework Although these issues apply more to ICT staff than subject teachers these topics will be briefly introduced in the training modules

bull Vast differences between repositories some providing a complete curriculum others basic content only

bull Lack of interoperability between systems (learning platforms) used in schools Training can focus on this practical problem by introducing the use of web-based material that is playable in a standard browser

bull The need for different metadata profiles Protocols for online exchange and vocabularies in different repositories

The report concluded that the training framework should comprise three parts non-technical technical and pedagogical Non-technical aspects should focus on

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

13

bull Why teachers should share their educational content ndash training has to explain advantage of collaborative sharing of educational materials and also advantage of different social networks for educational purposes

bull Rules of protection of IPRs how teachers can use different web based context on the base of methods of IPR protection

bull Creative Commons Licence the rules advantages and restrictions Technical aspects should address IT staff and subject teachers separately For IT staff training should focus on

bull Interconnection of different repositories bull How to localise concrete learning resources

Teacher training on technical aspects should focus on

bull WWW and educational uses for teachers bull Strategies for searching information online bull Learning resources and Repositories bull Introduction to the concept of learning objects bull Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities bull Review amp demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources bull General Technological Information bull Role of metadata for access to educational information bull Difference between Metadata search and free text (Google style search) bull Explanation of different metadata profiles and differences among them bull Why to use thesaurus and vocabularies bull Geographical coverage of metadata and gazetteers bull Methods of searching and validation of information in repositories bull Searching for relevant information using metadata bull How to use thesaurus for search bull How to validate information on the base of different metadata profiles bull Cosmos concept bull OrganicEdunet concept bull NaturNet URM concept bull Methods of publishing data bull General rules for data and metadata publishing bull Publishing using different metadata profile bull Using thesaurus for publishing bull Using geographical coverage bull Web 20 and popular social tools and applications bull What is Web 20 bull Popular social tools (eg Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom bull Wikipedia bull GeoGame

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

14

Subject teachers should also crucially receive training in the educational application of ICT covering web 20 and use scenarios for science-related repositories

bull Advantages and risks of Web 20 in education bull Integrating the wiki concept into education bull How to use selected Cosmos scenarios in education bull How to use OrganicEdunet scenarios in education bull Scenarios based on Naturnet URM for usage of geographical information in

education bull Scenarios for GeoGame in education

European state of the art perspective D12 European state of the art analysed the levels of equipment in schools and teachersrsquo attitudes towards ICT (lsquoe-readinessrsquo) The report included recommendations on training on a country by country basis For Austria

bull Training should include case studies and examples of peers using ICT effectively (to increase teacher motivation)

bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training (because equipment levels vary between schools)

bull German language training and content is preferable but many teachers are competent in English

For the Czech Republic bull Participating schools should be carefully selected and prepared (because the

schools will have to support themselves in the absence of central government support)

bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training bull Ensure that the schools have the financial means to provide the required

conditions and activities (because funding is relatively low) bull Czech language training and content is preferable and many teachers are not

competent in English and will not use English language resources in class bull In Germany bull Training should include case studies and examples of peers using ICT effectively

(because of low motivation and skepticism about ICT) bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training

(because some schools have low levels of equipment and connectivity) bull German language training and content is preferable but many teachers are

competent in English In Greece

bull More thorough training may be needed than in other countries bull Access competence and motivation may be low bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

15

bull Teachers will naturally use Greek-language resources and networks although some are competent in English

In Sweden bull Training should ensure that it takes into account existing competences and

practices and not start from basics (because teachers tend to have high levels of ICT competence)

bull Teachers will tend to use Swedish-language resources and networks although English is widespread and schools are open to English language resources

Overall therefore training should have the following characteristics

bull Be flexible allowing for different levels of ICT competence of teachers bull Be in the home language with resources in the home language exposing teachers

to resources from other countries that lsquotravel wellrsquo eg with little text or in English

bull Recognise different levels of hardware provision in schools bull Include case studies of classroom use that relate to the situation of teachers

undertaking the training Designing the framework to meet user needs

bull Given the needs outlined above project partners designed a framework comprising self-contained modules of three types

bull Teaching and learning bull ICT in teaching and learning bull Technical training

The modules are in English in the first part of the pilot from which feedback from teachers will be gathered and fed into modules At the later stage the translations and localisations (eg links in a module point to Greek content for Greek teachers) are taken into consideration The modules are self-contained for flexibility and offer individual learning paths to take into account different levels of ICT competence and experience with metadata and repositories Some modules assume little experience with ICT and provide a general practical introduction others build on previous knowledge In response to needs for training on specific applications and tools there are modules covering the most frequently mentioned products One or two modules aim to showcase good examples of practice to ensure that the pedagogical value of the training is to the forefront and to motivate teachers to apply their training in sustained and effective day to day practice The following table shows how the modules fit into the framework and the needs addressed Different ways to interconnect these modules are possible which will be highlighted in the digital version by using hyperlinks Eg Beginner teachers can choose to follow only modules for beginners or they can follow a more incremental way by first taking a module for beginners and then for intermediate learners in the same topic

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Train

16ing framework

Table 1 Training Framework x= directly applicable ~ = also applicable

Topic Area Topic Beginner Intermediate Expert Trainees Pedagogically focused

Generic

1 WWW and educational uses for teachers

x ~ Teachers x x

2 Strategies for searching information online

x ~ Teachers x Introduction

3 Introduction to the concept of learning objects

x ~ Teachers x

4 Introduction to sharing learning resources

x ~ Teachers x x

5 Introduction to learning repositories x ~ Teachers x

Learning resources and repositories

6 Review amp demonstration of popular repositories

x ~ Teachers x

7 Intro to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching educational metadata schemas

~ x Teachers x

Metadata

8 Intro to the tools for describing resources with metadata

~ x Teachers x

9 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies amp social tagging)

x ~ Teachers x

10 Web 20 tools in education ~ x Teachers x

Social web 11 Popular social tools (eg Flikr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom

x ~ x

12 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using learning resources in the classroom

x ~ Teachers x Hands-on sessions

13

Practical demonstration of learning resources and their classroom

x ~ x

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

17

use 14 Practical

demonstration of metadata descriptions

x ~ x

15 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp agroecology (use of OrganicEdunet)

x Teachers x

16 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS xlpora)

x Teachers x

17 Searching schools resources through the LRE portal

x ~ Teachers x

18 Supporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRE

~ x Teacher x

19 Intro to setting up a portfolio and connecting to the outside world

~ x Teachers ICT Staff x

20 Setting up a repository (eg using Confolio tool) in the schools server

x ICT Staff x Technical session (for ICT staff or teachers)

21 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example

x ICT Staff x

Training outcomes By the end of the training programme it is expected that teachersrsquo digital competence will have increased and 21 specific learning outcomes achieved ndash 18 aimed at subject teachers and three at IT support staff

1 Understand the educational benefits of the worldwide web 2 Be able to search effectively using the World Wide Web 3 Understand the concept of learning objects (Los) 4 Understand the concept of sharing resources 5 Be familiar with the concept of learning repositories and communities 6 Know how different learning repositories work and what they contain 7 Understand the concept of metadata 8 Be familiar with COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

18

9 Understand the concept of social metadata such as tags 10 Understand how Web 20 tools are used in education 11 Be familiar with popular Web 20 applications 12 Appreciate the benefits of using digital resources in the classroom 13 Grasp how LOs can be used in teaching and learning 14 Be able to add metadata to learning resources and upload them to a repository 15 Be able to use Organic Edunet 16 Be able to use COSMOS 17 Be familiar with searching school resources through the LRE portal 18 Be able to share resources through tags 19 a) Be familiar with Confolio as a teacher 17 b) Be familiar with e-portfolio 20 Be able to set up the Confolio system (ICT support) 21 Be familiar with the technical interconnection between Confolio and LRE (ICT

support)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

19

3 Training Modules

In this chapter all suggested Training Modules are introduced with the content skeleton each under the same headings details pedagogical objectives process evaluation follow up and links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

20

Introduction

31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Become familiar with the idea of using World Wide Web for educational means This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web and Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs)

Pedagogical objectives

This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web such as teachers using Web for administrative purposes in schools introduce the idea of Virtual learning environments (VLE) and content management systems (CMS) using Web to help teachers prepare their lessons using Web during the lesson (eg demonstrative purposes trill and practice exercises) information seeking on the web creating content as part of an educational task and taking part in school collaboration with educational means

Process

The module will include brief descriptions of different tools that area available for different educational tasks that teachers have (eg admin tasks preparation of lessons) and cover inspirational scenarios of educational networking projects and specific teachersrsquo experiences

Evaluation

Participants will be expected to understand that different educational tasks and goals have a different set of tools to be used The aim objectives and evaluation method of each tasks should be also discussed

Follow-up

The aim pedagogical objectives and evaluation method can be reviewed throughout the design of the resource as the following modules introduce new tools and aspects

Links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

21

Introduction to e-learning httpenwikipediaorgwikiElearning Educational software httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_software Educational technology httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_technologyEducational games httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_gameTeachers Internet Use Guide httpwwwrmcdenvercomuseguideindexhtm LMS and LCMS httpenwikipediaorgwikiLearning_management_systemMoodle httpenwikipediaorgwikiMoodleeTwinning httpwwwetwinningnet

32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Information-seeking and literacy skills are increasingly important for both student and teacher success (Haycock 1991) There is a lot of great material on the Web - primary sources specialized directories and databases statistical information educational sites on many levels policy opinion of all kinds and so much more The tools for finding it are steadily improving Currently searching techniques are developed to help the learners as well as teachers to find information in the World Wide Web Nevertheless the users can be confused with search results due to irrelevant information misinformation insufficient information etc

Pedagogical objectives

To search for project relevant information over the Internet using research engines and key words To discuss and assess the validity of relevant information To provide links to Subject Directories Information Gateways and Specialist Databases which relate specially to education will be given

Process

Berkeley is suggesting a very useful and generic word-based strategy (httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetAnalyseTopicFormpdf) Other strategies that are more specialised to education content will be suggested through educational content and organisations Searching can be performed accurately and efficiently by utilising metadata and education specific ontologies

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

22

Arrangement of the pieces of information on notice boards and attempts to interconnect them within a thematic approach to the project

Follow-up

Identify up to 3 methods portals directories which are the more user friendly and effective for searching information online

Links

httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetFindInfohtml Haycock CA (1991) Resource-based learning A shift n the roles of teacher learner NAASP Bulletin 75(535) 15ndash22

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

23

Learning resources and repositories

33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them

A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines

Pedagogical objectives

Aim of the module is

Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)

Process

The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals

Evaluation

Creating learning resources in object formats is seen as way to bring about increased flexibility customization ease of update searchability and manageability to rich stores

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

24

of content and learning resources that are available from publishers or that have been created by faculty members or teachers Participants are asked to discuss online or write a text about the advantages and disadvantages of the use of learning objects and metadata

Follow-up

During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm

Links

What are Learning Resources and Learning Assets httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmlr_and_la What are Learning Objects httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmwhat_lo Composing free and open online educational resources httpenwikiversityorgwikiComposing_free_and_open_online_educational_resourcesWeek_1_-_March_3rd_Introduction Introduction to learning objects by the New Media Consortium (NMC) httparchivenmcorgprojectsloel_loshtml Unesco Open Educational Resources toolkit httpoerwikiiiep-unescoorgindexphptitle=UNESCO_OER_Toolkit Reigeluth C M amp Nelson L M (1997) A new paradigm of ISD In R M Branch amp B B Minor Educational media and technology yearbook Vol 22 (pp 24plusmn35) Englewood CO Libraries Unlimited Incorporated

34 Introduction to sharing learning resources Main responsible partner (EUN)

3121 Details

This module will provide a description and rational on why teachers are encouraged to share learning resources The module also introduces the basics of Creative Commons as an underlying mechanism that allows sharing and makes it easy to understand

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

25

3122 Pedagogical objectives

To understand the basic regarding the concept of sharing To understand provisions of copyright in education including Intellectual Property Rights an example of Creative Commons licensing is given To have an overview of repositories where teachers share resources To appreciate the features of resources that lsquoshare wellrsquo To discuss issues related to sharing learning resources eg remuneration for teachers

3123 Process

The module first introduces the idea of social media through a simple video The idea of social media is also applicable for learning resources Furthermore the concepts of Creative Commons are introduced with a glimpse to learning resource repositories that explicitly use such licensing scheme (eg LeMill LRE OERCommons)

3124 Evaluation

Teachers are introduced a self-evaluation of the understanding of Creative Commons

3125 Follow-up

Teachers are asked to search on different repositories for resources that they can share with their colleagues They are asked to use deliciouscom (related to module 39) to make a collection of resources that they can share and reuse under one of the Creative Commons licensing scheme

3126 Links

Social media in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewf810c5b5-b8dc-4946-a58f-5f7ce7ce4d44 Link to the cartoons about Creative Commons httpwikicreativecommonsorgSharing_Creative_WorkshttpwikicreativecommonsorgHowitworks_Comic1 Link to the LRE material on Creative Commons httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportworking_legally_under_cchtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

26

35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Learning object repositories are believed to increase the value of learning resources by providing opportunities for reuse repurposing or reengineering to suit a variety of purposes and end-user needs Learning object repositories are usually provided to support a teaching and learning community (broadly defined as a group of stakeholders) Through social networking and computer-mediated communication people work as a community to achieve a shared learning objective It is often practiced that a particular community of users coalesce around the learning object repository and engage creating and reusing objects The repositories that hold the learning objects have well researched user interfaces and architectures that make them easy to use and permits various levels of interactivity including search submissions commentsreviews and creating personal collections Communication tools allow interaction between community members by enabling the sharing of ideas in a variety of forms text audio and video By using asynchronous communication tools such as e-mail threaded discussions and bulletin boards participants can readily exchange ideas independent of time and place

Pedagogical objectives

Location of suitable learning objects with reference to specific educational objectives through learning object repositories Introduction of different types of repositories some of which provide a complete curriculum others basic content only introduction to learning objects such MERLOT that has a big user community Here the focus is to show the benefits of such a community details will be given to show the discipline-based review system evaluation based on educational criteria and lesson plans and hints Also this module will discuss implementation issues when adapting learning objects to own educational needs in relation to possible linguistic and cultural barriers on using learning resources from repositories that originate from a country other than that of a user

Process

After a general introduction to repositories and issues each participant should identify a hypothetical scenario of implementation Identifying learning objects and repositories as well as relevant communities is required

Evaluation

In many cases repositories may be set up with the expectation or hope that a particular community of users will coalesce around it out of that broader community of

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

27

stakeholders Participants are asked to discuss how such a community may be encouraged supported and developed

Links

MERLOT especially highlighting the different subject-based communities and how they work httpwwwmerlotorgmerlotcommunitieshtmjsessionid=8296fb4b30d6881c3a2edf274fca9c38d6a45371ec4ae34Oa30TaN4Ke34Rax0Qa3uObxj0

36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

This module gives a more hands-on and demonstrational review on the learning resource repositories in Europe and beyond that have been introduced in D12 ldquoState of the art reportrdquo

Pedagogical objectives

Becoming familiar with learning repositories where participants can identify educational resources Review various interfaces and modes for searching accessing and downloading resources

Process

The following are some of the learning object repositories that will be reviewed LeMill A web community of over 6000 teachers and other learning content creators Free aces provides tools for finding authoring and sharing learning resources httplemillnet Connexion a place to view and share educational material made of small knowledge chunks called modules that can be organized as courses books reports etc httpcnxorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

28

Filamentality A fill-in-the-blank interactive Web site that guides you through picking a topic searching the Web gathering good Internet sites and turning Web resources into learning activities httpwwwknpacbellcomwiredfil Gateway to Educational Materials (GEM) Project The key to one-stop any-stop access to high quality lesson plans curriculum units and other education resources on the Internet Searchable by keyword and educational level httpwwwthegatewayorg MERLOT MERLOT is a free and open resource designed primarily for faculty and students in higher education With a continually growing collection of online learning materials assignments and reviews MERLOT helps faculty enhance instruction httpwwwmerlotorg OpenCourseWare (MIT) MIT OCW has begun publishing online course materials that are available free of charge They are aiming to have all of MITs course materials available over the web in a single searchable structure Currently the course materials are listed by course and are not searchable httpocwmiteduindexhtml CAREO Campus Alberta Repository of Educational Objects (CAREO) Comprised of 5000 multidisciplinary teaching materials the database is searchable and the collection is webbased This Canadian project has been recognized as a leader in the LOR initiative httpwwwcareoorg Federal Government Resources for Educational Excellence (FREE) This contains numerous educational resources which include teaching ideas instructional activities photographs maps audio files digitized paintings lesson plans httpwwwedgovfree The Digital Library for Earth System Education (DLESE) httpwwwdleseorg DLESE offers easy access to high quality educational resources about the Earth system The library is governed and developed by a broad community of Earth science educators and serves the needs of K-16 learners in both formal and informal venues LRE there will be separate modules part of the framework to focus on LRE

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

29

The participants will define similarities and differences between the reviewed repositories They should also name 3 top rated repositories according to named criteria

Follow-up

The evaluation comments should be revisited after the completion of the module series

Links

The state of the art report D12 NMC Learning Object Repositories httparchivenmcorgprojectsindexshtml Community Dimensions of Learning Object Repositories (CD-LOR) project website httpwwwacademygcalacukcd-lorindexhtml

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

30

Metadata

37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching Main responsible partner (EA)

371 Details

In this learning module the trainees will get acquainted with the concept of metadata An important factor in order to make search and retrieval of educational content more efficient is the quality and quantity of educational metadata associated with these resources In general the commonly accepted way to describe educational resources is the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Standard The module will include introduction to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching authoritative educational metadata schemas (DC-ed amp IEEE LOM) Useful examples of simple metadata will be provided so as to provide a smooth introduction to the concept of metadata Following this activity the concept of metadata in education will be elaborated and specific examples will be provided The trainees will be able to identify similarities between their everyday practice and educational metadata Finally after having explained the later the trainees will be provided with some examples of educational repositories where they will perform various searches using metadata fields In this way they will be able to get a very good idea on how metadata work and what are the possibilities that they offer

372 Pedagogical objectives

Introduction to the concept of metadata Enhancement of lessons with the use of specific examples Enhancement of teacher participation through the introduction of educational repositories where they will perform searches using metadata in practice

373 Process

First the teachers will be presented with the basic concepts of metadata and provided with relevant examples Following this they will then be asked to identify examples of common use of metadata in everyday life After becoming familiar with the basic concepts of metadata teachers will be presented with metadata used in education During this presentation the teachers will be provided with specific examples of educational metadata and will be asked to identify other cases of educational metadata Finally teacher participation will be facilitated at the end of the session with the use of example educational repositories where teachers will be able to perform their own searches through the available content

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

8

In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group

FOLKSONOMY

A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users

METADATA

Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval

THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT

A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A

SOCIAL BOOKMARKING

Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet

SOCIAL SOFTWARE

Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites

SOCIAL CONTENT

Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

9

SOCIAL CONTEXT

Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work

TAG

A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects

TAG CLOUD

A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag

TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING

Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content

TAXONOMY

Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships

THESAURUS

A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list

USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE

The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

10

VISUALIZATION

Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people

Abbreviations used in this document

EA Ellinogermaniki Agogi EUN European Schoolnet AUA Agricultural University of Athens UoU UmeA University (UBT University of Bayreuth BMUKK Federal Ministry of Education The Arts and Culture CCSS Czech Centre for Science and Society GNK Gymnazium Nad Kavalirkou PCAFS Perrotis College American Farm School (PCAFS) LRE Learning Resource Exchange URL Unified Resource Locator

14 Structure

Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References

Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences

Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

11

2 Background

The results of Work Package 1 on user needs and the state of the art provided a solid background to tasks in WP2 related to the Metaschool training framework Deliverable D11 Needs Analysis Report with teachers identified clear needs while D12 European state of the art considered implementation prospects enablers and barriers in partner countries The results of Work Package 1 on user needs and the state of the art provided a solid background to tasks in WP2 related to the Metaschool training framework Deliverable D11 Needs Analysis Report with teachers identified clear needs while D12 European state of the art considered implementation prospects enablers and barriers in partner countries User needs D11 Needs Analysis Report included reports from workshops with teachers in Austria the Czech Republic and Greece revealing that the skill levels of participating teachers was probably higher than those of the average teacher in those countries and the teachers were positive about ICT and more motivated to learn The most commonly used tools before training were PowerPoint Moodle and linked repositories Google and Google Maps Despite being relatively e-skilled teachers had a low knowledge of Web 20 metadata tagging and learning systems although some used wikis passively but not publishing information themselves Nevertheless they wanted to know more about Web 20 if only because it attracts their students In general teachers wanted to

bull Be able easily to find relevant concrete materials on a portal about their subject prepared by professionals in their own language and with a cultural focus on their own country (videos images data ndash particularly geographical data lesson plans)

bull Use systems easily ndash a high priority was simplicity of use bull Have structured and relevant information bull Access scientific repositories and new information

Publishing their own learning content to use communication tools like chats and to rank materials was given somewhat lower priority It was brought up that IPR problems made it difficult for teachers to publish their own content implying that they produced materials but without regard for or clarity about copyright In terms of preferences teachers wanted to

bull Make the best use of scarce time bull Learn in classrooms in small groups bull Be trained in the use of specific applications with less focus on metadata

repositories ie first getting concrete resources and later on publishing content in these repositories

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

12

Initial needs were related to using the following specific applications tools and repositories most of which will be included in the training modules

bull Catalogue and repository systems bull Cosmos repository for sharing information about cosmos education bull Confolio system for sharing information for Organic Farming education bull Naturnet Redime URM repository for sharing spatial and non spatial context bull Organic Edunet repository bull On line educational applications bull Geogame bull Vitejtenazemi bull Organic Garden bull The Moon And Tides bull Of line or Supporting tools bull eXe HTML editor

However training focused only on these topics will not address wider non-ICT issues such as the ones listed below It will be the intent that these topics will be addressed in the training modules

bull Ensuring high levels of good content from the first contact bull Linguistic and cultural barriers bull Use of copyright-protected material by teachers bull A rationale for the pedagogical value of using repositories What do they make

better What problem do they solve bull Should teachers provide their content and effort for no financial reward bull Lack of teachersrsquo time for projects bull Lack of money in schools for ICT

There are also technological issues that need to be taken into account in the training framework Although these issues apply more to ICT staff than subject teachers these topics will be briefly introduced in the training modules

bull Vast differences between repositories some providing a complete curriculum others basic content only

bull Lack of interoperability between systems (learning platforms) used in schools Training can focus on this practical problem by introducing the use of web-based material that is playable in a standard browser

bull The need for different metadata profiles Protocols for online exchange and vocabularies in different repositories

The report concluded that the training framework should comprise three parts non-technical technical and pedagogical Non-technical aspects should focus on

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

13

bull Why teachers should share their educational content ndash training has to explain advantage of collaborative sharing of educational materials and also advantage of different social networks for educational purposes

bull Rules of protection of IPRs how teachers can use different web based context on the base of methods of IPR protection

bull Creative Commons Licence the rules advantages and restrictions Technical aspects should address IT staff and subject teachers separately For IT staff training should focus on

bull Interconnection of different repositories bull How to localise concrete learning resources

Teacher training on technical aspects should focus on

bull WWW and educational uses for teachers bull Strategies for searching information online bull Learning resources and Repositories bull Introduction to the concept of learning objects bull Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities bull Review amp demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources bull General Technological Information bull Role of metadata for access to educational information bull Difference between Metadata search and free text (Google style search) bull Explanation of different metadata profiles and differences among them bull Why to use thesaurus and vocabularies bull Geographical coverage of metadata and gazetteers bull Methods of searching and validation of information in repositories bull Searching for relevant information using metadata bull How to use thesaurus for search bull How to validate information on the base of different metadata profiles bull Cosmos concept bull OrganicEdunet concept bull NaturNet URM concept bull Methods of publishing data bull General rules for data and metadata publishing bull Publishing using different metadata profile bull Using thesaurus for publishing bull Using geographical coverage bull Web 20 and popular social tools and applications bull What is Web 20 bull Popular social tools (eg Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom bull Wikipedia bull GeoGame

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

14

Subject teachers should also crucially receive training in the educational application of ICT covering web 20 and use scenarios for science-related repositories

bull Advantages and risks of Web 20 in education bull Integrating the wiki concept into education bull How to use selected Cosmos scenarios in education bull How to use OrganicEdunet scenarios in education bull Scenarios based on Naturnet URM for usage of geographical information in

education bull Scenarios for GeoGame in education

European state of the art perspective D12 European state of the art analysed the levels of equipment in schools and teachersrsquo attitudes towards ICT (lsquoe-readinessrsquo) The report included recommendations on training on a country by country basis For Austria

bull Training should include case studies and examples of peers using ICT effectively (to increase teacher motivation)

bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training (because equipment levels vary between schools)

bull German language training and content is preferable but many teachers are competent in English

For the Czech Republic bull Participating schools should be carefully selected and prepared (because the

schools will have to support themselves in the absence of central government support)

bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training bull Ensure that the schools have the financial means to provide the required

conditions and activities (because funding is relatively low) bull Czech language training and content is preferable and many teachers are not

competent in English and will not use English language resources in class bull In Germany bull Training should include case studies and examples of peers using ICT effectively

(because of low motivation and skepticism about ICT) bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training

(because some schools have low levels of equipment and connectivity) bull German language training and content is preferable but many teachers are

competent in English In Greece

bull More thorough training may be needed than in other countries bull Access competence and motivation may be low bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

15

bull Teachers will naturally use Greek-language resources and networks although some are competent in English

In Sweden bull Training should ensure that it takes into account existing competences and

practices and not start from basics (because teachers tend to have high levels of ICT competence)

bull Teachers will tend to use Swedish-language resources and networks although English is widespread and schools are open to English language resources

Overall therefore training should have the following characteristics

bull Be flexible allowing for different levels of ICT competence of teachers bull Be in the home language with resources in the home language exposing teachers

to resources from other countries that lsquotravel wellrsquo eg with little text or in English

bull Recognise different levels of hardware provision in schools bull Include case studies of classroom use that relate to the situation of teachers

undertaking the training Designing the framework to meet user needs

bull Given the needs outlined above project partners designed a framework comprising self-contained modules of three types

bull Teaching and learning bull ICT in teaching and learning bull Technical training

The modules are in English in the first part of the pilot from which feedback from teachers will be gathered and fed into modules At the later stage the translations and localisations (eg links in a module point to Greek content for Greek teachers) are taken into consideration The modules are self-contained for flexibility and offer individual learning paths to take into account different levels of ICT competence and experience with metadata and repositories Some modules assume little experience with ICT and provide a general practical introduction others build on previous knowledge In response to needs for training on specific applications and tools there are modules covering the most frequently mentioned products One or two modules aim to showcase good examples of practice to ensure that the pedagogical value of the training is to the forefront and to motivate teachers to apply their training in sustained and effective day to day practice The following table shows how the modules fit into the framework and the needs addressed Different ways to interconnect these modules are possible which will be highlighted in the digital version by using hyperlinks Eg Beginner teachers can choose to follow only modules for beginners or they can follow a more incremental way by first taking a module for beginners and then for intermediate learners in the same topic

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Train

16ing framework

Table 1 Training Framework x= directly applicable ~ = also applicable

Topic Area Topic Beginner Intermediate Expert Trainees Pedagogically focused

Generic

1 WWW and educational uses for teachers

x ~ Teachers x x

2 Strategies for searching information online

x ~ Teachers x Introduction

3 Introduction to the concept of learning objects

x ~ Teachers x

4 Introduction to sharing learning resources

x ~ Teachers x x

5 Introduction to learning repositories x ~ Teachers x

Learning resources and repositories

6 Review amp demonstration of popular repositories

x ~ Teachers x

7 Intro to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching educational metadata schemas

~ x Teachers x

Metadata

8 Intro to the tools for describing resources with metadata

~ x Teachers x

9 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies amp social tagging)

x ~ Teachers x

10 Web 20 tools in education ~ x Teachers x

Social web 11 Popular social tools (eg Flikr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom

x ~ x

12 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using learning resources in the classroom

x ~ Teachers x Hands-on sessions

13

Practical demonstration of learning resources and their classroom

x ~ x

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

17

use 14 Practical

demonstration of metadata descriptions

x ~ x

15 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp agroecology (use of OrganicEdunet)

x Teachers x

16 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS xlpora)

x Teachers x

17 Searching schools resources through the LRE portal

x ~ Teachers x

18 Supporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRE

~ x Teacher x

19 Intro to setting up a portfolio and connecting to the outside world

~ x Teachers ICT Staff x

20 Setting up a repository (eg using Confolio tool) in the schools server

x ICT Staff x Technical session (for ICT staff or teachers)

21 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example

x ICT Staff x

Training outcomes By the end of the training programme it is expected that teachersrsquo digital competence will have increased and 21 specific learning outcomes achieved ndash 18 aimed at subject teachers and three at IT support staff

1 Understand the educational benefits of the worldwide web 2 Be able to search effectively using the World Wide Web 3 Understand the concept of learning objects (Los) 4 Understand the concept of sharing resources 5 Be familiar with the concept of learning repositories and communities 6 Know how different learning repositories work and what they contain 7 Understand the concept of metadata 8 Be familiar with COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

18

9 Understand the concept of social metadata such as tags 10 Understand how Web 20 tools are used in education 11 Be familiar with popular Web 20 applications 12 Appreciate the benefits of using digital resources in the classroom 13 Grasp how LOs can be used in teaching and learning 14 Be able to add metadata to learning resources and upload them to a repository 15 Be able to use Organic Edunet 16 Be able to use COSMOS 17 Be familiar with searching school resources through the LRE portal 18 Be able to share resources through tags 19 a) Be familiar with Confolio as a teacher 17 b) Be familiar with e-portfolio 20 Be able to set up the Confolio system (ICT support) 21 Be familiar with the technical interconnection between Confolio and LRE (ICT

support)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

19

3 Training Modules

In this chapter all suggested Training Modules are introduced with the content skeleton each under the same headings details pedagogical objectives process evaluation follow up and links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

20

Introduction

31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Become familiar with the idea of using World Wide Web for educational means This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web and Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs)

Pedagogical objectives

This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web such as teachers using Web for administrative purposes in schools introduce the idea of Virtual learning environments (VLE) and content management systems (CMS) using Web to help teachers prepare their lessons using Web during the lesson (eg demonstrative purposes trill and practice exercises) information seeking on the web creating content as part of an educational task and taking part in school collaboration with educational means

Process

The module will include brief descriptions of different tools that area available for different educational tasks that teachers have (eg admin tasks preparation of lessons) and cover inspirational scenarios of educational networking projects and specific teachersrsquo experiences

Evaluation

Participants will be expected to understand that different educational tasks and goals have a different set of tools to be used The aim objectives and evaluation method of each tasks should be also discussed

Follow-up

The aim pedagogical objectives and evaluation method can be reviewed throughout the design of the resource as the following modules introduce new tools and aspects

Links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

21

Introduction to e-learning httpenwikipediaorgwikiElearning Educational software httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_software Educational technology httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_technologyEducational games httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_gameTeachers Internet Use Guide httpwwwrmcdenvercomuseguideindexhtm LMS and LCMS httpenwikipediaorgwikiLearning_management_systemMoodle httpenwikipediaorgwikiMoodleeTwinning httpwwwetwinningnet

32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Information-seeking and literacy skills are increasingly important for both student and teacher success (Haycock 1991) There is a lot of great material on the Web - primary sources specialized directories and databases statistical information educational sites on many levels policy opinion of all kinds and so much more The tools for finding it are steadily improving Currently searching techniques are developed to help the learners as well as teachers to find information in the World Wide Web Nevertheless the users can be confused with search results due to irrelevant information misinformation insufficient information etc

Pedagogical objectives

To search for project relevant information over the Internet using research engines and key words To discuss and assess the validity of relevant information To provide links to Subject Directories Information Gateways and Specialist Databases which relate specially to education will be given

Process

Berkeley is suggesting a very useful and generic word-based strategy (httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetAnalyseTopicFormpdf) Other strategies that are more specialised to education content will be suggested through educational content and organisations Searching can be performed accurately and efficiently by utilising metadata and education specific ontologies

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

22

Arrangement of the pieces of information on notice boards and attempts to interconnect them within a thematic approach to the project

Follow-up

Identify up to 3 methods portals directories which are the more user friendly and effective for searching information online

Links

httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetFindInfohtml Haycock CA (1991) Resource-based learning A shift n the roles of teacher learner NAASP Bulletin 75(535) 15ndash22

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

23

Learning resources and repositories

33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them

A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines

Pedagogical objectives

Aim of the module is

Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)

Process

The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals

Evaluation

Creating learning resources in object formats is seen as way to bring about increased flexibility customization ease of update searchability and manageability to rich stores

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

24

of content and learning resources that are available from publishers or that have been created by faculty members or teachers Participants are asked to discuss online or write a text about the advantages and disadvantages of the use of learning objects and metadata

Follow-up

During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm

Links

What are Learning Resources and Learning Assets httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmlr_and_la What are Learning Objects httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmwhat_lo Composing free and open online educational resources httpenwikiversityorgwikiComposing_free_and_open_online_educational_resourcesWeek_1_-_March_3rd_Introduction Introduction to learning objects by the New Media Consortium (NMC) httparchivenmcorgprojectsloel_loshtml Unesco Open Educational Resources toolkit httpoerwikiiiep-unescoorgindexphptitle=UNESCO_OER_Toolkit Reigeluth C M amp Nelson L M (1997) A new paradigm of ISD In R M Branch amp B B Minor Educational media and technology yearbook Vol 22 (pp 24plusmn35) Englewood CO Libraries Unlimited Incorporated

34 Introduction to sharing learning resources Main responsible partner (EUN)

3121 Details

This module will provide a description and rational on why teachers are encouraged to share learning resources The module also introduces the basics of Creative Commons as an underlying mechanism that allows sharing and makes it easy to understand

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

25

3122 Pedagogical objectives

To understand the basic regarding the concept of sharing To understand provisions of copyright in education including Intellectual Property Rights an example of Creative Commons licensing is given To have an overview of repositories where teachers share resources To appreciate the features of resources that lsquoshare wellrsquo To discuss issues related to sharing learning resources eg remuneration for teachers

3123 Process

The module first introduces the idea of social media through a simple video The idea of social media is also applicable for learning resources Furthermore the concepts of Creative Commons are introduced with a glimpse to learning resource repositories that explicitly use such licensing scheme (eg LeMill LRE OERCommons)

3124 Evaluation

Teachers are introduced a self-evaluation of the understanding of Creative Commons

3125 Follow-up

Teachers are asked to search on different repositories for resources that they can share with their colleagues They are asked to use deliciouscom (related to module 39) to make a collection of resources that they can share and reuse under one of the Creative Commons licensing scheme

3126 Links

Social media in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewf810c5b5-b8dc-4946-a58f-5f7ce7ce4d44 Link to the cartoons about Creative Commons httpwikicreativecommonsorgSharing_Creative_WorkshttpwikicreativecommonsorgHowitworks_Comic1 Link to the LRE material on Creative Commons httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportworking_legally_under_cchtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

26

35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Learning object repositories are believed to increase the value of learning resources by providing opportunities for reuse repurposing or reengineering to suit a variety of purposes and end-user needs Learning object repositories are usually provided to support a teaching and learning community (broadly defined as a group of stakeholders) Through social networking and computer-mediated communication people work as a community to achieve a shared learning objective It is often practiced that a particular community of users coalesce around the learning object repository and engage creating and reusing objects The repositories that hold the learning objects have well researched user interfaces and architectures that make them easy to use and permits various levels of interactivity including search submissions commentsreviews and creating personal collections Communication tools allow interaction between community members by enabling the sharing of ideas in a variety of forms text audio and video By using asynchronous communication tools such as e-mail threaded discussions and bulletin boards participants can readily exchange ideas independent of time and place

Pedagogical objectives

Location of suitable learning objects with reference to specific educational objectives through learning object repositories Introduction of different types of repositories some of which provide a complete curriculum others basic content only introduction to learning objects such MERLOT that has a big user community Here the focus is to show the benefits of such a community details will be given to show the discipline-based review system evaluation based on educational criteria and lesson plans and hints Also this module will discuss implementation issues when adapting learning objects to own educational needs in relation to possible linguistic and cultural barriers on using learning resources from repositories that originate from a country other than that of a user

Process

After a general introduction to repositories and issues each participant should identify a hypothetical scenario of implementation Identifying learning objects and repositories as well as relevant communities is required

Evaluation

In many cases repositories may be set up with the expectation or hope that a particular community of users will coalesce around it out of that broader community of

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

27

stakeholders Participants are asked to discuss how such a community may be encouraged supported and developed

Links

MERLOT especially highlighting the different subject-based communities and how they work httpwwwmerlotorgmerlotcommunitieshtmjsessionid=8296fb4b30d6881c3a2edf274fca9c38d6a45371ec4ae34Oa30TaN4Ke34Rax0Qa3uObxj0

36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

This module gives a more hands-on and demonstrational review on the learning resource repositories in Europe and beyond that have been introduced in D12 ldquoState of the art reportrdquo

Pedagogical objectives

Becoming familiar with learning repositories where participants can identify educational resources Review various interfaces and modes for searching accessing and downloading resources

Process

The following are some of the learning object repositories that will be reviewed LeMill A web community of over 6000 teachers and other learning content creators Free aces provides tools for finding authoring and sharing learning resources httplemillnet Connexion a place to view and share educational material made of small knowledge chunks called modules that can be organized as courses books reports etc httpcnxorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

28

Filamentality A fill-in-the-blank interactive Web site that guides you through picking a topic searching the Web gathering good Internet sites and turning Web resources into learning activities httpwwwknpacbellcomwiredfil Gateway to Educational Materials (GEM) Project The key to one-stop any-stop access to high quality lesson plans curriculum units and other education resources on the Internet Searchable by keyword and educational level httpwwwthegatewayorg MERLOT MERLOT is a free and open resource designed primarily for faculty and students in higher education With a continually growing collection of online learning materials assignments and reviews MERLOT helps faculty enhance instruction httpwwwmerlotorg OpenCourseWare (MIT) MIT OCW has begun publishing online course materials that are available free of charge They are aiming to have all of MITs course materials available over the web in a single searchable structure Currently the course materials are listed by course and are not searchable httpocwmiteduindexhtml CAREO Campus Alberta Repository of Educational Objects (CAREO) Comprised of 5000 multidisciplinary teaching materials the database is searchable and the collection is webbased This Canadian project has been recognized as a leader in the LOR initiative httpwwwcareoorg Federal Government Resources for Educational Excellence (FREE) This contains numerous educational resources which include teaching ideas instructional activities photographs maps audio files digitized paintings lesson plans httpwwwedgovfree The Digital Library for Earth System Education (DLESE) httpwwwdleseorg DLESE offers easy access to high quality educational resources about the Earth system The library is governed and developed by a broad community of Earth science educators and serves the needs of K-16 learners in both formal and informal venues LRE there will be separate modules part of the framework to focus on LRE

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

29

The participants will define similarities and differences between the reviewed repositories They should also name 3 top rated repositories according to named criteria

Follow-up

The evaluation comments should be revisited after the completion of the module series

Links

The state of the art report D12 NMC Learning Object Repositories httparchivenmcorgprojectsindexshtml Community Dimensions of Learning Object Repositories (CD-LOR) project website httpwwwacademygcalacukcd-lorindexhtml

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

30

Metadata

37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching Main responsible partner (EA)

371 Details

In this learning module the trainees will get acquainted with the concept of metadata An important factor in order to make search and retrieval of educational content more efficient is the quality and quantity of educational metadata associated with these resources In general the commonly accepted way to describe educational resources is the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Standard The module will include introduction to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching authoritative educational metadata schemas (DC-ed amp IEEE LOM) Useful examples of simple metadata will be provided so as to provide a smooth introduction to the concept of metadata Following this activity the concept of metadata in education will be elaborated and specific examples will be provided The trainees will be able to identify similarities between their everyday practice and educational metadata Finally after having explained the later the trainees will be provided with some examples of educational repositories where they will perform various searches using metadata fields In this way they will be able to get a very good idea on how metadata work and what are the possibilities that they offer

372 Pedagogical objectives

Introduction to the concept of metadata Enhancement of lessons with the use of specific examples Enhancement of teacher participation through the introduction of educational repositories where they will perform searches using metadata in practice

373 Process

First the teachers will be presented with the basic concepts of metadata and provided with relevant examples Following this they will then be asked to identify examples of common use of metadata in everyday life After becoming familiar with the basic concepts of metadata teachers will be presented with metadata used in education During this presentation the teachers will be provided with specific examples of educational metadata and will be asked to identify other cases of educational metadata Finally teacher participation will be facilitated at the end of the session with the use of example educational repositories where teachers will be able to perform their own searches through the available content

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

9

SOCIAL CONTEXT

Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work

TAG

A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects

TAG CLOUD

A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag

TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING

Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content

TAXONOMY

Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships

THESAURUS

A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list

USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE

The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

10

VISUALIZATION

Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people

Abbreviations used in this document

EA Ellinogermaniki Agogi EUN European Schoolnet AUA Agricultural University of Athens UoU UmeA University (UBT University of Bayreuth BMUKK Federal Ministry of Education The Arts and Culture CCSS Czech Centre for Science and Society GNK Gymnazium Nad Kavalirkou PCAFS Perrotis College American Farm School (PCAFS) LRE Learning Resource Exchange URL Unified Resource Locator

14 Structure

Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References

Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences

Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

11

2 Background

The results of Work Package 1 on user needs and the state of the art provided a solid background to tasks in WP2 related to the Metaschool training framework Deliverable D11 Needs Analysis Report with teachers identified clear needs while D12 European state of the art considered implementation prospects enablers and barriers in partner countries The results of Work Package 1 on user needs and the state of the art provided a solid background to tasks in WP2 related to the Metaschool training framework Deliverable D11 Needs Analysis Report with teachers identified clear needs while D12 European state of the art considered implementation prospects enablers and barriers in partner countries User needs D11 Needs Analysis Report included reports from workshops with teachers in Austria the Czech Republic and Greece revealing that the skill levels of participating teachers was probably higher than those of the average teacher in those countries and the teachers were positive about ICT and more motivated to learn The most commonly used tools before training were PowerPoint Moodle and linked repositories Google and Google Maps Despite being relatively e-skilled teachers had a low knowledge of Web 20 metadata tagging and learning systems although some used wikis passively but not publishing information themselves Nevertheless they wanted to know more about Web 20 if only because it attracts their students In general teachers wanted to

bull Be able easily to find relevant concrete materials on a portal about their subject prepared by professionals in their own language and with a cultural focus on their own country (videos images data ndash particularly geographical data lesson plans)

bull Use systems easily ndash a high priority was simplicity of use bull Have structured and relevant information bull Access scientific repositories and new information

Publishing their own learning content to use communication tools like chats and to rank materials was given somewhat lower priority It was brought up that IPR problems made it difficult for teachers to publish their own content implying that they produced materials but without regard for or clarity about copyright In terms of preferences teachers wanted to

bull Make the best use of scarce time bull Learn in classrooms in small groups bull Be trained in the use of specific applications with less focus on metadata

repositories ie first getting concrete resources and later on publishing content in these repositories

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

12

Initial needs were related to using the following specific applications tools and repositories most of which will be included in the training modules

bull Catalogue and repository systems bull Cosmos repository for sharing information about cosmos education bull Confolio system for sharing information for Organic Farming education bull Naturnet Redime URM repository for sharing spatial and non spatial context bull Organic Edunet repository bull On line educational applications bull Geogame bull Vitejtenazemi bull Organic Garden bull The Moon And Tides bull Of line or Supporting tools bull eXe HTML editor

However training focused only on these topics will not address wider non-ICT issues such as the ones listed below It will be the intent that these topics will be addressed in the training modules

bull Ensuring high levels of good content from the first contact bull Linguistic and cultural barriers bull Use of copyright-protected material by teachers bull A rationale for the pedagogical value of using repositories What do they make

better What problem do they solve bull Should teachers provide their content and effort for no financial reward bull Lack of teachersrsquo time for projects bull Lack of money in schools for ICT

There are also technological issues that need to be taken into account in the training framework Although these issues apply more to ICT staff than subject teachers these topics will be briefly introduced in the training modules

bull Vast differences between repositories some providing a complete curriculum others basic content only

bull Lack of interoperability between systems (learning platforms) used in schools Training can focus on this practical problem by introducing the use of web-based material that is playable in a standard browser

bull The need for different metadata profiles Protocols for online exchange and vocabularies in different repositories

The report concluded that the training framework should comprise three parts non-technical technical and pedagogical Non-technical aspects should focus on

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

13

bull Why teachers should share their educational content ndash training has to explain advantage of collaborative sharing of educational materials and also advantage of different social networks for educational purposes

bull Rules of protection of IPRs how teachers can use different web based context on the base of methods of IPR protection

bull Creative Commons Licence the rules advantages and restrictions Technical aspects should address IT staff and subject teachers separately For IT staff training should focus on

bull Interconnection of different repositories bull How to localise concrete learning resources

Teacher training on technical aspects should focus on

bull WWW and educational uses for teachers bull Strategies for searching information online bull Learning resources and Repositories bull Introduction to the concept of learning objects bull Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities bull Review amp demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources bull General Technological Information bull Role of metadata for access to educational information bull Difference between Metadata search and free text (Google style search) bull Explanation of different metadata profiles and differences among them bull Why to use thesaurus and vocabularies bull Geographical coverage of metadata and gazetteers bull Methods of searching and validation of information in repositories bull Searching for relevant information using metadata bull How to use thesaurus for search bull How to validate information on the base of different metadata profiles bull Cosmos concept bull OrganicEdunet concept bull NaturNet URM concept bull Methods of publishing data bull General rules for data and metadata publishing bull Publishing using different metadata profile bull Using thesaurus for publishing bull Using geographical coverage bull Web 20 and popular social tools and applications bull What is Web 20 bull Popular social tools (eg Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom bull Wikipedia bull GeoGame

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

14

Subject teachers should also crucially receive training in the educational application of ICT covering web 20 and use scenarios for science-related repositories

bull Advantages and risks of Web 20 in education bull Integrating the wiki concept into education bull How to use selected Cosmos scenarios in education bull How to use OrganicEdunet scenarios in education bull Scenarios based on Naturnet URM for usage of geographical information in

education bull Scenarios for GeoGame in education

European state of the art perspective D12 European state of the art analysed the levels of equipment in schools and teachersrsquo attitudes towards ICT (lsquoe-readinessrsquo) The report included recommendations on training on a country by country basis For Austria

bull Training should include case studies and examples of peers using ICT effectively (to increase teacher motivation)

bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training (because equipment levels vary between schools)

bull German language training and content is preferable but many teachers are competent in English

For the Czech Republic bull Participating schools should be carefully selected and prepared (because the

schools will have to support themselves in the absence of central government support)

bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training bull Ensure that the schools have the financial means to provide the required

conditions and activities (because funding is relatively low) bull Czech language training and content is preferable and many teachers are not

competent in English and will not use English language resources in class bull In Germany bull Training should include case studies and examples of peers using ICT effectively

(because of low motivation and skepticism about ICT) bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training

(because some schools have low levels of equipment and connectivity) bull German language training and content is preferable but many teachers are

competent in English In Greece

bull More thorough training may be needed than in other countries bull Access competence and motivation may be low bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

15

bull Teachers will naturally use Greek-language resources and networks although some are competent in English

In Sweden bull Training should ensure that it takes into account existing competences and

practices and not start from basics (because teachers tend to have high levels of ICT competence)

bull Teachers will tend to use Swedish-language resources and networks although English is widespread and schools are open to English language resources

Overall therefore training should have the following characteristics

bull Be flexible allowing for different levels of ICT competence of teachers bull Be in the home language with resources in the home language exposing teachers

to resources from other countries that lsquotravel wellrsquo eg with little text or in English

bull Recognise different levels of hardware provision in schools bull Include case studies of classroom use that relate to the situation of teachers

undertaking the training Designing the framework to meet user needs

bull Given the needs outlined above project partners designed a framework comprising self-contained modules of three types

bull Teaching and learning bull ICT in teaching and learning bull Technical training

The modules are in English in the first part of the pilot from which feedback from teachers will be gathered and fed into modules At the later stage the translations and localisations (eg links in a module point to Greek content for Greek teachers) are taken into consideration The modules are self-contained for flexibility and offer individual learning paths to take into account different levels of ICT competence and experience with metadata and repositories Some modules assume little experience with ICT and provide a general practical introduction others build on previous knowledge In response to needs for training on specific applications and tools there are modules covering the most frequently mentioned products One or two modules aim to showcase good examples of practice to ensure that the pedagogical value of the training is to the forefront and to motivate teachers to apply their training in sustained and effective day to day practice The following table shows how the modules fit into the framework and the needs addressed Different ways to interconnect these modules are possible which will be highlighted in the digital version by using hyperlinks Eg Beginner teachers can choose to follow only modules for beginners or they can follow a more incremental way by first taking a module for beginners and then for intermediate learners in the same topic

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Train

16ing framework

Table 1 Training Framework x= directly applicable ~ = also applicable

Topic Area Topic Beginner Intermediate Expert Trainees Pedagogically focused

Generic

1 WWW and educational uses for teachers

x ~ Teachers x x

2 Strategies for searching information online

x ~ Teachers x Introduction

3 Introduction to the concept of learning objects

x ~ Teachers x

4 Introduction to sharing learning resources

x ~ Teachers x x

5 Introduction to learning repositories x ~ Teachers x

Learning resources and repositories

6 Review amp demonstration of popular repositories

x ~ Teachers x

7 Intro to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching educational metadata schemas

~ x Teachers x

Metadata

8 Intro to the tools for describing resources with metadata

~ x Teachers x

9 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies amp social tagging)

x ~ Teachers x

10 Web 20 tools in education ~ x Teachers x

Social web 11 Popular social tools (eg Flikr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom

x ~ x

12 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using learning resources in the classroom

x ~ Teachers x Hands-on sessions

13

Practical demonstration of learning resources and their classroom

x ~ x

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

17

use 14 Practical

demonstration of metadata descriptions

x ~ x

15 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp agroecology (use of OrganicEdunet)

x Teachers x

16 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS xlpora)

x Teachers x

17 Searching schools resources through the LRE portal

x ~ Teachers x

18 Supporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRE

~ x Teacher x

19 Intro to setting up a portfolio and connecting to the outside world

~ x Teachers ICT Staff x

20 Setting up a repository (eg using Confolio tool) in the schools server

x ICT Staff x Technical session (for ICT staff or teachers)

21 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example

x ICT Staff x

Training outcomes By the end of the training programme it is expected that teachersrsquo digital competence will have increased and 21 specific learning outcomes achieved ndash 18 aimed at subject teachers and three at IT support staff

1 Understand the educational benefits of the worldwide web 2 Be able to search effectively using the World Wide Web 3 Understand the concept of learning objects (Los) 4 Understand the concept of sharing resources 5 Be familiar with the concept of learning repositories and communities 6 Know how different learning repositories work and what they contain 7 Understand the concept of metadata 8 Be familiar with COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

18

9 Understand the concept of social metadata such as tags 10 Understand how Web 20 tools are used in education 11 Be familiar with popular Web 20 applications 12 Appreciate the benefits of using digital resources in the classroom 13 Grasp how LOs can be used in teaching and learning 14 Be able to add metadata to learning resources and upload them to a repository 15 Be able to use Organic Edunet 16 Be able to use COSMOS 17 Be familiar with searching school resources through the LRE portal 18 Be able to share resources through tags 19 a) Be familiar with Confolio as a teacher 17 b) Be familiar with e-portfolio 20 Be able to set up the Confolio system (ICT support) 21 Be familiar with the technical interconnection between Confolio and LRE (ICT

support)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

19

3 Training Modules

In this chapter all suggested Training Modules are introduced with the content skeleton each under the same headings details pedagogical objectives process evaluation follow up and links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

20

Introduction

31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Become familiar with the idea of using World Wide Web for educational means This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web and Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs)

Pedagogical objectives

This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web such as teachers using Web for administrative purposes in schools introduce the idea of Virtual learning environments (VLE) and content management systems (CMS) using Web to help teachers prepare their lessons using Web during the lesson (eg demonstrative purposes trill and practice exercises) information seeking on the web creating content as part of an educational task and taking part in school collaboration with educational means

Process

The module will include brief descriptions of different tools that area available for different educational tasks that teachers have (eg admin tasks preparation of lessons) and cover inspirational scenarios of educational networking projects and specific teachersrsquo experiences

Evaluation

Participants will be expected to understand that different educational tasks and goals have a different set of tools to be used The aim objectives and evaluation method of each tasks should be also discussed

Follow-up

The aim pedagogical objectives and evaluation method can be reviewed throughout the design of the resource as the following modules introduce new tools and aspects

Links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

21

Introduction to e-learning httpenwikipediaorgwikiElearning Educational software httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_software Educational technology httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_technologyEducational games httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_gameTeachers Internet Use Guide httpwwwrmcdenvercomuseguideindexhtm LMS and LCMS httpenwikipediaorgwikiLearning_management_systemMoodle httpenwikipediaorgwikiMoodleeTwinning httpwwwetwinningnet

32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Information-seeking and literacy skills are increasingly important for both student and teacher success (Haycock 1991) There is a lot of great material on the Web - primary sources specialized directories and databases statistical information educational sites on many levels policy opinion of all kinds and so much more The tools for finding it are steadily improving Currently searching techniques are developed to help the learners as well as teachers to find information in the World Wide Web Nevertheless the users can be confused with search results due to irrelevant information misinformation insufficient information etc

Pedagogical objectives

To search for project relevant information over the Internet using research engines and key words To discuss and assess the validity of relevant information To provide links to Subject Directories Information Gateways and Specialist Databases which relate specially to education will be given

Process

Berkeley is suggesting a very useful and generic word-based strategy (httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetAnalyseTopicFormpdf) Other strategies that are more specialised to education content will be suggested through educational content and organisations Searching can be performed accurately and efficiently by utilising metadata and education specific ontologies

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

22

Arrangement of the pieces of information on notice boards and attempts to interconnect them within a thematic approach to the project

Follow-up

Identify up to 3 methods portals directories which are the more user friendly and effective for searching information online

Links

httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetFindInfohtml Haycock CA (1991) Resource-based learning A shift n the roles of teacher learner NAASP Bulletin 75(535) 15ndash22

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

23

Learning resources and repositories

33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them

A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines

Pedagogical objectives

Aim of the module is

Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)

Process

The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals

Evaluation

Creating learning resources in object formats is seen as way to bring about increased flexibility customization ease of update searchability and manageability to rich stores

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

24

of content and learning resources that are available from publishers or that have been created by faculty members or teachers Participants are asked to discuss online or write a text about the advantages and disadvantages of the use of learning objects and metadata

Follow-up

During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm

Links

What are Learning Resources and Learning Assets httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmlr_and_la What are Learning Objects httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmwhat_lo Composing free and open online educational resources httpenwikiversityorgwikiComposing_free_and_open_online_educational_resourcesWeek_1_-_March_3rd_Introduction Introduction to learning objects by the New Media Consortium (NMC) httparchivenmcorgprojectsloel_loshtml Unesco Open Educational Resources toolkit httpoerwikiiiep-unescoorgindexphptitle=UNESCO_OER_Toolkit Reigeluth C M amp Nelson L M (1997) A new paradigm of ISD In R M Branch amp B B Minor Educational media and technology yearbook Vol 22 (pp 24plusmn35) Englewood CO Libraries Unlimited Incorporated

34 Introduction to sharing learning resources Main responsible partner (EUN)

3121 Details

This module will provide a description and rational on why teachers are encouraged to share learning resources The module also introduces the basics of Creative Commons as an underlying mechanism that allows sharing and makes it easy to understand

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

25

3122 Pedagogical objectives

To understand the basic regarding the concept of sharing To understand provisions of copyright in education including Intellectual Property Rights an example of Creative Commons licensing is given To have an overview of repositories where teachers share resources To appreciate the features of resources that lsquoshare wellrsquo To discuss issues related to sharing learning resources eg remuneration for teachers

3123 Process

The module first introduces the idea of social media through a simple video The idea of social media is also applicable for learning resources Furthermore the concepts of Creative Commons are introduced with a glimpse to learning resource repositories that explicitly use such licensing scheme (eg LeMill LRE OERCommons)

3124 Evaluation

Teachers are introduced a self-evaluation of the understanding of Creative Commons

3125 Follow-up

Teachers are asked to search on different repositories for resources that they can share with their colleagues They are asked to use deliciouscom (related to module 39) to make a collection of resources that they can share and reuse under one of the Creative Commons licensing scheme

3126 Links

Social media in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewf810c5b5-b8dc-4946-a58f-5f7ce7ce4d44 Link to the cartoons about Creative Commons httpwikicreativecommonsorgSharing_Creative_WorkshttpwikicreativecommonsorgHowitworks_Comic1 Link to the LRE material on Creative Commons httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportworking_legally_under_cchtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

26

35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Learning object repositories are believed to increase the value of learning resources by providing opportunities for reuse repurposing or reengineering to suit a variety of purposes and end-user needs Learning object repositories are usually provided to support a teaching and learning community (broadly defined as a group of stakeholders) Through social networking and computer-mediated communication people work as a community to achieve a shared learning objective It is often practiced that a particular community of users coalesce around the learning object repository and engage creating and reusing objects The repositories that hold the learning objects have well researched user interfaces and architectures that make them easy to use and permits various levels of interactivity including search submissions commentsreviews and creating personal collections Communication tools allow interaction between community members by enabling the sharing of ideas in a variety of forms text audio and video By using asynchronous communication tools such as e-mail threaded discussions and bulletin boards participants can readily exchange ideas independent of time and place

Pedagogical objectives

Location of suitable learning objects with reference to specific educational objectives through learning object repositories Introduction of different types of repositories some of which provide a complete curriculum others basic content only introduction to learning objects such MERLOT that has a big user community Here the focus is to show the benefits of such a community details will be given to show the discipline-based review system evaluation based on educational criteria and lesson plans and hints Also this module will discuss implementation issues when adapting learning objects to own educational needs in relation to possible linguistic and cultural barriers on using learning resources from repositories that originate from a country other than that of a user

Process

After a general introduction to repositories and issues each participant should identify a hypothetical scenario of implementation Identifying learning objects and repositories as well as relevant communities is required

Evaluation

In many cases repositories may be set up with the expectation or hope that a particular community of users will coalesce around it out of that broader community of

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

27

stakeholders Participants are asked to discuss how such a community may be encouraged supported and developed

Links

MERLOT especially highlighting the different subject-based communities and how they work httpwwwmerlotorgmerlotcommunitieshtmjsessionid=8296fb4b30d6881c3a2edf274fca9c38d6a45371ec4ae34Oa30TaN4Ke34Rax0Qa3uObxj0

36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

This module gives a more hands-on and demonstrational review on the learning resource repositories in Europe and beyond that have been introduced in D12 ldquoState of the art reportrdquo

Pedagogical objectives

Becoming familiar with learning repositories where participants can identify educational resources Review various interfaces and modes for searching accessing and downloading resources

Process

The following are some of the learning object repositories that will be reviewed LeMill A web community of over 6000 teachers and other learning content creators Free aces provides tools for finding authoring and sharing learning resources httplemillnet Connexion a place to view and share educational material made of small knowledge chunks called modules that can be organized as courses books reports etc httpcnxorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

28

Filamentality A fill-in-the-blank interactive Web site that guides you through picking a topic searching the Web gathering good Internet sites and turning Web resources into learning activities httpwwwknpacbellcomwiredfil Gateway to Educational Materials (GEM) Project The key to one-stop any-stop access to high quality lesson plans curriculum units and other education resources on the Internet Searchable by keyword and educational level httpwwwthegatewayorg MERLOT MERLOT is a free and open resource designed primarily for faculty and students in higher education With a continually growing collection of online learning materials assignments and reviews MERLOT helps faculty enhance instruction httpwwwmerlotorg OpenCourseWare (MIT) MIT OCW has begun publishing online course materials that are available free of charge They are aiming to have all of MITs course materials available over the web in a single searchable structure Currently the course materials are listed by course and are not searchable httpocwmiteduindexhtml CAREO Campus Alberta Repository of Educational Objects (CAREO) Comprised of 5000 multidisciplinary teaching materials the database is searchable and the collection is webbased This Canadian project has been recognized as a leader in the LOR initiative httpwwwcareoorg Federal Government Resources for Educational Excellence (FREE) This contains numerous educational resources which include teaching ideas instructional activities photographs maps audio files digitized paintings lesson plans httpwwwedgovfree The Digital Library for Earth System Education (DLESE) httpwwwdleseorg DLESE offers easy access to high quality educational resources about the Earth system The library is governed and developed by a broad community of Earth science educators and serves the needs of K-16 learners in both formal and informal venues LRE there will be separate modules part of the framework to focus on LRE

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

29

The participants will define similarities and differences between the reviewed repositories They should also name 3 top rated repositories according to named criteria

Follow-up

The evaluation comments should be revisited after the completion of the module series

Links

The state of the art report D12 NMC Learning Object Repositories httparchivenmcorgprojectsindexshtml Community Dimensions of Learning Object Repositories (CD-LOR) project website httpwwwacademygcalacukcd-lorindexhtml

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

30

Metadata

37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching Main responsible partner (EA)

371 Details

In this learning module the trainees will get acquainted with the concept of metadata An important factor in order to make search and retrieval of educational content more efficient is the quality and quantity of educational metadata associated with these resources In general the commonly accepted way to describe educational resources is the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Standard The module will include introduction to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching authoritative educational metadata schemas (DC-ed amp IEEE LOM) Useful examples of simple metadata will be provided so as to provide a smooth introduction to the concept of metadata Following this activity the concept of metadata in education will be elaborated and specific examples will be provided The trainees will be able to identify similarities between their everyday practice and educational metadata Finally after having explained the later the trainees will be provided with some examples of educational repositories where they will perform various searches using metadata fields In this way they will be able to get a very good idea on how metadata work and what are the possibilities that they offer

372 Pedagogical objectives

Introduction to the concept of metadata Enhancement of lessons with the use of specific examples Enhancement of teacher participation through the introduction of educational repositories where they will perform searches using metadata in practice

373 Process

First the teachers will be presented with the basic concepts of metadata and provided with relevant examples Following this they will then be asked to identify examples of common use of metadata in everyday life After becoming familiar with the basic concepts of metadata teachers will be presented with metadata used in education During this presentation the teachers will be provided with specific examples of educational metadata and will be asked to identify other cases of educational metadata Finally teacher participation will be facilitated at the end of the session with the use of example educational repositories where teachers will be able to perform their own searches through the available content

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

10

VISUALIZATION

Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people

Abbreviations used in this document

EA Ellinogermaniki Agogi EUN European Schoolnet AUA Agricultural University of Athens UoU UmeA University (UBT University of Bayreuth BMUKK Federal Ministry of Education The Arts and Culture CCSS Czech Centre for Science and Society GNK Gymnazium Nad Kavalirkou PCAFS Perrotis College American Farm School (PCAFS) LRE Learning Resource Exchange URL Unified Resource Locator

14 Structure

Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References

Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences

Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

11

2 Background

The results of Work Package 1 on user needs and the state of the art provided a solid background to tasks in WP2 related to the Metaschool training framework Deliverable D11 Needs Analysis Report with teachers identified clear needs while D12 European state of the art considered implementation prospects enablers and barriers in partner countries The results of Work Package 1 on user needs and the state of the art provided a solid background to tasks in WP2 related to the Metaschool training framework Deliverable D11 Needs Analysis Report with teachers identified clear needs while D12 European state of the art considered implementation prospects enablers and barriers in partner countries User needs D11 Needs Analysis Report included reports from workshops with teachers in Austria the Czech Republic and Greece revealing that the skill levels of participating teachers was probably higher than those of the average teacher in those countries and the teachers were positive about ICT and more motivated to learn The most commonly used tools before training were PowerPoint Moodle and linked repositories Google and Google Maps Despite being relatively e-skilled teachers had a low knowledge of Web 20 metadata tagging and learning systems although some used wikis passively but not publishing information themselves Nevertheless they wanted to know more about Web 20 if only because it attracts their students In general teachers wanted to

bull Be able easily to find relevant concrete materials on a portal about their subject prepared by professionals in their own language and with a cultural focus on their own country (videos images data ndash particularly geographical data lesson plans)

bull Use systems easily ndash a high priority was simplicity of use bull Have structured and relevant information bull Access scientific repositories and new information

Publishing their own learning content to use communication tools like chats and to rank materials was given somewhat lower priority It was brought up that IPR problems made it difficult for teachers to publish their own content implying that they produced materials but without regard for or clarity about copyright In terms of preferences teachers wanted to

bull Make the best use of scarce time bull Learn in classrooms in small groups bull Be trained in the use of specific applications with less focus on metadata

repositories ie first getting concrete resources and later on publishing content in these repositories

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

12

Initial needs were related to using the following specific applications tools and repositories most of which will be included in the training modules

bull Catalogue and repository systems bull Cosmos repository for sharing information about cosmos education bull Confolio system for sharing information for Organic Farming education bull Naturnet Redime URM repository for sharing spatial and non spatial context bull Organic Edunet repository bull On line educational applications bull Geogame bull Vitejtenazemi bull Organic Garden bull The Moon And Tides bull Of line or Supporting tools bull eXe HTML editor

However training focused only on these topics will not address wider non-ICT issues such as the ones listed below It will be the intent that these topics will be addressed in the training modules

bull Ensuring high levels of good content from the first contact bull Linguistic and cultural barriers bull Use of copyright-protected material by teachers bull A rationale for the pedagogical value of using repositories What do they make

better What problem do they solve bull Should teachers provide their content and effort for no financial reward bull Lack of teachersrsquo time for projects bull Lack of money in schools for ICT

There are also technological issues that need to be taken into account in the training framework Although these issues apply more to ICT staff than subject teachers these topics will be briefly introduced in the training modules

bull Vast differences between repositories some providing a complete curriculum others basic content only

bull Lack of interoperability between systems (learning platforms) used in schools Training can focus on this practical problem by introducing the use of web-based material that is playable in a standard browser

bull The need for different metadata profiles Protocols for online exchange and vocabularies in different repositories

The report concluded that the training framework should comprise three parts non-technical technical and pedagogical Non-technical aspects should focus on

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

13

bull Why teachers should share their educational content ndash training has to explain advantage of collaborative sharing of educational materials and also advantage of different social networks for educational purposes

bull Rules of protection of IPRs how teachers can use different web based context on the base of methods of IPR protection

bull Creative Commons Licence the rules advantages and restrictions Technical aspects should address IT staff and subject teachers separately For IT staff training should focus on

bull Interconnection of different repositories bull How to localise concrete learning resources

Teacher training on technical aspects should focus on

bull WWW and educational uses for teachers bull Strategies for searching information online bull Learning resources and Repositories bull Introduction to the concept of learning objects bull Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities bull Review amp demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources bull General Technological Information bull Role of metadata for access to educational information bull Difference between Metadata search and free text (Google style search) bull Explanation of different metadata profiles and differences among them bull Why to use thesaurus and vocabularies bull Geographical coverage of metadata and gazetteers bull Methods of searching and validation of information in repositories bull Searching for relevant information using metadata bull How to use thesaurus for search bull How to validate information on the base of different metadata profiles bull Cosmos concept bull OrganicEdunet concept bull NaturNet URM concept bull Methods of publishing data bull General rules for data and metadata publishing bull Publishing using different metadata profile bull Using thesaurus for publishing bull Using geographical coverage bull Web 20 and popular social tools and applications bull What is Web 20 bull Popular social tools (eg Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom bull Wikipedia bull GeoGame

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

14

Subject teachers should also crucially receive training in the educational application of ICT covering web 20 and use scenarios for science-related repositories

bull Advantages and risks of Web 20 in education bull Integrating the wiki concept into education bull How to use selected Cosmos scenarios in education bull How to use OrganicEdunet scenarios in education bull Scenarios based on Naturnet URM for usage of geographical information in

education bull Scenarios for GeoGame in education

European state of the art perspective D12 European state of the art analysed the levels of equipment in schools and teachersrsquo attitudes towards ICT (lsquoe-readinessrsquo) The report included recommendations on training on a country by country basis For Austria

bull Training should include case studies and examples of peers using ICT effectively (to increase teacher motivation)

bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training (because equipment levels vary between schools)

bull German language training and content is preferable but many teachers are competent in English

For the Czech Republic bull Participating schools should be carefully selected and prepared (because the

schools will have to support themselves in the absence of central government support)

bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training bull Ensure that the schools have the financial means to provide the required

conditions and activities (because funding is relatively low) bull Czech language training and content is preferable and many teachers are not

competent in English and will not use English language resources in class bull In Germany bull Training should include case studies and examples of peers using ICT effectively

(because of low motivation and skepticism about ICT) bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training

(because some schools have low levels of equipment and connectivity) bull German language training and content is preferable but many teachers are

competent in English In Greece

bull More thorough training may be needed than in other countries bull Access competence and motivation may be low bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

15

bull Teachers will naturally use Greek-language resources and networks although some are competent in English

In Sweden bull Training should ensure that it takes into account existing competences and

practices and not start from basics (because teachers tend to have high levels of ICT competence)

bull Teachers will tend to use Swedish-language resources and networks although English is widespread and schools are open to English language resources

Overall therefore training should have the following characteristics

bull Be flexible allowing for different levels of ICT competence of teachers bull Be in the home language with resources in the home language exposing teachers

to resources from other countries that lsquotravel wellrsquo eg with little text or in English

bull Recognise different levels of hardware provision in schools bull Include case studies of classroom use that relate to the situation of teachers

undertaking the training Designing the framework to meet user needs

bull Given the needs outlined above project partners designed a framework comprising self-contained modules of three types

bull Teaching and learning bull ICT in teaching and learning bull Technical training

The modules are in English in the first part of the pilot from which feedback from teachers will be gathered and fed into modules At the later stage the translations and localisations (eg links in a module point to Greek content for Greek teachers) are taken into consideration The modules are self-contained for flexibility and offer individual learning paths to take into account different levels of ICT competence and experience with metadata and repositories Some modules assume little experience with ICT and provide a general practical introduction others build on previous knowledge In response to needs for training on specific applications and tools there are modules covering the most frequently mentioned products One or two modules aim to showcase good examples of practice to ensure that the pedagogical value of the training is to the forefront and to motivate teachers to apply their training in sustained and effective day to day practice The following table shows how the modules fit into the framework and the needs addressed Different ways to interconnect these modules are possible which will be highlighted in the digital version by using hyperlinks Eg Beginner teachers can choose to follow only modules for beginners or they can follow a more incremental way by first taking a module for beginners and then for intermediate learners in the same topic

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Train

16ing framework

Table 1 Training Framework x= directly applicable ~ = also applicable

Topic Area Topic Beginner Intermediate Expert Trainees Pedagogically focused

Generic

1 WWW and educational uses for teachers

x ~ Teachers x x

2 Strategies for searching information online

x ~ Teachers x Introduction

3 Introduction to the concept of learning objects

x ~ Teachers x

4 Introduction to sharing learning resources

x ~ Teachers x x

5 Introduction to learning repositories x ~ Teachers x

Learning resources and repositories

6 Review amp demonstration of popular repositories

x ~ Teachers x

7 Intro to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching educational metadata schemas

~ x Teachers x

Metadata

8 Intro to the tools for describing resources with metadata

~ x Teachers x

9 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies amp social tagging)

x ~ Teachers x

10 Web 20 tools in education ~ x Teachers x

Social web 11 Popular social tools (eg Flikr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom

x ~ x

12 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using learning resources in the classroom

x ~ Teachers x Hands-on sessions

13

Practical demonstration of learning resources and their classroom

x ~ x

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

17

use 14 Practical

demonstration of metadata descriptions

x ~ x

15 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp agroecology (use of OrganicEdunet)

x Teachers x

16 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS xlpora)

x Teachers x

17 Searching schools resources through the LRE portal

x ~ Teachers x

18 Supporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRE

~ x Teacher x

19 Intro to setting up a portfolio and connecting to the outside world

~ x Teachers ICT Staff x

20 Setting up a repository (eg using Confolio tool) in the schools server

x ICT Staff x Technical session (for ICT staff or teachers)

21 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example

x ICT Staff x

Training outcomes By the end of the training programme it is expected that teachersrsquo digital competence will have increased and 21 specific learning outcomes achieved ndash 18 aimed at subject teachers and three at IT support staff

1 Understand the educational benefits of the worldwide web 2 Be able to search effectively using the World Wide Web 3 Understand the concept of learning objects (Los) 4 Understand the concept of sharing resources 5 Be familiar with the concept of learning repositories and communities 6 Know how different learning repositories work and what they contain 7 Understand the concept of metadata 8 Be familiar with COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

18

9 Understand the concept of social metadata such as tags 10 Understand how Web 20 tools are used in education 11 Be familiar with popular Web 20 applications 12 Appreciate the benefits of using digital resources in the classroom 13 Grasp how LOs can be used in teaching and learning 14 Be able to add metadata to learning resources and upload them to a repository 15 Be able to use Organic Edunet 16 Be able to use COSMOS 17 Be familiar with searching school resources through the LRE portal 18 Be able to share resources through tags 19 a) Be familiar with Confolio as a teacher 17 b) Be familiar with e-portfolio 20 Be able to set up the Confolio system (ICT support) 21 Be familiar with the technical interconnection between Confolio and LRE (ICT

support)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

19

3 Training Modules

In this chapter all suggested Training Modules are introduced with the content skeleton each under the same headings details pedagogical objectives process evaluation follow up and links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

20

Introduction

31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Become familiar with the idea of using World Wide Web for educational means This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web and Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs)

Pedagogical objectives

This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web such as teachers using Web for administrative purposes in schools introduce the idea of Virtual learning environments (VLE) and content management systems (CMS) using Web to help teachers prepare their lessons using Web during the lesson (eg demonstrative purposes trill and practice exercises) information seeking on the web creating content as part of an educational task and taking part in school collaboration with educational means

Process

The module will include brief descriptions of different tools that area available for different educational tasks that teachers have (eg admin tasks preparation of lessons) and cover inspirational scenarios of educational networking projects and specific teachersrsquo experiences

Evaluation

Participants will be expected to understand that different educational tasks and goals have a different set of tools to be used The aim objectives and evaluation method of each tasks should be also discussed

Follow-up

The aim pedagogical objectives and evaluation method can be reviewed throughout the design of the resource as the following modules introduce new tools and aspects

Links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

21

Introduction to e-learning httpenwikipediaorgwikiElearning Educational software httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_software Educational technology httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_technologyEducational games httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_gameTeachers Internet Use Guide httpwwwrmcdenvercomuseguideindexhtm LMS and LCMS httpenwikipediaorgwikiLearning_management_systemMoodle httpenwikipediaorgwikiMoodleeTwinning httpwwwetwinningnet

32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Information-seeking and literacy skills are increasingly important for both student and teacher success (Haycock 1991) There is a lot of great material on the Web - primary sources specialized directories and databases statistical information educational sites on many levels policy opinion of all kinds and so much more The tools for finding it are steadily improving Currently searching techniques are developed to help the learners as well as teachers to find information in the World Wide Web Nevertheless the users can be confused with search results due to irrelevant information misinformation insufficient information etc

Pedagogical objectives

To search for project relevant information over the Internet using research engines and key words To discuss and assess the validity of relevant information To provide links to Subject Directories Information Gateways and Specialist Databases which relate specially to education will be given

Process

Berkeley is suggesting a very useful and generic word-based strategy (httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetAnalyseTopicFormpdf) Other strategies that are more specialised to education content will be suggested through educational content and organisations Searching can be performed accurately and efficiently by utilising metadata and education specific ontologies

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

22

Arrangement of the pieces of information on notice boards and attempts to interconnect them within a thematic approach to the project

Follow-up

Identify up to 3 methods portals directories which are the more user friendly and effective for searching information online

Links

httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetFindInfohtml Haycock CA (1991) Resource-based learning A shift n the roles of teacher learner NAASP Bulletin 75(535) 15ndash22

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

23

Learning resources and repositories

33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them

A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines

Pedagogical objectives

Aim of the module is

Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)

Process

The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals

Evaluation

Creating learning resources in object formats is seen as way to bring about increased flexibility customization ease of update searchability and manageability to rich stores

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

24

of content and learning resources that are available from publishers or that have been created by faculty members or teachers Participants are asked to discuss online or write a text about the advantages and disadvantages of the use of learning objects and metadata

Follow-up

During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm

Links

What are Learning Resources and Learning Assets httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmlr_and_la What are Learning Objects httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmwhat_lo Composing free and open online educational resources httpenwikiversityorgwikiComposing_free_and_open_online_educational_resourcesWeek_1_-_March_3rd_Introduction Introduction to learning objects by the New Media Consortium (NMC) httparchivenmcorgprojectsloel_loshtml Unesco Open Educational Resources toolkit httpoerwikiiiep-unescoorgindexphptitle=UNESCO_OER_Toolkit Reigeluth C M amp Nelson L M (1997) A new paradigm of ISD In R M Branch amp B B Minor Educational media and technology yearbook Vol 22 (pp 24plusmn35) Englewood CO Libraries Unlimited Incorporated

34 Introduction to sharing learning resources Main responsible partner (EUN)

3121 Details

This module will provide a description and rational on why teachers are encouraged to share learning resources The module also introduces the basics of Creative Commons as an underlying mechanism that allows sharing and makes it easy to understand

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

25

3122 Pedagogical objectives

To understand the basic regarding the concept of sharing To understand provisions of copyright in education including Intellectual Property Rights an example of Creative Commons licensing is given To have an overview of repositories where teachers share resources To appreciate the features of resources that lsquoshare wellrsquo To discuss issues related to sharing learning resources eg remuneration for teachers

3123 Process

The module first introduces the idea of social media through a simple video The idea of social media is also applicable for learning resources Furthermore the concepts of Creative Commons are introduced with a glimpse to learning resource repositories that explicitly use such licensing scheme (eg LeMill LRE OERCommons)

3124 Evaluation

Teachers are introduced a self-evaluation of the understanding of Creative Commons

3125 Follow-up

Teachers are asked to search on different repositories for resources that they can share with their colleagues They are asked to use deliciouscom (related to module 39) to make a collection of resources that they can share and reuse under one of the Creative Commons licensing scheme

3126 Links

Social media in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewf810c5b5-b8dc-4946-a58f-5f7ce7ce4d44 Link to the cartoons about Creative Commons httpwikicreativecommonsorgSharing_Creative_WorkshttpwikicreativecommonsorgHowitworks_Comic1 Link to the LRE material on Creative Commons httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportworking_legally_under_cchtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

26

35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Learning object repositories are believed to increase the value of learning resources by providing opportunities for reuse repurposing or reengineering to suit a variety of purposes and end-user needs Learning object repositories are usually provided to support a teaching and learning community (broadly defined as a group of stakeholders) Through social networking and computer-mediated communication people work as a community to achieve a shared learning objective It is often practiced that a particular community of users coalesce around the learning object repository and engage creating and reusing objects The repositories that hold the learning objects have well researched user interfaces and architectures that make them easy to use and permits various levels of interactivity including search submissions commentsreviews and creating personal collections Communication tools allow interaction between community members by enabling the sharing of ideas in a variety of forms text audio and video By using asynchronous communication tools such as e-mail threaded discussions and bulletin boards participants can readily exchange ideas independent of time and place

Pedagogical objectives

Location of suitable learning objects with reference to specific educational objectives through learning object repositories Introduction of different types of repositories some of which provide a complete curriculum others basic content only introduction to learning objects such MERLOT that has a big user community Here the focus is to show the benefits of such a community details will be given to show the discipline-based review system evaluation based on educational criteria and lesson plans and hints Also this module will discuss implementation issues when adapting learning objects to own educational needs in relation to possible linguistic and cultural barriers on using learning resources from repositories that originate from a country other than that of a user

Process

After a general introduction to repositories and issues each participant should identify a hypothetical scenario of implementation Identifying learning objects and repositories as well as relevant communities is required

Evaluation

In many cases repositories may be set up with the expectation or hope that a particular community of users will coalesce around it out of that broader community of

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

27

stakeholders Participants are asked to discuss how such a community may be encouraged supported and developed

Links

MERLOT especially highlighting the different subject-based communities and how they work httpwwwmerlotorgmerlotcommunitieshtmjsessionid=8296fb4b30d6881c3a2edf274fca9c38d6a45371ec4ae34Oa30TaN4Ke34Rax0Qa3uObxj0

36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

This module gives a more hands-on and demonstrational review on the learning resource repositories in Europe and beyond that have been introduced in D12 ldquoState of the art reportrdquo

Pedagogical objectives

Becoming familiar with learning repositories where participants can identify educational resources Review various interfaces and modes for searching accessing and downloading resources

Process

The following are some of the learning object repositories that will be reviewed LeMill A web community of over 6000 teachers and other learning content creators Free aces provides tools for finding authoring and sharing learning resources httplemillnet Connexion a place to view and share educational material made of small knowledge chunks called modules that can be organized as courses books reports etc httpcnxorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

28

Filamentality A fill-in-the-blank interactive Web site that guides you through picking a topic searching the Web gathering good Internet sites and turning Web resources into learning activities httpwwwknpacbellcomwiredfil Gateway to Educational Materials (GEM) Project The key to one-stop any-stop access to high quality lesson plans curriculum units and other education resources on the Internet Searchable by keyword and educational level httpwwwthegatewayorg MERLOT MERLOT is a free and open resource designed primarily for faculty and students in higher education With a continually growing collection of online learning materials assignments and reviews MERLOT helps faculty enhance instruction httpwwwmerlotorg OpenCourseWare (MIT) MIT OCW has begun publishing online course materials that are available free of charge They are aiming to have all of MITs course materials available over the web in a single searchable structure Currently the course materials are listed by course and are not searchable httpocwmiteduindexhtml CAREO Campus Alberta Repository of Educational Objects (CAREO) Comprised of 5000 multidisciplinary teaching materials the database is searchable and the collection is webbased This Canadian project has been recognized as a leader in the LOR initiative httpwwwcareoorg Federal Government Resources for Educational Excellence (FREE) This contains numerous educational resources which include teaching ideas instructional activities photographs maps audio files digitized paintings lesson plans httpwwwedgovfree The Digital Library for Earth System Education (DLESE) httpwwwdleseorg DLESE offers easy access to high quality educational resources about the Earth system The library is governed and developed by a broad community of Earth science educators and serves the needs of K-16 learners in both formal and informal venues LRE there will be separate modules part of the framework to focus on LRE

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

29

The participants will define similarities and differences between the reviewed repositories They should also name 3 top rated repositories according to named criteria

Follow-up

The evaluation comments should be revisited after the completion of the module series

Links

The state of the art report D12 NMC Learning Object Repositories httparchivenmcorgprojectsindexshtml Community Dimensions of Learning Object Repositories (CD-LOR) project website httpwwwacademygcalacukcd-lorindexhtml

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

30

Metadata

37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching Main responsible partner (EA)

371 Details

In this learning module the trainees will get acquainted with the concept of metadata An important factor in order to make search and retrieval of educational content more efficient is the quality and quantity of educational metadata associated with these resources In general the commonly accepted way to describe educational resources is the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Standard The module will include introduction to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching authoritative educational metadata schemas (DC-ed amp IEEE LOM) Useful examples of simple metadata will be provided so as to provide a smooth introduction to the concept of metadata Following this activity the concept of metadata in education will be elaborated and specific examples will be provided The trainees will be able to identify similarities between their everyday practice and educational metadata Finally after having explained the later the trainees will be provided with some examples of educational repositories where they will perform various searches using metadata fields In this way they will be able to get a very good idea on how metadata work and what are the possibilities that they offer

372 Pedagogical objectives

Introduction to the concept of metadata Enhancement of lessons with the use of specific examples Enhancement of teacher participation through the introduction of educational repositories where they will perform searches using metadata in practice

373 Process

First the teachers will be presented with the basic concepts of metadata and provided with relevant examples Following this they will then be asked to identify examples of common use of metadata in everyday life After becoming familiar with the basic concepts of metadata teachers will be presented with metadata used in education During this presentation the teachers will be provided with specific examples of educational metadata and will be asked to identify other cases of educational metadata Finally teacher participation will be facilitated at the end of the session with the use of example educational repositories where teachers will be able to perform their own searches through the available content

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

11

2 Background

The results of Work Package 1 on user needs and the state of the art provided a solid background to tasks in WP2 related to the Metaschool training framework Deliverable D11 Needs Analysis Report with teachers identified clear needs while D12 European state of the art considered implementation prospects enablers and barriers in partner countries The results of Work Package 1 on user needs and the state of the art provided a solid background to tasks in WP2 related to the Metaschool training framework Deliverable D11 Needs Analysis Report with teachers identified clear needs while D12 European state of the art considered implementation prospects enablers and barriers in partner countries User needs D11 Needs Analysis Report included reports from workshops with teachers in Austria the Czech Republic and Greece revealing that the skill levels of participating teachers was probably higher than those of the average teacher in those countries and the teachers were positive about ICT and more motivated to learn The most commonly used tools before training were PowerPoint Moodle and linked repositories Google and Google Maps Despite being relatively e-skilled teachers had a low knowledge of Web 20 metadata tagging and learning systems although some used wikis passively but not publishing information themselves Nevertheless they wanted to know more about Web 20 if only because it attracts their students In general teachers wanted to

bull Be able easily to find relevant concrete materials on a portal about their subject prepared by professionals in their own language and with a cultural focus on their own country (videos images data ndash particularly geographical data lesson plans)

bull Use systems easily ndash a high priority was simplicity of use bull Have structured and relevant information bull Access scientific repositories and new information

Publishing their own learning content to use communication tools like chats and to rank materials was given somewhat lower priority It was brought up that IPR problems made it difficult for teachers to publish their own content implying that they produced materials but without regard for or clarity about copyright In terms of preferences teachers wanted to

bull Make the best use of scarce time bull Learn in classrooms in small groups bull Be trained in the use of specific applications with less focus on metadata

repositories ie first getting concrete resources and later on publishing content in these repositories

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

12

Initial needs were related to using the following specific applications tools and repositories most of which will be included in the training modules

bull Catalogue and repository systems bull Cosmos repository for sharing information about cosmos education bull Confolio system for sharing information for Organic Farming education bull Naturnet Redime URM repository for sharing spatial and non spatial context bull Organic Edunet repository bull On line educational applications bull Geogame bull Vitejtenazemi bull Organic Garden bull The Moon And Tides bull Of line or Supporting tools bull eXe HTML editor

However training focused only on these topics will not address wider non-ICT issues such as the ones listed below It will be the intent that these topics will be addressed in the training modules

bull Ensuring high levels of good content from the first contact bull Linguistic and cultural barriers bull Use of copyright-protected material by teachers bull A rationale for the pedagogical value of using repositories What do they make

better What problem do they solve bull Should teachers provide their content and effort for no financial reward bull Lack of teachersrsquo time for projects bull Lack of money in schools for ICT

There are also technological issues that need to be taken into account in the training framework Although these issues apply more to ICT staff than subject teachers these topics will be briefly introduced in the training modules

bull Vast differences between repositories some providing a complete curriculum others basic content only

bull Lack of interoperability between systems (learning platforms) used in schools Training can focus on this practical problem by introducing the use of web-based material that is playable in a standard browser

bull The need for different metadata profiles Protocols for online exchange and vocabularies in different repositories

The report concluded that the training framework should comprise three parts non-technical technical and pedagogical Non-technical aspects should focus on

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

13

bull Why teachers should share their educational content ndash training has to explain advantage of collaborative sharing of educational materials and also advantage of different social networks for educational purposes

bull Rules of protection of IPRs how teachers can use different web based context on the base of methods of IPR protection

bull Creative Commons Licence the rules advantages and restrictions Technical aspects should address IT staff and subject teachers separately For IT staff training should focus on

bull Interconnection of different repositories bull How to localise concrete learning resources

Teacher training on technical aspects should focus on

bull WWW and educational uses for teachers bull Strategies for searching information online bull Learning resources and Repositories bull Introduction to the concept of learning objects bull Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities bull Review amp demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources bull General Technological Information bull Role of metadata for access to educational information bull Difference between Metadata search and free text (Google style search) bull Explanation of different metadata profiles and differences among them bull Why to use thesaurus and vocabularies bull Geographical coverage of metadata and gazetteers bull Methods of searching and validation of information in repositories bull Searching for relevant information using metadata bull How to use thesaurus for search bull How to validate information on the base of different metadata profiles bull Cosmos concept bull OrganicEdunet concept bull NaturNet URM concept bull Methods of publishing data bull General rules for data and metadata publishing bull Publishing using different metadata profile bull Using thesaurus for publishing bull Using geographical coverage bull Web 20 and popular social tools and applications bull What is Web 20 bull Popular social tools (eg Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom bull Wikipedia bull GeoGame

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

14

Subject teachers should also crucially receive training in the educational application of ICT covering web 20 and use scenarios for science-related repositories

bull Advantages and risks of Web 20 in education bull Integrating the wiki concept into education bull How to use selected Cosmos scenarios in education bull How to use OrganicEdunet scenarios in education bull Scenarios based on Naturnet URM for usage of geographical information in

education bull Scenarios for GeoGame in education

European state of the art perspective D12 European state of the art analysed the levels of equipment in schools and teachersrsquo attitudes towards ICT (lsquoe-readinessrsquo) The report included recommendations on training on a country by country basis For Austria

bull Training should include case studies and examples of peers using ICT effectively (to increase teacher motivation)

bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training (because equipment levels vary between schools)

bull German language training and content is preferable but many teachers are competent in English

For the Czech Republic bull Participating schools should be carefully selected and prepared (because the

schools will have to support themselves in the absence of central government support)

bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training bull Ensure that the schools have the financial means to provide the required

conditions and activities (because funding is relatively low) bull Czech language training and content is preferable and many teachers are not

competent in English and will not use English language resources in class bull In Germany bull Training should include case studies and examples of peers using ICT effectively

(because of low motivation and skepticism about ICT) bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training

(because some schools have low levels of equipment and connectivity) bull German language training and content is preferable but many teachers are

competent in English In Greece

bull More thorough training may be needed than in other countries bull Access competence and motivation may be low bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

15

bull Teachers will naturally use Greek-language resources and networks although some are competent in English

In Sweden bull Training should ensure that it takes into account existing competences and

practices and not start from basics (because teachers tend to have high levels of ICT competence)

bull Teachers will tend to use Swedish-language resources and networks although English is widespread and schools are open to English language resources

Overall therefore training should have the following characteristics

bull Be flexible allowing for different levels of ICT competence of teachers bull Be in the home language with resources in the home language exposing teachers

to resources from other countries that lsquotravel wellrsquo eg with little text or in English

bull Recognise different levels of hardware provision in schools bull Include case studies of classroom use that relate to the situation of teachers

undertaking the training Designing the framework to meet user needs

bull Given the needs outlined above project partners designed a framework comprising self-contained modules of three types

bull Teaching and learning bull ICT in teaching and learning bull Technical training

The modules are in English in the first part of the pilot from which feedback from teachers will be gathered and fed into modules At the later stage the translations and localisations (eg links in a module point to Greek content for Greek teachers) are taken into consideration The modules are self-contained for flexibility and offer individual learning paths to take into account different levels of ICT competence and experience with metadata and repositories Some modules assume little experience with ICT and provide a general practical introduction others build on previous knowledge In response to needs for training on specific applications and tools there are modules covering the most frequently mentioned products One or two modules aim to showcase good examples of practice to ensure that the pedagogical value of the training is to the forefront and to motivate teachers to apply their training in sustained and effective day to day practice The following table shows how the modules fit into the framework and the needs addressed Different ways to interconnect these modules are possible which will be highlighted in the digital version by using hyperlinks Eg Beginner teachers can choose to follow only modules for beginners or they can follow a more incremental way by first taking a module for beginners and then for intermediate learners in the same topic

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Train

16ing framework

Table 1 Training Framework x= directly applicable ~ = also applicable

Topic Area Topic Beginner Intermediate Expert Trainees Pedagogically focused

Generic

1 WWW and educational uses for teachers

x ~ Teachers x x

2 Strategies for searching information online

x ~ Teachers x Introduction

3 Introduction to the concept of learning objects

x ~ Teachers x

4 Introduction to sharing learning resources

x ~ Teachers x x

5 Introduction to learning repositories x ~ Teachers x

Learning resources and repositories

6 Review amp demonstration of popular repositories

x ~ Teachers x

7 Intro to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching educational metadata schemas

~ x Teachers x

Metadata

8 Intro to the tools for describing resources with metadata

~ x Teachers x

9 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies amp social tagging)

x ~ Teachers x

10 Web 20 tools in education ~ x Teachers x

Social web 11 Popular social tools (eg Flikr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom

x ~ x

12 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using learning resources in the classroom

x ~ Teachers x Hands-on sessions

13

Practical demonstration of learning resources and their classroom

x ~ x

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

17

use 14 Practical

demonstration of metadata descriptions

x ~ x

15 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp agroecology (use of OrganicEdunet)

x Teachers x

16 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS xlpora)

x Teachers x

17 Searching schools resources through the LRE portal

x ~ Teachers x

18 Supporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRE

~ x Teacher x

19 Intro to setting up a portfolio and connecting to the outside world

~ x Teachers ICT Staff x

20 Setting up a repository (eg using Confolio tool) in the schools server

x ICT Staff x Technical session (for ICT staff or teachers)

21 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example

x ICT Staff x

Training outcomes By the end of the training programme it is expected that teachersrsquo digital competence will have increased and 21 specific learning outcomes achieved ndash 18 aimed at subject teachers and three at IT support staff

1 Understand the educational benefits of the worldwide web 2 Be able to search effectively using the World Wide Web 3 Understand the concept of learning objects (Los) 4 Understand the concept of sharing resources 5 Be familiar with the concept of learning repositories and communities 6 Know how different learning repositories work and what they contain 7 Understand the concept of metadata 8 Be familiar with COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

18

9 Understand the concept of social metadata such as tags 10 Understand how Web 20 tools are used in education 11 Be familiar with popular Web 20 applications 12 Appreciate the benefits of using digital resources in the classroom 13 Grasp how LOs can be used in teaching and learning 14 Be able to add metadata to learning resources and upload them to a repository 15 Be able to use Organic Edunet 16 Be able to use COSMOS 17 Be familiar with searching school resources through the LRE portal 18 Be able to share resources through tags 19 a) Be familiar with Confolio as a teacher 17 b) Be familiar with e-portfolio 20 Be able to set up the Confolio system (ICT support) 21 Be familiar with the technical interconnection between Confolio and LRE (ICT

support)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

19

3 Training Modules

In this chapter all suggested Training Modules are introduced with the content skeleton each under the same headings details pedagogical objectives process evaluation follow up and links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

20

Introduction

31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Become familiar with the idea of using World Wide Web for educational means This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web and Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs)

Pedagogical objectives

This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web such as teachers using Web for administrative purposes in schools introduce the idea of Virtual learning environments (VLE) and content management systems (CMS) using Web to help teachers prepare their lessons using Web during the lesson (eg demonstrative purposes trill and practice exercises) information seeking on the web creating content as part of an educational task and taking part in school collaboration with educational means

Process

The module will include brief descriptions of different tools that area available for different educational tasks that teachers have (eg admin tasks preparation of lessons) and cover inspirational scenarios of educational networking projects and specific teachersrsquo experiences

Evaluation

Participants will be expected to understand that different educational tasks and goals have a different set of tools to be used The aim objectives and evaluation method of each tasks should be also discussed

Follow-up

The aim pedagogical objectives and evaluation method can be reviewed throughout the design of the resource as the following modules introduce new tools and aspects

Links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

21

Introduction to e-learning httpenwikipediaorgwikiElearning Educational software httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_software Educational technology httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_technologyEducational games httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_gameTeachers Internet Use Guide httpwwwrmcdenvercomuseguideindexhtm LMS and LCMS httpenwikipediaorgwikiLearning_management_systemMoodle httpenwikipediaorgwikiMoodleeTwinning httpwwwetwinningnet

32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Information-seeking and literacy skills are increasingly important for both student and teacher success (Haycock 1991) There is a lot of great material on the Web - primary sources specialized directories and databases statistical information educational sites on many levels policy opinion of all kinds and so much more The tools for finding it are steadily improving Currently searching techniques are developed to help the learners as well as teachers to find information in the World Wide Web Nevertheless the users can be confused with search results due to irrelevant information misinformation insufficient information etc

Pedagogical objectives

To search for project relevant information over the Internet using research engines and key words To discuss and assess the validity of relevant information To provide links to Subject Directories Information Gateways and Specialist Databases which relate specially to education will be given

Process

Berkeley is suggesting a very useful and generic word-based strategy (httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetAnalyseTopicFormpdf) Other strategies that are more specialised to education content will be suggested through educational content and organisations Searching can be performed accurately and efficiently by utilising metadata and education specific ontologies

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

22

Arrangement of the pieces of information on notice boards and attempts to interconnect them within a thematic approach to the project

Follow-up

Identify up to 3 methods portals directories which are the more user friendly and effective for searching information online

Links

httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetFindInfohtml Haycock CA (1991) Resource-based learning A shift n the roles of teacher learner NAASP Bulletin 75(535) 15ndash22

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

23

Learning resources and repositories

33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them

A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines

Pedagogical objectives

Aim of the module is

Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)

Process

The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals

Evaluation

Creating learning resources in object formats is seen as way to bring about increased flexibility customization ease of update searchability and manageability to rich stores

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

24

of content and learning resources that are available from publishers or that have been created by faculty members or teachers Participants are asked to discuss online or write a text about the advantages and disadvantages of the use of learning objects and metadata

Follow-up

During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm

Links

What are Learning Resources and Learning Assets httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmlr_and_la What are Learning Objects httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmwhat_lo Composing free and open online educational resources httpenwikiversityorgwikiComposing_free_and_open_online_educational_resourcesWeek_1_-_March_3rd_Introduction Introduction to learning objects by the New Media Consortium (NMC) httparchivenmcorgprojectsloel_loshtml Unesco Open Educational Resources toolkit httpoerwikiiiep-unescoorgindexphptitle=UNESCO_OER_Toolkit Reigeluth C M amp Nelson L M (1997) A new paradigm of ISD In R M Branch amp B B Minor Educational media and technology yearbook Vol 22 (pp 24plusmn35) Englewood CO Libraries Unlimited Incorporated

34 Introduction to sharing learning resources Main responsible partner (EUN)

3121 Details

This module will provide a description and rational on why teachers are encouraged to share learning resources The module also introduces the basics of Creative Commons as an underlying mechanism that allows sharing and makes it easy to understand

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

25

3122 Pedagogical objectives

To understand the basic regarding the concept of sharing To understand provisions of copyright in education including Intellectual Property Rights an example of Creative Commons licensing is given To have an overview of repositories where teachers share resources To appreciate the features of resources that lsquoshare wellrsquo To discuss issues related to sharing learning resources eg remuneration for teachers

3123 Process

The module first introduces the idea of social media through a simple video The idea of social media is also applicable for learning resources Furthermore the concepts of Creative Commons are introduced with a glimpse to learning resource repositories that explicitly use such licensing scheme (eg LeMill LRE OERCommons)

3124 Evaluation

Teachers are introduced a self-evaluation of the understanding of Creative Commons

3125 Follow-up

Teachers are asked to search on different repositories for resources that they can share with their colleagues They are asked to use deliciouscom (related to module 39) to make a collection of resources that they can share and reuse under one of the Creative Commons licensing scheme

3126 Links

Social media in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewf810c5b5-b8dc-4946-a58f-5f7ce7ce4d44 Link to the cartoons about Creative Commons httpwikicreativecommonsorgSharing_Creative_WorkshttpwikicreativecommonsorgHowitworks_Comic1 Link to the LRE material on Creative Commons httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportworking_legally_under_cchtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

26

35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Learning object repositories are believed to increase the value of learning resources by providing opportunities for reuse repurposing or reengineering to suit a variety of purposes and end-user needs Learning object repositories are usually provided to support a teaching and learning community (broadly defined as a group of stakeholders) Through social networking and computer-mediated communication people work as a community to achieve a shared learning objective It is often practiced that a particular community of users coalesce around the learning object repository and engage creating and reusing objects The repositories that hold the learning objects have well researched user interfaces and architectures that make them easy to use and permits various levels of interactivity including search submissions commentsreviews and creating personal collections Communication tools allow interaction between community members by enabling the sharing of ideas in a variety of forms text audio and video By using asynchronous communication tools such as e-mail threaded discussions and bulletin boards participants can readily exchange ideas independent of time and place

Pedagogical objectives

Location of suitable learning objects with reference to specific educational objectives through learning object repositories Introduction of different types of repositories some of which provide a complete curriculum others basic content only introduction to learning objects such MERLOT that has a big user community Here the focus is to show the benefits of such a community details will be given to show the discipline-based review system evaluation based on educational criteria and lesson plans and hints Also this module will discuss implementation issues when adapting learning objects to own educational needs in relation to possible linguistic and cultural barriers on using learning resources from repositories that originate from a country other than that of a user

Process

After a general introduction to repositories and issues each participant should identify a hypothetical scenario of implementation Identifying learning objects and repositories as well as relevant communities is required

Evaluation

In many cases repositories may be set up with the expectation or hope that a particular community of users will coalesce around it out of that broader community of

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

27

stakeholders Participants are asked to discuss how such a community may be encouraged supported and developed

Links

MERLOT especially highlighting the different subject-based communities and how they work httpwwwmerlotorgmerlotcommunitieshtmjsessionid=8296fb4b30d6881c3a2edf274fca9c38d6a45371ec4ae34Oa30TaN4Ke34Rax0Qa3uObxj0

36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

This module gives a more hands-on and demonstrational review on the learning resource repositories in Europe and beyond that have been introduced in D12 ldquoState of the art reportrdquo

Pedagogical objectives

Becoming familiar with learning repositories where participants can identify educational resources Review various interfaces and modes for searching accessing and downloading resources

Process

The following are some of the learning object repositories that will be reviewed LeMill A web community of over 6000 teachers and other learning content creators Free aces provides tools for finding authoring and sharing learning resources httplemillnet Connexion a place to view and share educational material made of small knowledge chunks called modules that can be organized as courses books reports etc httpcnxorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

28

Filamentality A fill-in-the-blank interactive Web site that guides you through picking a topic searching the Web gathering good Internet sites and turning Web resources into learning activities httpwwwknpacbellcomwiredfil Gateway to Educational Materials (GEM) Project The key to one-stop any-stop access to high quality lesson plans curriculum units and other education resources on the Internet Searchable by keyword and educational level httpwwwthegatewayorg MERLOT MERLOT is a free and open resource designed primarily for faculty and students in higher education With a continually growing collection of online learning materials assignments and reviews MERLOT helps faculty enhance instruction httpwwwmerlotorg OpenCourseWare (MIT) MIT OCW has begun publishing online course materials that are available free of charge They are aiming to have all of MITs course materials available over the web in a single searchable structure Currently the course materials are listed by course and are not searchable httpocwmiteduindexhtml CAREO Campus Alberta Repository of Educational Objects (CAREO) Comprised of 5000 multidisciplinary teaching materials the database is searchable and the collection is webbased This Canadian project has been recognized as a leader in the LOR initiative httpwwwcareoorg Federal Government Resources for Educational Excellence (FREE) This contains numerous educational resources which include teaching ideas instructional activities photographs maps audio files digitized paintings lesson plans httpwwwedgovfree The Digital Library for Earth System Education (DLESE) httpwwwdleseorg DLESE offers easy access to high quality educational resources about the Earth system The library is governed and developed by a broad community of Earth science educators and serves the needs of K-16 learners in both formal and informal venues LRE there will be separate modules part of the framework to focus on LRE

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

29

The participants will define similarities and differences between the reviewed repositories They should also name 3 top rated repositories according to named criteria

Follow-up

The evaluation comments should be revisited after the completion of the module series

Links

The state of the art report D12 NMC Learning Object Repositories httparchivenmcorgprojectsindexshtml Community Dimensions of Learning Object Repositories (CD-LOR) project website httpwwwacademygcalacukcd-lorindexhtml

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

30

Metadata

37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching Main responsible partner (EA)

371 Details

In this learning module the trainees will get acquainted with the concept of metadata An important factor in order to make search and retrieval of educational content more efficient is the quality and quantity of educational metadata associated with these resources In general the commonly accepted way to describe educational resources is the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Standard The module will include introduction to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching authoritative educational metadata schemas (DC-ed amp IEEE LOM) Useful examples of simple metadata will be provided so as to provide a smooth introduction to the concept of metadata Following this activity the concept of metadata in education will be elaborated and specific examples will be provided The trainees will be able to identify similarities between their everyday practice and educational metadata Finally after having explained the later the trainees will be provided with some examples of educational repositories where they will perform various searches using metadata fields In this way they will be able to get a very good idea on how metadata work and what are the possibilities that they offer

372 Pedagogical objectives

Introduction to the concept of metadata Enhancement of lessons with the use of specific examples Enhancement of teacher participation through the introduction of educational repositories where they will perform searches using metadata in practice

373 Process

First the teachers will be presented with the basic concepts of metadata and provided with relevant examples Following this they will then be asked to identify examples of common use of metadata in everyday life After becoming familiar with the basic concepts of metadata teachers will be presented with metadata used in education During this presentation the teachers will be provided with specific examples of educational metadata and will be asked to identify other cases of educational metadata Finally teacher participation will be facilitated at the end of the session with the use of example educational repositories where teachers will be able to perform their own searches through the available content

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

12

Initial needs were related to using the following specific applications tools and repositories most of which will be included in the training modules

bull Catalogue and repository systems bull Cosmos repository for sharing information about cosmos education bull Confolio system for sharing information for Organic Farming education bull Naturnet Redime URM repository for sharing spatial and non spatial context bull Organic Edunet repository bull On line educational applications bull Geogame bull Vitejtenazemi bull Organic Garden bull The Moon And Tides bull Of line or Supporting tools bull eXe HTML editor

However training focused only on these topics will not address wider non-ICT issues such as the ones listed below It will be the intent that these topics will be addressed in the training modules

bull Ensuring high levels of good content from the first contact bull Linguistic and cultural barriers bull Use of copyright-protected material by teachers bull A rationale for the pedagogical value of using repositories What do they make

better What problem do they solve bull Should teachers provide their content and effort for no financial reward bull Lack of teachersrsquo time for projects bull Lack of money in schools for ICT

There are also technological issues that need to be taken into account in the training framework Although these issues apply more to ICT staff than subject teachers these topics will be briefly introduced in the training modules

bull Vast differences between repositories some providing a complete curriculum others basic content only

bull Lack of interoperability between systems (learning platforms) used in schools Training can focus on this practical problem by introducing the use of web-based material that is playable in a standard browser

bull The need for different metadata profiles Protocols for online exchange and vocabularies in different repositories

The report concluded that the training framework should comprise three parts non-technical technical and pedagogical Non-technical aspects should focus on

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

13

bull Why teachers should share their educational content ndash training has to explain advantage of collaborative sharing of educational materials and also advantage of different social networks for educational purposes

bull Rules of protection of IPRs how teachers can use different web based context on the base of methods of IPR protection

bull Creative Commons Licence the rules advantages and restrictions Technical aspects should address IT staff and subject teachers separately For IT staff training should focus on

bull Interconnection of different repositories bull How to localise concrete learning resources

Teacher training on technical aspects should focus on

bull WWW and educational uses for teachers bull Strategies for searching information online bull Learning resources and Repositories bull Introduction to the concept of learning objects bull Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities bull Review amp demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources bull General Technological Information bull Role of metadata for access to educational information bull Difference between Metadata search and free text (Google style search) bull Explanation of different metadata profiles and differences among them bull Why to use thesaurus and vocabularies bull Geographical coverage of metadata and gazetteers bull Methods of searching and validation of information in repositories bull Searching for relevant information using metadata bull How to use thesaurus for search bull How to validate information on the base of different metadata profiles bull Cosmos concept bull OrganicEdunet concept bull NaturNet URM concept bull Methods of publishing data bull General rules for data and metadata publishing bull Publishing using different metadata profile bull Using thesaurus for publishing bull Using geographical coverage bull Web 20 and popular social tools and applications bull What is Web 20 bull Popular social tools (eg Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom bull Wikipedia bull GeoGame

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

14

Subject teachers should also crucially receive training in the educational application of ICT covering web 20 and use scenarios for science-related repositories

bull Advantages and risks of Web 20 in education bull Integrating the wiki concept into education bull How to use selected Cosmos scenarios in education bull How to use OrganicEdunet scenarios in education bull Scenarios based on Naturnet URM for usage of geographical information in

education bull Scenarios for GeoGame in education

European state of the art perspective D12 European state of the art analysed the levels of equipment in schools and teachersrsquo attitudes towards ICT (lsquoe-readinessrsquo) The report included recommendations on training on a country by country basis For Austria

bull Training should include case studies and examples of peers using ICT effectively (to increase teacher motivation)

bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training (because equipment levels vary between schools)

bull German language training and content is preferable but many teachers are competent in English

For the Czech Republic bull Participating schools should be carefully selected and prepared (because the

schools will have to support themselves in the absence of central government support)

bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training bull Ensure that the schools have the financial means to provide the required

conditions and activities (because funding is relatively low) bull Czech language training and content is preferable and many teachers are not

competent in English and will not use English language resources in class bull In Germany bull Training should include case studies and examples of peers using ICT effectively

(because of low motivation and skepticism about ICT) bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training

(because some schools have low levels of equipment and connectivity) bull German language training and content is preferable but many teachers are

competent in English In Greece

bull More thorough training may be needed than in other countries bull Access competence and motivation may be low bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

15

bull Teachers will naturally use Greek-language resources and networks although some are competent in English

In Sweden bull Training should ensure that it takes into account existing competences and

practices and not start from basics (because teachers tend to have high levels of ICT competence)

bull Teachers will tend to use Swedish-language resources and networks although English is widespread and schools are open to English language resources

Overall therefore training should have the following characteristics

bull Be flexible allowing for different levels of ICT competence of teachers bull Be in the home language with resources in the home language exposing teachers

to resources from other countries that lsquotravel wellrsquo eg with little text or in English

bull Recognise different levels of hardware provision in schools bull Include case studies of classroom use that relate to the situation of teachers

undertaking the training Designing the framework to meet user needs

bull Given the needs outlined above project partners designed a framework comprising self-contained modules of three types

bull Teaching and learning bull ICT in teaching and learning bull Technical training

The modules are in English in the first part of the pilot from which feedback from teachers will be gathered and fed into modules At the later stage the translations and localisations (eg links in a module point to Greek content for Greek teachers) are taken into consideration The modules are self-contained for flexibility and offer individual learning paths to take into account different levels of ICT competence and experience with metadata and repositories Some modules assume little experience with ICT and provide a general practical introduction others build on previous knowledge In response to needs for training on specific applications and tools there are modules covering the most frequently mentioned products One or two modules aim to showcase good examples of practice to ensure that the pedagogical value of the training is to the forefront and to motivate teachers to apply their training in sustained and effective day to day practice The following table shows how the modules fit into the framework and the needs addressed Different ways to interconnect these modules are possible which will be highlighted in the digital version by using hyperlinks Eg Beginner teachers can choose to follow only modules for beginners or they can follow a more incremental way by first taking a module for beginners and then for intermediate learners in the same topic

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Train

16ing framework

Table 1 Training Framework x= directly applicable ~ = also applicable

Topic Area Topic Beginner Intermediate Expert Trainees Pedagogically focused

Generic

1 WWW and educational uses for teachers

x ~ Teachers x x

2 Strategies for searching information online

x ~ Teachers x Introduction

3 Introduction to the concept of learning objects

x ~ Teachers x

4 Introduction to sharing learning resources

x ~ Teachers x x

5 Introduction to learning repositories x ~ Teachers x

Learning resources and repositories

6 Review amp demonstration of popular repositories

x ~ Teachers x

7 Intro to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching educational metadata schemas

~ x Teachers x

Metadata

8 Intro to the tools for describing resources with metadata

~ x Teachers x

9 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies amp social tagging)

x ~ Teachers x

10 Web 20 tools in education ~ x Teachers x

Social web 11 Popular social tools (eg Flikr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom

x ~ x

12 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using learning resources in the classroom

x ~ Teachers x Hands-on sessions

13

Practical demonstration of learning resources and their classroom

x ~ x

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

17

use 14 Practical

demonstration of metadata descriptions

x ~ x

15 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp agroecology (use of OrganicEdunet)

x Teachers x

16 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS xlpora)

x Teachers x

17 Searching schools resources through the LRE portal

x ~ Teachers x

18 Supporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRE

~ x Teacher x

19 Intro to setting up a portfolio and connecting to the outside world

~ x Teachers ICT Staff x

20 Setting up a repository (eg using Confolio tool) in the schools server

x ICT Staff x Technical session (for ICT staff or teachers)

21 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example

x ICT Staff x

Training outcomes By the end of the training programme it is expected that teachersrsquo digital competence will have increased and 21 specific learning outcomes achieved ndash 18 aimed at subject teachers and three at IT support staff

1 Understand the educational benefits of the worldwide web 2 Be able to search effectively using the World Wide Web 3 Understand the concept of learning objects (Los) 4 Understand the concept of sharing resources 5 Be familiar with the concept of learning repositories and communities 6 Know how different learning repositories work and what they contain 7 Understand the concept of metadata 8 Be familiar with COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

18

9 Understand the concept of social metadata such as tags 10 Understand how Web 20 tools are used in education 11 Be familiar with popular Web 20 applications 12 Appreciate the benefits of using digital resources in the classroom 13 Grasp how LOs can be used in teaching and learning 14 Be able to add metadata to learning resources and upload them to a repository 15 Be able to use Organic Edunet 16 Be able to use COSMOS 17 Be familiar with searching school resources through the LRE portal 18 Be able to share resources through tags 19 a) Be familiar with Confolio as a teacher 17 b) Be familiar with e-portfolio 20 Be able to set up the Confolio system (ICT support) 21 Be familiar with the technical interconnection between Confolio and LRE (ICT

support)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

19

3 Training Modules

In this chapter all suggested Training Modules are introduced with the content skeleton each under the same headings details pedagogical objectives process evaluation follow up and links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

20

Introduction

31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Become familiar with the idea of using World Wide Web for educational means This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web and Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs)

Pedagogical objectives

This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web such as teachers using Web for administrative purposes in schools introduce the idea of Virtual learning environments (VLE) and content management systems (CMS) using Web to help teachers prepare their lessons using Web during the lesson (eg demonstrative purposes trill and practice exercises) information seeking on the web creating content as part of an educational task and taking part in school collaboration with educational means

Process

The module will include brief descriptions of different tools that area available for different educational tasks that teachers have (eg admin tasks preparation of lessons) and cover inspirational scenarios of educational networking projects and specific teachersrsquo experiences

Evaluation

Participants will be expected to understand that different educational tasks and goals have a different set of tools to be used The aim objectives and evaluation method of each tasks should be also discussed

Follow-up

The aim pedagogical objectives and evaluation method can be reviewed throughout the design of the resource as the following modules introduce new tools and aspects

Links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

21

Introduction to e-learning httpenwikipediaorgwikiElearning Educational software httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_software Educational technology httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_technologyEducational games httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_gameTeachers Internet Use Guide httpwwwrmcdenvercomuseguideindexhtm LMS and LCMS httpenwikipediaorgwikiLearning_management_systemMoodle httpenwikipediaorgwikiMoodleeTwinning httpwwwetwinningnet

32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Information-seeking and literacy skills are increasingly important for both student and teacher success (Haycock 1991) There is a lot of great material on the Web - primary sources specialized directories and databases statistical information educational sites on many levels policy opinion of all kinds and so much more The tools for finding it are steadily improving Currently searching techniques are developed to help the learners as well as teachers to find information in the World Wide Web Nevertheless the users can be confused with search results due to irrelevant information misinformation insufficient information etc

Pedagogical objectives

To search for project relevant information over the Internet using research engines and key words To discuss and assess the validity of relevant information To provide links to Subject Directories Information Gateways and Specialist Databases which relate specially to education will be given

Process

Berkeley is suggesting a very useful and generic word-based strategy (httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetAnalyseTopicFormpdf) Other strategies that are more specialised to education content will be suggested through educational content and organisations Searching can be performed accurately and efficiently by utilising metadata and education specific ontologies

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

22

Arrangement of the pieces of information on notice boards and attempts to interconnect them within a thematic approach to the project

Follow-up

Identify up to 3 methods portals directories which are the more user friendly and effective for searching information online

Links

httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetFindInfohtml Haycock CA (1991) Resource-based learning A shift n the roles of teacher learner NAASP Bulletin 75(535) 15ndash22

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

23

Learning resources and repositories

33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them

A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines

Pedagogical objectives

Aim of the module is

Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)

Process

The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals

Evaluation

Creating learning resources in object formats is seen as way to bring about increased flexibility customization ease of update searchability and manageability to rich stores

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

24

of content and learning resources that are available from publishers or that have been created by faculty members or teachers Participants are asked to discuss online or write a text about the advantages and disadvantages of the use of learning objects and metadata

Follow-up

During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm

Links

What are Learning Resources and Learning Assets httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmlr_and_la What are Learning Objects httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmwhat_lo Composing free and open online educational resources httpenwikiversityorgwikiComposing_free_and_open_online_educational_resourcesWeek_1_-_March_3rd_Introduction Introduction to learning objects by the New Media Consortium (NMC) httparchivenmcorgprojectsloel_loshtml Unesco Open Educational Resources toolkit httpoerwikiiiep-unescoorgindexphptitle=UNESCO_OER_Toolkit Reigeluth C M amp Nelson L M (1997) A new paradigm of ISD In R M Branch amp B B Minor Educational media and technology yearbook Vol 22 (pp 24plusmn35) Englewood CO Libraries Unlimited Incorporated

34 Introduction to sharing learning resources Main responsible partner (EUN)

3121 Details

This module will provide a description and rational on why teachers are encouraged to share learning resources The module also introduces the basics of Creative Commons as an underlying mechanism that allows sharing and makes it easy to understand

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

25

3122 Pedagogical objectives

To understand the basic regarding the concept of sharing To understand provisions of copyright in education including Intellectual Property Rights an example of Creative Commons licensing is given To have an overview of repositories where teachers share resources To appreciate the features of resources that lsquoshare wellrsquo To discuss issues related to sharing learning resources eg remuneration for teachers

3123 Process

The module first introduces the idea of social media through a simple video The idea of social media is also applicable for learning resources Furthermore the concepts of Creative Commons are introduced with a glimpse to learning resource repositories that explicitly use such licensing scheme (eg LeMill LRE OERCommons)

3124 Evaluation

Teachers are introduced a self-evaluation of the understanding of Creative Commons

3125 Follow-up

Teachers are asked to search on different repositories for resources that they can share with their colleagues They are asked to use deliciouscom (related to module 39) to make a collection of resources that they can share and reuse under one of the Creative Commons licensing scheme

3126 Links

Social media in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewf810c5b5-b8dc-4946-a58f-5f7ce7ce4d44 Link to the cartoons about Creative Commons httpwikicreativecommonsorgSharing_Creative_WorkshttpwikicreativecommonsorgHowitworks_Comic1 Link to the LRE material on Creative Commons httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportworking_legally_under_cchtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

26

35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Learning object repositories are believed to increase the value of learning resources by providing opportunities for reuse repurposing or reengineering to suit a variety of purposes and end-user needs Learning object repositories are usually provided to support a teaching and learning community (broadly defined as a group of stakeholders) Through social networking and computer-mediated communication people work as a community to achieve a shared learning objective It is often practiced that a particular community of users coalesce around the learning object repository and engage creating and reusing objects The repositories that hold the learning objects have well researched user interfaces and architectures that make them easy to use and permits various levels of interactivity including search submissions commentsreviews and creating personal collections Communication tools allow interaction between community members by enabling the sharing of ideas in a variety of forms text audio and video By using asynchronous communication tools such as e-mail threaded discussions and bulletin boards participants can readily exchange ideas independent of time and place

Pedagogical objectives

Location of suitable learning objects with reference to specific educational objectives through learning object repositories Introduction of different types of repositories some of which provide a complete curriculum others basic content only introduction to learning objects such MERLOT that has a big user community Here the focus is to show the benefits of such a community details will be given to show the discipline-based review system evaluation based on educational criteria and lesson plans and hints Also this module will discuss implementation issues when adapting learning objects to own educational needs in relation to possible linguistic and cultural barriers on using learning resources from repositories that originate from a country other than that of a user

Process

After a general introduction to repositories and issues each participant should identify a hypothetical scenario of implementation Identifying learning objects and repositories as well as relevant communities is required

Evaluation

In many cases repositories may be set up with the expectation or hope that a particular community of users will coalesce around it out of that broader community of

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

27

stakeholders Participants are asked to discuss how such a community may be encouraged supported and developed

Links

MERLOT especially highlighting the different subject-based communities and how they work httpwwwmerlotorgmerlotcommunitieshtmjsessionid=8296fb4b30d6881c3a2edf274fca9c38d6a45371ec4ae34Oa30TaN4Ke34Rax0Qa3uObxj0

36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

This module gives a more hands-on and demonstrational review on the learning resource repositories in Europe and beyond that have been introduced in D12 ldquoState of the art reportrdquo

Pedagogical objectives

Becoming familiar with learning repositories where participants can identify educational resources Review various interfaces and modes for searching accessing and downloading resources

Process

The following are some of the learning object repositories that will be reviewed LeMill A web community of over 6000 teachers and other learning content creators Free aces provides tools for finding authoring and sharing learning resources httplemillnet Connexion a place to view and share educational material made of small knowledge chunks called modules that can be organized as courses books reports etc httpcnxorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

28

Filamentality A fill-in-the-blank interactive Web site that guides you through picking a topic searching the Web gathering good Internet sites and turning Web resources into learning activities httpwwwknpacbellcomwiredfil Gateway to Educational Materials (GEM) Project The key to one-stop any-stop access to high quality lesson plans curriculum units and other education resources on the Internet Searchable by keyword and educational level httpwwwthegatewayorg MERLOT MERLOT is a free and open resource designed primarily for faculty and students in higher education With a continually growing collection of online learning materials assignments and reviews MERLOT helps faculty enhance instruction httpwwwmerlotorg OpenCourseWare (MIT) MIT OCW has begun publishing online course materials that are available free of charge They are aiming to have all of MITs course materials available over the web in a single searchable structure Currently the course materials are listed by course and are not searchable httpocwmiteduindexhtml CAREO Campus Alberta Repository of Educational Objects (CAREO) Comprised of 5000 multidisciplinary teaching materials the database is searchable and the collection is webbased This Canadian project has been recognized as a leader in the LOR initiative httpwwwcareoorg Federal Government Resources for Educational Excellence (FREE) This contains numerous educational resources which include teaching ideas instructional activities photographs maps audio files digitized paintings lesson plans httpwwwedgovfree The Digital Library for Earth System Education (DLESE) httpwwwdleseorg DLESE offers easy access to high quality educational resources about the Earth system The library is governed and developed by a broad community of Earth science educators and serves the needs of K-16 learners in both formal and informal venues LRE there will be separate modules part of the framework to focus on LRE

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

29

The participants will define similarities and differences between the reviewed repositories They should also name 3 top rated repositories according to named criteria

Follow-up

The evaluation comments should be revisited after the completion of the module series

Links

The state of the art report D12 NMC Learning Object Repositories httparchivenmcorgprojectsindexshtml Community Dimensions of Learning Object Repositories (CD-LOR) project website httpwwwacademygcalacukcd-lorindexhtml

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

30

Metadata

37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching Main responsible partner (EA)

371 Details

In this learning module the trainees will get acquainted with the concept of metadata An important factor in order to make search and retrieval of educational content more efficient is the quality and quantity of educational metadata associated with these resources In general the commonly accepted way to describe educational resources is the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Standard The module will include introduction to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching authoritative educational metadata schemas (DC-ed amp IEEE LOM) Useful examples of simple metadata will be provided so as to provide a smooth introduction to the concept of metadata Following this activity the concept of metadata in education will be elaborated and specific examples will be provided The trainees will be able to identify similarities between their everyday practice and educational metadata Finally after having explained the later the trainees will be provided with some examples of educational repositories where they will perform various searches using metadata fields In this way they will be able to get a very good idea on how metadata work and what are the possibilities that they offer

372 Pedagogical objectives

Introduction to the concept of metadata Enhancement of lessons with the use of specific examples Enhancement of teacher participation through the introduction of educational repositories where they will perform searches using metadata in practice

373 Process

First the teachers will be presented with the basic concepts of metadata and provided with relevant examples Following this they will then be asked to identify examples of common use of metadata in everyday life After becoming familiar with the basic concepts of metadata teachers will be presented with metadata used in education During this presentation the teachers will be provided with specific examples of educational metadata and will be asked to identify other cases of educational metadata Finally teacher participation will be facilitated at the end of the session with the use of example educational repositories where teachers will be able to perform their own searches through the available content

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

13

bull Why teachers should share their educational content ndash training has to explain advantage of collaborative sharing of educational materials and also advantage of different social networks for educational purposes

bull Rules of protection of IPRs how teachers can use different web based context on the base of methods of IPR protection

bull Creative Commons Licence the rules advantages and restrictions Technical aspects should address IT staff and subject teachers separately For IT staff training should focus on

bull Interconnection of different repositories bull How to localise concrete learning resources

Teacher training on technical aspects should focus on

bull WWW and educational uses for teachers bull Strategies for searching information online bull Learning resources and Repositories bull Introduction to the concept of learning objects bull Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities bull Review amp demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources bull General Technological Information bull Role of metadata for access to educational information bull Difference between Metadata search and free text (Google style search) bull Explanation of different metadata profiles and differences among them bull Why to use thesaurus and vocabularies bull Geographical coverage of metadata and gazetteers bull Methods of searching and validation of information in repositories bull Searching for relevant information using metadata bull How to use thesaurus for search bull How to validate information on the base of different metadata profiles bull Cosmos concept bull OrganicEdunet concept bull NaturNet URM concept bull Methods of publishing data bull General rules for data and metadata publishing bull Publishing using different metadata profile bull Using thesaurus for publishing bull Using geographical coverage bull Web 20 and popular social tools and applications bull What is Web 20 bull Popular social tools (eg Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom bull Wikipedia bull GeoGame

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

14

Subject teachers should also crucially receive training in the educational application of ICT covering web 20 and use scenarios for science-related repositories

bull Advantages and risks of Web 20 in education bull Integrating the wiki concept into education bull How to use selected Cosmos scenarios in education bull How to use OrganicEdunet scenarios in education bull Scenarios based on Naturnet URM for usage of geographical information in

education bull Scenarios for GeoGame in education

European state of the art perspective D12 European state of the art analysed the levels of equipment in schools and teachersrsquo attitudes towards ICT (lsquoe-readinessrsquo) The report included recommendations on training on a country by country basis For Austria

bull Training should include case studies and examples of peers using ICT effectively (to increase teacher motivation)

bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training (because equipment levels vary between schools)

bull German language training and content is preferable but many teachers are competent in English

For the Czech Republic bull Participating schools should be carefully selected and prepared (because the

schools will have to support themselves in the absence of central government support)

bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training bull Ensure that the schools have the financial means to provide the required

conditions and activities (because funding is relatively low) bull Czech language training and content is preferable and many teachers are not

competent in English and will not use English language resources in class bull In Germany bull Training should include case studies and examples of peers using ICT effectively

(because of low motivation and skepticism about ICT) bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training

(because some schools have low levels of equipment and connectivity) bull German language training and content is preferable but many teachers are

competent in English In Greece

bull More thorough training may be needed than in other countries bull Access competence and motivation may be low bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

15

bull Teachers will naturally use Greek-language resources and networks although some are competent in English

In Sweden bull Training should ensure that it takes into account existing competences and

practices and not start from basics (because teachers tend to have high levels of ICT competence)

bull Teachers will tend to use Swedish-language resources and networks although English is widespread and schools are open to English language resources

Overall therefore training should have the following characteristics

bull Be flexible allowing for different levels of ICT competence of teachers bull Be in the home language with resources in the home language exposing teachers

to resources from other countries that lsquotravel wellrsquo eg with little text or in English

bull Recognise different levels of hardware provision in schools bull Include case studies of classroom use that relate to the situation of teachers

undertaking the training Designing the framework to meet user needs

bull Given the needs outlined above project partners designed a framework comprising self-contained modules of three types

bull Teaching and learning bull ICT in teaching and learning bull Technical training

The modules are in English in the first part of the pilot from which feedback from teachers will be gathered and fed into modules At the later stage the translations and localisations (eg links in a module point to Greek content for Greek teachers) are taken into consideration The modules are self-contained for flexibility and offer individual learning paths to take into account different levels of ICT competence and experience with metadata and repositories Some modules assume little experience with ICT and provide a general practical introduction others build on previous knowledge In response to needs for training on specific applications and tools there are modules covering the most frequently mentioned products One or two modules aim to showcase good examples of practice to ensure that the pedagogical value of the training is to the forefront and to motivate teachers to apply their training in sustained and effective day to day practice The following table shows how the modules fit into the framework and the needs addressed Different ways to interconnect these modules are possible which will be highlighted in the digital version by using hyperlinks Eg Beginner teachers can choose to follow only modules for beginners or they can follow a more incremental way by first taking a module for beginners and then for intermediate learners in the same topic

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Train

16ing framework

Table 1 Training Framework x= directly applicable ~ = also applicable

Topic Area Topic Beginner Intermediate Expert Trainees Pedagogically focused

Generic

1 WWW and educational uses for teachers

x ~ Teachers x x

2 Strategies for searching information online

x ~ Teachers x Introduction

3 Introduction to the concept of learning objects

x ~ Teachers x

4 Introduction to sharing learning resources

x ~ Teachers x x

5 Introduction to learning repositories x ~ Teachers x

Learning resources and repositories

6 Review amp demonstration of popular repositories

x ~ Teachers x

7 Intro to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching educational metadata schemas

~ x Teachers x

Metadata

8 Intro to the tools for describing resources with metadata

~ x Teachers x

9 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies amp social tagging)

x ~ Teachers x

10 Web 20 tools in education ~ x Teachers x

Social web 11 Popular social tools (eg Flikr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom

x ~ x

12 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using learning resources in the classroom

x ~ Teachers x Hands-on sessions

13

Practical demonstration of learning resources and their classroom

x ~ x

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

17

use 14 Practical

demonstration of metadata descriptions

x ~ x

15 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp agroecology (use of OrganicEdunet)

x Teachers x

16 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS xlpora)

x Teachers x

17 Searching schools resources through the LRE portal

x ~ Teachers x

18 Supporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRE

~ x Teacher x

19 Intro to setting up a portfolio and connecting to the outside world

~ x Teachers ICT Staff x

20 Setting up a repository (eg using Confolio tool) in the schools server

x ICT Staff x Technical session (for ICT staff or teachers)

21 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example

x ICT Staff x

Training outcomes By the end of the training programme it is expected that teachersrsquo digital competence will have increased and 21 specific learning outcomes achieved ndash 18 aimed at subject teachers and three at IT support staff

1 Understand the educational benefits of the worldwide web 2 Be able to search effectively using the World Wide Web 3 Understand the concept of learning objects (Los) 4 Understand the concept of sharing resources 5 Be familiar with the concept of learning repositories and communities 6 Know how different learning repositories work and what they contain 7 Understand the concept of metadata 8 Be familiar with COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

18

9 Understand the concept of social metadata such as tags 10 Understand how Web 20 tools are used in education 11 Be familiar with popular Web 20 applications 12 Appreciate the benefits of using digital resources in the classroom 13 Grasp how LOs can be used in teaching and learning 14 Be able to add metadata to learning resources and upload them to a repository 15 Be able to use Organic Edunet 16 Be able to use COSMOS 17 Be familiar with searching school resources through the LRE portal 18 Be able to share resources through tags 19 a) Be familiar with Confolio as a teacher 17 b) Be familiar with e-portfolio 20 Be able to set up the Confolio system (ICT support) 21 Be familiar with the technical interconnection between Confolio and LRE (ICT

support)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

19

3 Training Modules

In this chapter all suggested Training Modules are introduced with the content skeleton each under the same headings details pedagogical objectives process evaluation follow up and links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

20

Introduction

31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Become familiar with the idea of using World Wide Web for educational means This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web and Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs)

Pedagogical objectives

This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web such as teachers using Web for administrative purposes in schools introduce the idea of Virtual learning environments (VLE) and content management systems (CMS) using Web to help teachers prepare their lessons using Web during the lesson (eg demonstrative purposes trill and practice exercises) information seeking on the web creating content as part of an educational task and taking part in school collaboration with educational means

Process

The module will include brief descriptions of different tools that area available for different educational tasks that teachers have (eg admin tasks preparation of lessons) and cover inspirational scenarios of educational networking projects and specific teachersrsquo experiences

Evaluation

Participants will be expected to understand that different educational tasks and goals have a different set of tools to be used The aim objectives and evaluation method of each tasks should be also discussed

Follow-up

The aim pedagogical objectives and evaluation method can be reviewed throughout the design of the resource as the following modules introduce new tools and aspects

Links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

21

Introduction to e-learning httpenwikipediaorgwikiElearning Educational software httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_software Educational technology httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_technologyEducational games httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_gameTeachers Internet Use Guide httpwwwrmcdenvercomuseguideindexhtm LMS and LCMS httpenwikipediaorgwikiLearning_management_systemMoodle httpenwikipediaorgwikiMoodleeTwinning httpwwwetwinningnet

32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Information-seeking and literacy skills are increasingly important for both student and teacher success (Haycock 1991) There is a lot of great material on the Web - primary sources specialized directories and databases statistical information educational sites on many levels policy opinion of all kinds and so much more The tools for finding it are steadily improving Currently searching techniques are developed to help the learners as well as teachers to find information in the World Wide Web Nevertheless the users can be confused with search results due to irrelevant information misinformation insufficient information etc

Pedagogical objectives

To search for project relevant information over the Internet using research engines and key words To discuss and assess the validity of relevant information To provide links to Subject Directories Information Gateways and Specialist Databases which relate specially to education will be given

Process

Berkeley is suggesting a very useful and generic word-based strategy (httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetAnalyseTopicFormpdf) Other strategies that are more specialised to education content will be suggested through educational content and organisations Searching can be performed accurately and efficiently by utilising metadata and education specific ontologies

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

22

Arrangement of the pieces of information on notice boards and attempts to interconnect them within a thematic approach to the project

Follow-up

Identify up to 3 methods portals directories which are the more user friendly and effective for searching information online

Links

httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetFindInfohtml Haycock CA (1991) Resource-based learning A shift n the roles of teacher learner NAASP Bulletin 75(535) 15ndash22

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

23

Learning resources and repositories

33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them

A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines

Pedagogical objectives

Aim of the module is

Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)

Process

The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals

Evaluation

Creating learning resources in object formats is seen as way to bring about increased flexibility customization ease of update searchability and manageability to rich stores

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

24

of content and learning resources that are available from publishers or that have been created by faculty members or teachers Participants are asked to discuss online or write a text about the advantages and disadvantages of the use of learning objects and metadata

Follow-up

During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm

Links

What are Learning Resources and Learning Assets httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmlr_and_la What are Learning Objects httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmwhat_lo Composing free and open online educational resources httpenwikiversityorgwikiComposing_free_and_open_online_educational_resourcesWeek_1_-_March_3rd_Introduction Introduction to learning objects by the New Media Consortium (NMC) httparchivenmcorgprojectsloel_loshtml Unesco Open Educational Resources toolkit httpoerwikiiiep-unescoorgindexphptitle=UNESCO_OER_Toolkit Reigeluth C M amp Nelson L M (1997) A new paradigm of ISD In R M Branch amp B B Minor Educational media and technology yearbook Vol 22 (pp 24plusmn35) Englewood CO Libraries Unlimited Incorporated

34 Introduction to sharing learning resources Main responsible partner (EUN)

3121 Details

This module will provide a description and rational on why teachers are encouraged to share learning resources The module also introduces the basics of Creative Commons as an underlying mechanism that allows sharing and makes it easy to understand

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

25

3122 Pedagogical objectives

To understand the basic regarding the concept of sharing To understand provisions of copyright in education including Intellectual Property Rights an example of Creative Commons licensing is given To have an overview of repositories where teachers share resources To appreciate the features of resources that lsquoshare wellrsquo To discuss issues related to sharing learning resources eg remuneration for teachers

3123 Process

The module first introduces the idea of social media through a simple video The idea of social media is also applicable for learning resources Furthermore the concepts of Creative Commons are introduced with a glimpse to learning resource repositories that explicitly use such licensing scheme (eg LeMill LRE OERCommons)

3124 Evaluation

Teachers are introduced a self-evaluation of the understanding of Creative Commons

3125 Follow-up

Teachers are asked to search on different repositories for resources that they can share with their colleagues They are asked to use deliciouscom (related to module 39) to make a collection of resources that they can share and reuse under one of the Creative Commons licensing scheme

3126 Links

Social media in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewf810c5b5-b8dc-4946-a58f-5f7ce7ce4d44 Link to the cartoons about Creative Commons httpwikicreativecommonsorgSharing_Creative_WorkshttpwikicreativecommonsorgHowitworks_Comic1 Link to the LRE material on Creative Commons httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportworking_legally_under_cchtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

26

35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Learning object repositories are believed to increase the value of learning resources by providing opportunities for reuse repurposing or reengineering to suit a variety of purposes and end-user needs Learning object repositories are usually provided to support a teaching and learning community (broadly defined as a group of stakeholders) Through social networking and computer-mediated communication people work as a community to achieve a shared learning objective It is often practiced that a particular community of users coalesce around the learning object repository and engage creating and reusing objects The repositories that hold the learning objects have well researched user interfaces and architectures that make them easy to use and permits various levels of interactivity including search submissions commentsreviews and creating personal collections Communication tools allow interaction between community members by enabling the sharing of ideas in a variety of forms text audio and video By using asynchronous communication tools such as e-mail threaded discussions and bulletin boards participants can readily exchange ideas independent of time and place

Pedagogical objectives

Location of suitable learning objects with reference to specific educational objectives through learning object repositories Introduction of different types of repositories some of which provide a complete curriculum others basic content only introduction to learning objects such MERLOT that has a big user community Here the focus is to show the benefits of such a community details will be given to show the discipline-based review system evaluation based on educational criteria and lesson plans and hints Also this module will discuss implementation issues when adapting learning objects to own educational needs in relation to possible linguistic and cultural barriers on using learning resources from repositories that originate from a country other than that of a user

Process

After a general introduction to repositories and issues each participant should identify a hypothetical scenario of implementation Identifying learning objects and repositories as well as relevant communities is required

Evaluation

In many cases repositories may be set up with the expectation or hope that a particular community of users will coalesce around it out of that broader community of

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

27

stakeholders Participants are asked to discuss how such a community may be encouraged supported and developed

Links

MERLOT especially highlighting the different subject-based communities and how they work httpwwwmerlotorgmerlotcommunitieshtmjsessionid=8296fb4b30d6881c3a2edf274fca9c38d6a45371ec4ae34Oa30TaN4Ke34Rax0Qa3uObxj0

36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

This module gives a more hands-on and demonstrational review on the learning resource repositories in Europe and beyond that have been introduced in D12 ldquoState of the art reportrdquo

Pedagogical objectives

Becoming familiar with learning repositories where participants can identify educational resources Review various interfaces and modes for searching accessing and downloading resources

Process

The following are some of the learning object repositories that will be reviewed LeMill A web community of over 6000 teachers and other learning content creators Free aces provides tools for finding authoring and sharing learning resources httplemillnet Connexion a place to view and share educational material made of small knowledge chunks called modules that can be organized as courses books reports etc httpcnxorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

28

Filamentality A fill-in-the-blank interactive Web site that guides you through picking a topic searching the Web gathering good Internet sites and turning Web resources into learning activities httpwwwknpacbellcomwiredfil Gateway to Educational Materials (GEM) Project The key to one-stop any-stop access to high quality lesson plans curriculum units and other education resources on the Internet Searchable by keyword and educational level httpwwwthegatewayorg MERLOT MERLOT is a free and open resource designed primarily for faculty and students in higher education With a continually growing collection of online learning materials assignments and reviews MERLOT helps faculty enhance instruction httpwwwmerlotorg OpenCourseWare (MIT) MIT OCW has begun publishing online course materials that are available free of charge They are aiming to have all of MITs course materials available over the web in a single searchable structure Currently the course materials are listed by course and are not searchable httpocwmiteduindexhtml CAREO Campus Alberta Repository of Educational Objects (CAREO) Comprised of 5000 multidisciplinary teaching materials the database is searchable and the collection is webbased This Canadian project has been recognized as a leader in the LOR initiative httpwwwcareoorg Federal Government Resources for Educational Excellence (FREE) This contains numerous educational resources which include teaching ideas instructional activities photographs maps audio files digitized paintings lesson plans httpwwwedgovfree The Digital Library for Earth System Education (DLESE) httpwwwdleseorg DLESE offers easy access to high quality educational resources about the Earth system The library is governed and developed by a broad community of Earth science educators and serves the needs of K-16 learners in both formal and informal venues LRE there will be separate modules part of the framework to focus on LRE

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

29

The participants will define similarities and differences between the reviewed repositories They should also name 3 top rated repositories according to named criteria

Follow-up

The evaluation comments should be revisited after the completion of the module series

Links

The state of the art report D12 NMC Learning Object Repositories httparchivenmcorgprojectsindexshtml Community Dimensions of Learning Object Repositories (CD-LOR) project website httpwwwacademygcalacukcd-lorindexhtml

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

30

Metadata

37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching Main responsible partner (EA)

371 Details

In this learning module the trainees will get acquainted with the concept of metadata An important factor in order to make search and retrieval of educational content more efficient is the quality and quantity of educational metadata associated with these resources In general the commonly accepted way to describe educational resources is the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Standard The module will include introduction to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching authoritative educational metadata schemas (DC-ed amp IEEE LOM) Useful examples of simple metadata will be provided so as to provide a smooth introduction to the concept of metadata Following this activity the concept of metadata in education will be elaborated and specific examples will be provided The trainees will be able to identify similarities between their everyday practice and educational metadata Finally after having explained the later the trainees will be provided with some examples of educational repositories where they will perform various searches using metadata fields In this way they will be able to get a very good idea on how metadata work and what are the possibilities that they offer

372 Pedagogical objectives

Introduction to the concept of metadata Enhancement of lessons with the use of specific examples Enhancement of teacher participation through the introduction of educational repositories where they will perform searches using metadata in practice

373 Process

First the teachers will be presented with the basic concepts of metadata and provided with relevant examples Following this they will then be asked to identify examples of common use of metadata in everyday life After becoming familiar with the basic concepts of metadata teachers will be presented with metadata used in education During this presentation the teachers will be provided with specific examples of educational metadata and will be asked to identify other cases of educational metadata Finally teacher participation will be facilitated at the end of the session with the use of example educational repositories where teachers will be able to perform their own searches through the available content

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

14

Subject teachers should also crucially receive training in the educational application of ICT covering web 20 and use scenarios for science-related repositories

bull Advantages and risks of Web 20 in education bull Integrating the wiki concept into education bull How to use selected Cosmos scenarios in education bull How to use OrganicEdunet scenarios in education bull Scenarios based on Naturnet URM for usage of geographical information in

education bull Scenarios for GeoGame in education

European state of the art perspective D12 European state of the art analysed the levels of equipment in schools and teachersrsquo attitudes towards ICT (lsquoe-readinessrsquo) The report included recommendations on training on a country by country basis For Austria

bull Training should include case studies and examples of peers using ICT effectively (to increase teacher motivation)

bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training (because equipment levels vary between schools)

bull German language training and content is preferable but many teachers are competent in English

For the Czech Republic bull Participating schools should be carefully selected and prepared (because the

schools will have to support themselves in the absence of central government support)

bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training bull Ensure that the schools have the financial means to provide the required

conditions and activities (because funding is relatively low) bull Czech language training and content is preferable and many teachers are not

competent in English and will not use English language resources in class bull In Germany bull Training should include case studies and examples of peers using ICT effectively

(because of low motivation and skepticism about ICT) bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training

(because some schools have low levels of equipment and connectivity) bull German language training and content is preferable but many teachers are

competent in English In Greece

bull More thorough training may be needed than in other countries bull Access competence and motivation may be low bull Ensure that schools have the access pre-conditions before embarking on training

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

15

bull Teachers will naturally use Greek-language resources and networks although some are competent in English

In Sweden bull Training should ensure that it takes into account existing competences and

practices and not start from basics (because teachers tend to have high levels of ICT competence)

bull Teachers will tend to use Swedish-language resources and networks although English is widespread and schools are open to English language resources

Overall therefore training should have the following characteristics

bull Be flexible allowing for different levels of ICT competence of teachers bull Be in the home language with resources in the home language exposing teachers

to resources from other countries that lsquotravel wellrsquo eg with little text or in English

bull Recognise different levels of hardware provision in schools bull Include case studies of classroom use that relate to the situation of teachers

undertaking the training Designing the framework to meet user needs

bull Given the needs outlined above project partners designed a framework comprising self-contained modules of three types

bull Teaching and learning bull ICT in teaching and learning bull Technical training

The modules are in English in the first part of the pilot from which feedback from teachers will be gathered and fed into modules At the later stage the translations and localisations (eg links in a module point to Greek content for Greek teachers) are taken into consideration The modules are self-contained for flexibility and offer individual learning paths to take into account different levels of ICT competence and experience with metadata and repositories Some modules assume little experience with ICT and provide a general practical introduction others build on previous knowledge In response to needs for training on specific applications and tools there are modules covering the most frequently mentioned products One or two modules aim to showcase good examples of practice to ensure that the pedagogical value of the training is to the forefront and to motivate teachers to apply their training in sustained and effective day to day practice The following table shows how the modules fit into the framework and the needs addressed Different ways to interconnect these modules are possible which will be highlighted in the digital version by using hyperlinks Eg Beginner teachers can choose to follow only modules for beginners or they can follow a more incremental way by first taking a module for beginners and then for intermediate learners in the same topic

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Train

16ing framework

Table 1 Training Framework x= directly applicable ~ = also applicable

Topic Area Topic Beginner Intermediate Expert Trainees Pedagogically focused

Generic

1 WWW and educational uses for teachers

x ~ Teachers x x

2 Strategies for searching information online

x ~ Teachers x Introduction

3 Introduction to the concept of learning objects

x ~ Teachers x

4 Introduction to sharing learning resources

x ~ Teachers x x

5 Introduction to learning repositories x ~ Teachers x

Learning resources and repositories

6 Review amp demonstration of popular repositories

x ~ Teachers x

7 Intro to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching educational metadata schemas

~ x Teachers x

Metadata

8 Intro to the tools for describing resources with metadata

~ x Teachers x

9 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies amp social tagging)

x ~ Teachers x

10 Web 20 tools in education ~ x Teachers x

Social web 11 Popular social tools (eg Flikr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom

x ~ x

12 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using learning resources in the classroom

x ~ Teachers x Hands-on sessions

13

Practical demonstration of learning resources and their classroom

x ~ x

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

17

use 14 Practical

demonstration of metadata descriptions

x ~ x

15 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp agroecology (use of OrganicEdunet)

x Teachers x

16 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS xlpora)

x Teachers x

17 Searching schools resources through the LRE portal

x ~ Teachers x

18 Supporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRE

~ x Teacher x

19 Intro to setting up a portfolio and connecting to the outside world

~ x Teachers ICT Staff x

20 Setting up a repository (eg using Confolio tool) in the schools server

x ICT Staff x Technical session (for ICT staff or teachers)

21 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example

x ICT Staff x

Training outcomes By the end of the training programme it is expected that teachersrsquo digital competence will have increased and 21 specific learning outcomes achieved ndash 18 aimed at subject teachers and three at IT support staff

1 Understand the educational benefits of the worldwide web 2 Be able to search effectively using the World Wide Web 3 Understand the concept of learning objects (Los) 4 Understand the concept of sharing resources 5 Be familiar with the concept of learning repositories and communities 6 Know how different learning repositories work and what they contain 7 Understand the concept of metadata 8 Be familiar with COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

18

9 Understand the concept of social metadata such as tags 10 Understand how Web 20 tools are used in education 11 Be familiar with popular Web 20 applications 12 Appreciate the benefits of using digital resources in the classroom 13 Grasp how LOs can be used in teaching and learning 14 Be able to add metadata to learning resources and upload them to a repository 15 Be able to use Organic Edunet 16 Be able to use COSMOS 17 Be familiar with searching school resources through the LRE portal 18 Be able to share resources through tags 19 a) Be familiar with Confolio as a teacher 17 b) Be familiar with e-portfolio 20 Be able to set up the Confolio system (ICT support) 21 Be familiar with the technical interconnection between Confolio and LRE (ICT

support)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

19

3 Training Modules

In this chapter all suggested Training Modules are introduced with the content skeleton each under the same headings details pedagogical objectives process evaluation follow up and links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

20

Introduction

31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Become familiar with the idea of using World Wide Web for educational means This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web and Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs)

Pedagogical objectives

This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web such as teachers using Web for administrative purposes in schools introduce the idea of Virtual learning environments (VLE) and content management systems (CMS) using Web to help teachers prepare their lessons using Web during the lesson (eg demonstrative purposes trill and practice exercises) information seeking on the web creating content as part of an educational task and taking part in school collaboration with educational means

Process

The module will include brief descriptions of different tools that area available for different educational tasks that teachers have (eg admin tasks preparation of lessons) and cover inspirational scenarios of educational networking projects and specific teachersrsquo experiences

Evaluation

Participants will be expected to understand that different educational tasks and goals have a different set of tools to be used The aim objectives and evaluation method of each tasks should be also discussed

Follow-up

The aim pedagogical objectives and evaluation method can be reviewed throughout the design of the resource as the following modules introduce new tools and aspects

Links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

21

Introduction to e-learning httpenwikipediaorgwikiElearning Educational software httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_software Educational technology httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_technologyEducational games httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_gameTeachers Internet Use Guide httpwwwrmcdenvercomuseguideindexhtm LMS and LCMS httpenwikipediaorgwikiLearning_management_systemMoodle httpenwikipediaorgwikiMoodleeTwinning httpwwwetwinningnet

32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Information-seeking and literacy skills are increasingly important for both student and teacher success (Haycock 1991) There is a lot of great material on the Web - primary sources specialized directories and databases statistical information educational sites on many levels policy opinion of all kinds and so much more The tools for finding it are steadily improving Currently searching techniques are developed to help the learners as well as teachers to find information in the World Wide Web Nevertheless the users can be confused with search results due to irrelevant information misinformation insufficient information etc

Pedagogical objectives

To search for project relevant information over the Internet using research engines and key words To discuss and assess the validity of relevant information To provide links to Subject Directories Information Gateways and Specialist Databases which relate specially to education will be given

Process

Berkeley is suggesting a very useful and generic word-based strategy (httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetAnalyseTopicFormpdf) Other strategies that are more specialised to education content will be suggested through educational content and organisations Searching can be performed accurately and efficiently by utilising metadata and education specific ontologies

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

22

Arrangement of the pieces of information on notice boards and attempts to interconnect them within a thematic approach to the project

Follow-up

Identify up to 3 methods portals directories which are the more user friendly and effective for searching information online

Links

httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetFindInfohtml Haycock CA (1991) Resource-based learning A shift n the roles of teacher learner NAASP Bulletin 75(535) 15ndash22

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

23

Learning resources and repositories

33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them

A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines

Pedagogical objectives

Aim of the module is

Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)

Process

The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals

Evaluation

Creating learning resources in object formats is seen as way to bring about increased flexibility customization ease of update searchability and manageability to rich stores

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

24

of content and learning resources that are available from publishers or that have been created by faculty members or teachers Participants are asked to discuss online or write a text about the advantages and disadvantages of the use of learning objects and metadata

Follow-up

During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm

Links

What are Learning Resources and Learning Assets httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmlr_and_la What are Learning Objects httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmwhat_lo Composing free and open online educational resources httpenwikiversityorgwikiComposing_free_and_open_online_educational_resourcesWeek_1_-_March_3rd_Introduction Introduction to learning objects by the New Media Consortium (NMC) httparchivenmcorgprojectsloel_loshtml Unesco Open Educational Resources toolkit httpoerwikiiiep-unescoorgindexphptitle=UNESCO_OER_Toolkit Reigeluth C M amp Nelson L M (1997) A new paradigm of ISD In R M Branch amp B B Minor Educational media and technology yearbook Vol 22 (pp 24plusmn35) Englewood CO Libraries Unlimited Incorporated

34 Introduction to sharing learning resources Main responsible partner (EUN)

3121 Details

This module will provide a description and rational on why teachers are encouraged to share learning resources The module also introduces the basics of Creative Commons as an underlying mechanism that allows sharing and makes it easy to understand

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

25

3122 Pedagogical objectives

To understand the basic regarding the concept of sharing To understand provisions of copyright in education including Intellectual Property Rights an example of Creative Commons licensing is given To have an overview of repositories where teachers share resources To appreciate the features of resources that lsquoshare wellrsquo To discuss issues related to sharing learning resources eg remuneration for teachers

3123 Process

The module first introduces the idea of social media through a simple video The idea of social media is also applicable for learning resources Furthermore the concepts of Creative Commons are introduced with a glimpse to learning resource repositories that explicitly use such licensing scheme (eg LeMill LRE OERCommons)

3124 Evaluation

Teachers are introduced a self-evaluation of the understanding of Creative Commons

3125 Follow-up

Teachers are asked to search on different repositories for resources that they can share with their colleagues They are asked to use deliciouscom (related to module 39) to make a collection of resources that they can share and reuse under one of the Creative Commons licensing scheme

3126 Links

Social media in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewf810c5b5-b8dc-4946-a58f-5f7ce7ce4d44 Link to the cartoons about Creative Commons httpwikicreativecommonsorgSharing_Creative_WorkshttpwikicreativecommonsorgHowitworks_Comic1 Link to the LRE material on Creative Commons httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportworking_legally_under_cchtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

26

35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Learning object repositories are believed to increase the value of learning resources by providing opportunities for reuse repurposing or reengineering to suit a variety of purposes and end-user needs Learning object repositories are usually provided to support a teaching and learning community (broadly defined as a group of stakeholders) Through social networking and computer-mediated communication people work as a community to achieve a shared learning objective It is often practiced that a particular community of users coalesce around the learning object repository and engage creating and reusing objects The repositories that hold the learning objects have well researched user interfaces and architectures that make them easy to use and permits various levels of interactivity including search submissions commentsreviews and creating personal collections Communication tools allow interaction between community members by enabling the sharing of ideas in a variety of forms text audio and video By using asynchronous communication tools such as e-mail threaded discussions and bulletin boards participants can readily exchange ideas independent of time and place

Pedagogical objectives

Location of suitable learning objects with reference to specific educational objectives through learning object repositories Introduction of different types of repositories some of which provide a complete curriculum others basic content only introduction to learning objects such MERLOT that has a big user community Here the focus is to show the benefits of such a community details will be given to show the discipline-based review system evaluation based on educational criteria and lesson plans and hints Also this module will discuss implementation issues when adapting learning objects to own educational needs in relation to possible linguistic and cultural barriers on using learning resources from repositories that originate from a country other than that of a user

Process

After a general introduction to repositories and issues each participant should identify a hypothetical scenario of implementation Identifying learning objects and repositories as well as relevant communities is required

Evaluation

In many cases repositories may be set up with the expectation or hope that a particular community of users will coalesce around it out of that broader community of

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

27

stakeholders Participants are asked to discuss how such a community may be encouraged supported and developed

Links

MERLOT especially highlighting the different subject-based communities and how they work httpwwwmerlotorgmerlotcommunitieshtmjsessionid=8296fb4b30d6881c3a2edf274fca9c38d6a45371ec4ae34Oa30TaN4Ke34Rax0Qa3uObxj0

36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

This module gives a more hands-on and demonstrational review on the learning resource repositories in Europe and beyond that have been introduced in D12 ldquoState of the art reportrdquo

Pedagogical objectives

Becoming familiar with learning repositories where participants can identify educational resources Review various interfaces and modes for searching accessing and downloading resources

Process

The following are some of the learning object repositories that will be reviewed LeMill A web community of over 6000 teachers and other learning content creators Free aces provides tools for finding authoring and sharing learning resources httplemillnet Connexion a place to view and share educational material made of small knowledge chunks called modules that can be organized as courses books reports etc httpcnxorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

28

Filamentality A fill-in-the-blank interactive Web site that guides you through picking a topic searching the Web gathering good Internet sites and turning Web resources into learning activities httpwwwknpacbellcomwiredfil Gateway to Educational Materials (GEM) Project The key to one-stop any-stop access to high quality lesson plans curriculum units and other education resources on the Internet Searchable by keyword and educational level httpwwwthegatewayorg MERLOT MERLOT is a free and open resource designed primarily for faculty and students in higher education With a continually growing collection of online learning materials assignments and reviews MERLOT helps faculty enhance instruction httpwwwmerlotorg OpenCourseWare (MIT) MIT OCW has begun publishing online course materials that are available free of charge They are aiming to have all of MITs course materials available over the web in a single searchable structure Currently the course materials are listed by course and are not searchable httpocwmiteduindexhtml CAREO Campus Alberta Repository of Educational Objects (CAREO) Comprised of 5000 multidisciplinary teaching materials the database is searchable and the collection is webbased This Canadian project has been recognized as a leader in the LOR initiative httpwwwcareoorg Federal Government Resources for Educational Excellence (FREE) This contains numerous educational resources which include teaching ideas instructional activities photographs maps audio files digitized paintings lesson plans httpwwwedgovfree The Digital Library for Earth System Education (DLESE) httpwwwdleseorg DLESE offers easy access to high quality educational resources about the Earth system The library is governed and developed by a broad community of Earth science educators and serves the needs of K-16 learners in both formal and informal venues LRE there will be separate modules part of the framework to focus on LRE

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

29

The participants will define similarities and differences between the reviewed repositories They should also name 3 top rated repositories according to named criteria

Follow-up

The evaluation comments should be revisited after the completion of the module series

Links

The state of the art report D12 NMC Learning Object Repositories httparchivenmcorgprojectsindexshtml Community Dimensions of Learning Object Repositories (CD-LOR) project website httpwwwacademygcalacukcd-lorindexhtml

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

30

Metadata

37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching Main responsible partner (EA)

371 Details

In this learning module the trainees will get acquainted with the concept of metadata An important factor in order to make search and retrieval of educational content more efficient is the quality and quantity of educational metadata associated with these resources In general the commonly accepted way to describe educational resources is the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Standard The module will include introduction to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching authoritative educational metadata schemas (DC-ed amp IEEE LOM) Useful examples of simple metadata will be provided so as to provide a smooth introduction to the concept of metadata Following this activity the concept of metadata in education will be elaborated and specific examples will be provided The trainees will be able to identify similarities between their everyday practice and educational metadata Finally after having explained the later the trainees will be provided with some examples of educational repositories where they will perform various searches using metadata fields In this way they will be able to get a very good idea on how metadata work and what are the possibilities that they offer

372 Pedagogical objectives

Introduction to the concept of metadata Enhancement of lessons with the use of specific examples Enhancement of teacher participation through the introduction of educational repositories where they will perform searches using metadata in practice

373 Process

First the teachers will be presented with the basic concepts of metadata and provided with relevant examples Following this they will then be asked to identify examples of common use of metadata in everyday life After becoming familiar with the basic concepts of metadata teachers will be presented with metadata used in education During this presentation the teachers will be provided with specific examples of educational metadata and will be asked to identify other cases of educational metadata Finally teacher participation will be facilitated at the end of the session with the use of example educational repositories where teachers will be able to perform their own searches through the available content

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

15

bull Teachers will naturally use Greek-language resources and networks although some are competent in English

In Sweden bull Training should ensure that it takes into account existing competences and

practices and not start from basics (because teachers tend to have high levels of ICT competence)

bull Teachers will tend to use Swedish-language resources and networks although English is widespread and schools are open to English language resources

Overall therefore training should have the following characteristics

bull Be flexible allowing for different levels of ICT competence of teachers bull Be in the home language with resources in the home language exposing teachers

to resources from other countries that lsquotravel wellrsquo eg with little text or in English

bull Recognise different levels of hardware provision in schools bull Include case studies of classroom use that relate to the situation of teachers

undertaking the training Designing the framework to meet user needs

bull Given the needs outlined above project partners designed a framework comprising self-contained modules of three types

bull Teaching and learning bull ICT in teaching and learning bull Technical training

The modules are in English in the first part of the pilot from which feedback from teachers will be gathered and fed into modules At the later stage the translations and localisations (eg links in a module point to Greek content for Greek teachers) are taken into consideration The modules are self-contained for flexibility and offer individual learning paths to take into account different levels of ICT competence and experience with metadata and repositories Some modules assume little experience with ICT and provide a general practical introduction others build on previous knowledge In response to needs for training on specific applications and tools there are modules covering the most frequently mentioned products One or two modules aim to showcase good examples of practice to ensure that the pedagogical value of the training is to the forefront and to motivate teachers to apply their training in sustained and effective day to day practice The following table shows how the modules fit into the framework and the needs addressed Different ways to interconnect these modules are possible which will be highlighted in the digital version by using hyperlinks Eg Beginner teachers can choose to follow only modules for beginners or they can follow a more incremental way by first taking a module for beginners and then for intermediate learners in the same topic

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Train

16ing framework

Table 1 Training Framework x= directly applicable ~ = also applicable

Topic Area Topic Beginner Intermediate Expert Trainees Pedagogically focused

Generic

1 WWW and educational uses for teachers

x ~ Teachers x x

2 Strategies for searching information online

x ~ Teachers x Introduction

3 Introduction to the concept of learning objects

x ~ Teachers x

4 Introduction to sharing learning resources

x ~ Teachers x x

5 Introduction to learning repositories x ~ Teachers x

Learning resources and repositories

6 Review amp demonstration of popular repositories

x ~ Teachers x

7 Intro to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching educational metadata schemas

~ x Teachers x

Metadata

8 Intro to the tools for describing resources with metadata

~ x Teachers x

9 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies amp social tagging)

x ~ Teachers x

10 Web 20 tools in education ~ x Teachers x

Social web 11 Popular social tools (eg Flikr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom

x ~ x

12 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using learning resources in the classroom

x ~ Teachers x Hands-on sessions

13

Practical demonstration of learning resources and their classroom

x ~ x

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

17

use 14 Practical

demonstration of metadata descriptions

x ~ x

15 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp agroecology (use of OrganicEdunet)

x Teachers x

16 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS xlpora)

x Teachers x

17 Searching schools resources through the LRE portal

x ~ Teachers x

18 Supporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRE

~ x Teacher x

19 Intro to setting up a portfolio and connecting to the outside world

~ x Teachers ICT Staff x

20 Setting up a repository (eg using Confolio tool) in the schools server

x ICT Staff x Technical session (for ICT staff or teachers)

21 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example

x ICT Staff x

Training outcomes By the end of the training programme it is expected that teachersrsquo digital competence will have increased and 21 specific learning outcomes achieved ndash 18 aimed at subject teachers and three at IT support staff

1 Understand the educational benefits of the worldwide web 2 Be able to search effectively using the World Wide Web 3 Understand the concept of learning objects (Los) 4 Understand the concept of sharing resources 5 Be familiar with the concept of learning repositories and communities 6 Know how different learning repositories work and what they contain 7 Understand the concept of metadata 8 Be familiar with COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

18

9 Understand the concept of social metadata such as tags 10 Understand how Web 20 tools are used in education 11 Be familiar with popular Web 20 applications 12 Appreciate the benefits of using digital resources in the classroom 13 Grasp how LOs can be used in teaching and learning 14 Be able to add metadata to learning resources and upload them to a repository 15 Be able to use Organic Edunet 16 Be able to use COSMOS 17 Be familiar with searching school resources through the LRE portal 18 Be able to share resources through tags 19 a) Be familiar with Confolio as a teacher 17 b) Be familiar with e-portfolio 20 Be able to set up the Confolio system (ICT support) 21 Be familiar with the technical interconnection between Confolio and LRE (ICT

support)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

19

3 Training Modules

In this chapter all suggested Training Modules are introduced with the content skeleton each under the same headings details pedagogical objectives process evaluation follow up and links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

20

Introduction

31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Become familiar with the idea of using World Wide Web for educational means This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web and Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs)

Pedagogical objectives

This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web such as teachers using Web for administrative purposes in schools introduce the idea of Virtual learning environments (VLE) and content management systems (CMS) using Web to help teachers prepare their lessons using Web during the lesson (eg demonstrative purposes trill and practice exercises) information seeking on the web creating content as part of an educational task and taking part in school collaboration with educational means

Process

The module will include brief descriptions of different tools that area available for different educational tasks that teachers have (eg admin tasks preparation of lessons) and cover inspirational scenarios of educational networking projects and specific teachersrsquo experiences

Evaluation

Participants will be expected to understand that different educational tasks and goals have a different set of tools to be used The aim objectives and evaluation method of each tasks should be also discussed

Follow-up

The aim pedagogical objectives and evaluation method can be reviewed throughout the design of the resource as the following modules introduce new tools and aspects

Links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

21

Introduction to e-learning httpenwikipediaorgwikiElearning Educational software httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_software Educational technology httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_technologyEducational games httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_gameTeachers Internet Use Guide httpwwwrmcdenvercomuseguideindexhtm LMS and LCMS httpenwikipediaorgwikiLearning_management_systemMoodle httpenwikipediaorgwikiMoodleeTwinning httpwwwetwinningnet

32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Information-seeking and literacy skills are increasingly important for both student and teacher success (Haycock 1991) There is a lot of great material on the Web - primary sources specialized directories and databases statistical information educational sites on many levels policy opinion of all kinds and so much more The tools for finding it are steadily improving Currently searching techniques are developed to help the learners as well as teachers to find information in the World Wide Web Nevertheless the users can be confused with search results due to irrelevant information misinformation insufficient information etc

Pedagogical objectives

To search for project relevant information over the Internet using research engines and key words To discuss and assess the validity of relevant information To provide links to Subject Directories Information Gateways and Specialist Databases which relate specially to education will be given

Process

Berkeley is suggesting a very useful and generic word-based strategy (httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetAnalyseTopicFormpdf) Other strategies that are more specialised to education content will be suggested through educational content and organisations Searching can be performed accurately and efficiently by utilising metadata and education specific ontologies

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

22

Arrangement of the pieces of information on notice boards and attempts to interconnect them within a thematic approach to the project

Follow-up

Identify up to 3 methods portals directories which are the more user friendly and effective for searching information online

Links

httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetFindInfohtml Haycock CA (1991) Resource-based learning A shift n the roles of teacher learner NAASP Bulletin 75(535) 15ndash22

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

23

Learning resources and repositories

33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them

A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines

Pedagogical objectives

Aim of the module is

Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)

Process

The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals

Evaluation

Creating learning resources in object formats is seen as way to bring about increased flexibility customization ease of update searchability and manageability to rich stores

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

24

of content and learning resources that are available from publishers or that have been created by faculty members or teachers Participants are asked to discuss online or write a text about the advantages and disadvantages of the use of learning objects and metadata

Follow-up

During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm

Links

What are Learning Resources and Learning Assets httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmlr_and_la What are Learning Objects httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmwhat_lo Composing free and open online educational resources httpenwikiversityorgwikiComposing_free_and_open_online_educational_resourcesWeek_1_-_March_3rd_Introduction Introduction to learning objects by the New Media Consortium (NMC) httparchivenmcorgprojectsloel_loshtml Unesco Open Educational Resources toolkit httpoerwikiiiep-unescoorgindexphptitle=UNESCO_OER_Toolkit Reigeluth C M amp Nelson L M (1997) A new paradigm of ISD In R M Branch amp B B Minor Educational media and technology yearbook Vol 22 (pp 24plusmn35) Englewood CO Libraries Unlimited Incorporated

34 Introduction to sharing learning resources Main responsible partner (EUN)

3121 Details

This module will provide a description and rational on why teachers are encouraged to share learning resources The module also introduces the basics of Creative Commons as an underlying mechanism that allows sharing and makes it easy to understand

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

25

3122 Pedagogical objectives

To understand the basic regarding the concept of sharing To understand provisions of copyright in education including Intellectual Property Rights an example of Creative Commons licensing is given To have an overview of repositories where teachers share resources To appreciate the features of resources that lsquoshare wellrsquo To discuss issues related to sharing learning resources eg remuneration for teachers

3123 Process

The module first introduces the idea of social media through a simple video The idea of social media is also applicable for learning resources Furthermore the concepts of Creative Commons are introduced with a glimpse to learning resource repositories that explicitly use such licensing scheme (eg LeMill LRE OERCommons)

3124 Evaluation

Teachers are introduced a self-evaluation of the understanding of Creative Commons

3125 Follow-up

Teachers are asked to search on different repositories for resources that they can share with their colleagues They are asked to use deliciouscom (related to module 39) to make a collection of resources that they can share and reuse under one of the Creative Commons licensing scheme

3126 Links

Social media in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewf810c5b5-b8dc-4946-a58f-5f7ce7ce4d44 Link to the cartoons about Creative Commons httpwikicreativecommonsorgSharing_Creative_WorkshttpwikicreativecommonsorgHowitworks_Comic1 Link to the LRE material on Creative Commons httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportworking_legally_under_cchtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

26

35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Learning object repositories are believed to increase the value of learning resources by providing opportunities for reuse repurposing or reengineering to suit a variety of purposes and end-user needs Learning object repositories are usually provided to support a teaching and learning community (broadly defined as a group of stakeholders) Through social networking and computer-mediated communication people work as a community to achieve a shared learning objective It is often practiced that a particular community of users coalesce around the learning object repository and engage creating and reusing objects The repositories that hold the learning objects have well researched user interfaces and architectures that make them easy to use and permits various levels of interactivity including search submissions commentsreviews and creating personal collections Communication tools allow interaction between community members by enabling the sharing of ideas in a variety of forms text audio and video By using asynchronous communication tools such as e-mail threaded discussions and bulletin boards participants can readily exchange ideas independent of time and place

Pedagogical objectives

Location of suitable learning objects with reference to specific educational objectives through learning object repositories Introduction of different types of repositories some of which provide a complete curriculum others basic content only introduction to learning objects such MERLOT that has a big user community Here the focus is to show the benefits of such a community details will be given to show the discipline-based review system evaluation based on educational criteria and lesson plans and hints Also this module will discuss implementation issues when adapting learning objects to own educational needs in relation to possible linguistic and cultural barriers on using learning resources from repositories that originate from a country other than that of a user

Process

After a general introduction to repositories and issues each participant should identify a hypothetical scenario of implementation Identifying learning objects and repositories as well as relevant communities is required

Evaluation

In many cases repositories may be set up with the expectation or hope that a particular community of users will coalesce around it out of that broader community of

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

27

stakeholders Participants are asked to discuss how such a community may be encouraged supported and developed

Links

MERLOT especially highlighting the different subject-based communities and how they work httpwwwmerlotorgmerlotcommunitieshtmjsessionid=8296fb4b30d6881c3a2edf274fca9c38d6a45371ec4ae34Oa30TaN4Ke34Rax0Qa3uObxj0

36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

This module gives a more hands-on and demonstrational review on the learning resource repositories in Europe and beyond that have been introduced in D12 ldquoState of the art reportrdquo

Pedagogical objectives

Becoming familiar with learning repositories where participants can identify educational resources Review various interfaces and modes for searching accessing and downloading resources

Process

The following are some of the learning object repositories that will be reviewed LeMill A web community of over 6000 teachers and other learning content creators Free aces provides tools for finding authoring and sharing learning resources httplemillnet Connexion a place to view and share educational material made of small knowledge chunks called modules that can be organized as courses books reports etc httpcnxorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

28

Filamentality A fill-in-the-blank interactive Web site that guides you through picking a topic searching the Web gathering good Internet sites and turning Web resources into learning activities httpwwwknpacbellcomwiredfil Gateway to Educational Materials (GEM) Project The key to one-stop any-stop access to high quality lesson plans curriculum units and other education resources on the Internet Searchable by keyword and educational level httpwwwthegatewayorg MERLOT MERLOT is a free and open resource designed primarily for faculty and students in higher education With a continually growing collection of online learning materials assignments and reviews MERLOT helps faculty enhance instruction httpwwwmerlotorg OpenCourseWare (MIT) MIT OCW has begun publishing online course materials that are available free of charge They are aiming to have all of MITs course materials available over the web in a single searchable structure Currently the course materials are listed by course and are not searchable httpocwmiteduindexhtml CAREO Campus Alberta Repository of Educational Objects (CAREO) Comprised of 5000 multidisciplinary teaching materials the database is searchable and the collection is webbased This Canadian project has been recognized as a leader in the LOR initiative httpwwwcareoorg Federal Government Resources for Educational Excellence (FREE) This contains numerous educational resources which include teaching ideas instructional activities photographs maps audio files digitized paintings lesson plans httpwwwedgovfree The Digital Library for Earth System Education (DLESE) httpwwwdleseorg DLESE offers easy access to high quality educational resources about the Earth system The library is governed and developed by a broad community of Earth science educators and serves the needs of K-16 learners in both formal and informal venues LRE there will be separate modules part of the framework to focus on LRE

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

29

The participants will define similarities and differences between the reviewed repositories They should also name 3 top rated repositories according to named criteria

Follow-up

The evaluation comments should be revisited after the completion of the module series

Links

The state of the art report D12 NMC Learning Object Repositories httparchivenmcorgprojectsindexshtml Community Dimensions of Learning Object Repositories (CD-LOR) project website httpwwwacademygcalacukcd-lorindexhtml

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

30

Metadata

37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching Main responsible partner (EA)

371 Details

In this learning module the trainees will get acquainted with the concept of metadata An important factor in order to make search and retrieval of educational content more efficient is the quality and quantity of educational metadata associated with these resources In general the commonly accepted way to describe educational resources is the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Standard The module will include introduction to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching authoritative educational metadata schemas (DC-ed amp IEEE LOM) Useful examples of simple metadata will be provided so as to provide a smooth introduction to the concept of metadata Following this activity the concept of metadata in education will be elaborated and specific examples will be provided The trainees will be able to identify similarities between their everyday practice and educational metadata Finally after having explained the later the trainees will be provided with some examples of educational repositories where they will perform various searches using metadata fields In this way they will be able to get a very good idea on how metadata work and what are the possibilities that they offer

372 Pedagogical objectives

Introduction to the concept of metadata Enhancement of lessons with the use of specific examples Enhancement of teacher participation through the introduction of educational repositories where they will perform searches using metadata in practice

373 Process

First the teachers will be presented with the basic concepts of metadata and provided with relevant examples Following this they will then be asked to identify examples of common use of metadata in everyday life After becoming familiar with the basic concepts of metadata teachers will be presented with metadata used in education During this presentation the teachers will be provided with specific examples of educational metadata and will be asked to identify other cases of educational metadata Finally teacher participation will be facilitated at the end of the session with the use of example educational repositories where teachers will be able to perform their own searches through the available content

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Train

16ing framework

Table 1 Training Framework x= directly applicable ~ = also applicable

Topic Area Topic Beginner Intermediate Expert Trainees Pedagogically focused

Generic

1 WWW and educational uses for teachers

x ~ Teachers x x

2 Strategies for searching information online

x ~ Teachers x Introduction

3 Introduction to the concept of learning objects

x ~ Teachers x

4 Introduction to sharing learning resources

x ~ Teachers x x

5 Introduction to learning repositories x ~ Teachers x

Learning resources and repositories

6 Review amp demonstration of popular repositories

x ~ Teachers x

7 Intro to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching educational metadata schemas

~ x Teachers x

Metadata

8 Intro to the tools for describing resources with metadata

~ x Teachers x

9 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies amp social tagging)

x ~ Teachers x

10 Web 20 tools in education ~ x Teachers x

Social web 11 Popular social tools (eg Flikr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom

x ~ x

12 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using learning resources in the classroom

x ~ Teachers x Hands-on sessions

13

Practical demonstration of learning resources and their classroom

x ~ x

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

17

use 14 Practical

demonstration of metadata descriptions

x ~ x

15 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp agroecology (use of OrganicEdunet)

x Teachers x

16 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS xlpora)

x Teachers x

17 Searching schools resources through the LRE portal

x ~ Teachers x

18 Supporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRE

~ x Teacher x

19 Intro to setting up a portfolio and connecting to the outside world

~ x Teachers ICT Staff x

20 Setting up a repository (eg using Confolio tool) in the schools server

x ICT Staff x Technical session (for ICT staff or teachers)

21 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example

x ICT Staff x

Training outcomes By the end of the training programme it is expected that teachersrsquo digital competence will have increased and 21 specific learning outcomes achieved ndash 18 aimed at subject teachers and three at IT support staff

1 Understand the educational benefits of the worldwide web 2 Be able to search effectively using the World Wide Web 3 Understand the concept of learning objects (Los) 4 Understand the concept of sharing resources 5 Be familiar with the concept of learning repositories and communities 6 Know how different learning repositories work and what they contain 7 Understand the concept of metadata 8 Be familiar with COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

18

9 Understand the concept of social metadata such as tags 10 Understand how Web 20 tools are used in education 11 Be familiar with popular Web 20 applications 12 Appreciate the benefits of using digital resources in the classroom 13 Grasp how LOs can be used in teaching and learning 14 Be able to add metadata to learning resources and upload them to a repository 15 Be able to use Organic Edunet 16 Be able to use COSMOS 17 Be familiar with searching school resources through the LRE portal 18 Be able to share resources through tags 19 a) Be familiar with Confolio as a teacher 17 b) Be familiar with e-portfolio 20 Be able to set up the Confolio system (ICT support) 21 Be familiar with the technical interconnection between Confolio and LRE (ICT

support)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

19

3 Training Modules

In this chapter all suggested Training Modules are introduced with the content skeleton each under the same headings details pedagogical objectives process evaluation follow up and links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

20

Introduction

31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Become familiar with the idea of using World Wide Web for educational means This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web and Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs)

Pedagogical objectives

This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web such as teachers using Web for administrative purposes in schools introduce the idea of Virtual learning environments (VLE) and content management systems (CMS) using Web to help teachers prepare their lessons using Web during the lesson (eg demonstrative purposes trill and practice exercises) information seeking on the web creating content as part of an educational task and taking part in school collaboration with educational means

Process

The module will include brief descriptions of different tools that area available for different educational tasks that teachers have (eg admin tasks preparation of lessons) and cover inspirational scenarios of educational networking projects and specific teachersrsquo experiences

Evaluation

Participants will be expected to understand that different educational tasks and goals have a different set of tools to be used The aim objectives and evaluation method of each tasks should be also discussed

Follow-up

The aim pedagogical objectives and evaluation method can be reviewed throughout the design of the resource as the following modules introduce new tools and aspects

Links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

21

Introduction to e-learning httpenwikipediaorgwikiElearning Educational software httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_software Educational technology httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_technologyEducational games httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_gameTeachers Internet Use Guide httpwwwrmcdenvercomuseguideindexhtm LMS and LCMS httpenwikipediaorgwikiLearning_management_systemMoodle httpenwikipediaorgwikiMoodleeTwinning httpwwwetwinningnet

32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Information-seeking and literacy skills are increasingly important for both student and teacher success (Haycock 1991) There is a lot of great material on the Web - primary sources specialized directories and databases statistical information educational sites on many levels policy opinion of all kinds and so much more The tools for finding it are steadily improving Currently searching techniques are developed to help the learners as well as teachers to find information in the World Wide Web Nevertheless the users can be confused with search results due to irrelevant information misinformation insufficient information etc

Pedagogical objectives

To search for project relevant information over the Internet using research engines and key words To discuss and assess the validity of relevant information To provide links to Subject Directories Information Gateways and Specialist Databases which relate specially to education will be given

Process

Berkeley is suggesting a very useful and generic word-based strategy (httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetAnalyseTopicFormpdf) Other strategies that are more specialised to education content will be suggested through educational content and organisations Searching can be performed accurately and efficiently by utilising metadata and education specific ontologies

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

22

Arrangement of the pieces of information on notice boards and attempts to interconnect them within a thematic approach to the project

Follow-up

Identify up to 3 methods portals directories which are the more user friendly and effective for searching information online

Links

httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetFindInfohtml Haycock CA (1991) Resource-based learning A shift n the roles of teacher learner NAASP Bulletin 75(535) 15ndash22

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

23

Learning resources and repositories

33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them

A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines

Pedagogical objectives

Aim of the module is

Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)

Process

The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals

Evaluation

Creating learning resources in object formats is seen as way to bring about increased flexibility customization ease of update searchability and manageability to rich stores

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

24

of content and learning resources that are available from publishers or that have been created by faculty members or teachers Participants are asked to discuss online or write a text about the advantages and disadvantages of the use of learning objects and metadata

Follow-up

During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm

Links

What are Learning Resources and Learning Assets httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmlr_and_la What are Learning Objects httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmwhat_lo Composing free and open online educational resources httpenwikiversityorgwikiComposing_free_and_open_online_educational_resourcesWeek_1_-_March_3rd_Introduction Introduction to learning objects by the New Media Consortium (NMC) httparchivenmcorgprojectsloel_loshtml Unesco Open Educational Resources toolkit httpoerwikiiiep-unescoorgindexphptitle=UNESCO_OER_Toolkit Reigeluth C M amp Nelson L M (1997) A new paradigm of ISD In R M Branch amp B B Minor Educational media and technology yearbook Vol 22 (pp 24plusmn35) Englewood CO Libraries Unlimited Incorporated

34 Introduction to sharing learning resources Main responsible partner (EUN)

3121 Details

This module will provide a description and rational on why teachers are encouraged to share learning resources The module also introduces the basics of Creative Commons as an underlying mechanism that allows sharing and makes it easy to understand

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

25

3122 Pedagogical objectives

To understand the basic regarding the concept of sharing To understand provisions of copyright in education including Intellectual Property Rights an example of Creative Commons licensing is given To have an overview of repositories where teachers share resources To appreciate the features of resources that lsquoshare wellrsquo To discuss issues related to sharing learning resources eg remuneration for teachers

3123 Process

The module first introduces the idea of social media through a simple video The idea of social media is also applicable for learning resources Furthermore the concepts of Creative Commons are introduced with a glimpse to learning resource repositories that explicitly use such licensing scheme (eg LeMill LRE OERCommons)

3124 Evaluation

Teachers are introduced a self-evaluation of the understanding of Creative Commons

3125 Follow-up

Teachers are asked to search on different repositories for resources that they can share with their colleagues They are asked to use deliciouscom (related to module 39) to make a collection of resources that they can share and reuse under one of the Creative Commons licensing scheme

3126 Links

Social media in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewf810c5b5-b8dc-4946-a58f-5f7ce7ce4d44 Link to the cartoons about Creative Commons httpwikicreativecommonsorgSharing_Creative_WorkshttpwikicreativecommonsorgHowitworks_Comic1 Link to the LRE material on Creative Commons httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportworking_legally_under_cchtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

26

35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Learning object repositories are believed to increase the value of learning resources by providing opportunities for reuse repurposing or reengineering to suit a variety of purposes and end-user needs Learning object repositories are usually provided to support a teaching and learning community (broadly defined as a group of stakeholders) Through social networking and computer-mediated communication people work as a community to achieve a shared learning objective It is often practiced that a particular community of users coalesce around the learning object repository and engage creating and reusing objects The repositories that hold the learning objects have well researched user interfaces and architectures that make them easy to use and permits various levels of interactivity including search submissions commentsreviews and creating personal collections Communication tools allow interaction between community members by enabling the sharing of ideas in a variety of forms text audio and video By using asynchronous communication tools such as e-mail threaded discussions and bulletin boards participants can readily exchange ideas independent of time and place

Pedagogical objectives

Location of suitable learning objects with reference to specific educational objectives through learning object repositories Introduction of different types of repositories some of which provide a complete curriculum others basic content only introduction to learning objects such MERLOT that has a big user community Here the focus is to show the benefits of such a community details will be given to show the discipline-based review system evaluation based on educational criteria and lesson plans and hints Also this module will discuss implementation issues when adapting learning objects to own educational needs in relation to possible linguistic and cultural barriers on using learning resources from repositories that originate from a country other than that of a user

Process

After a general introduction to repositories and issues each participant should identify a hypothetical scenario of implementation Identifying learning objects and repositories as well as relevant communities is required

Evaluation

In many cases repositories may be set up with the expectation or hope that a particular community of users will coalesce around it out of that broader community of

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

27

stakeholders Participants are asked to discuss how such a community may be encouraged supported and developed

Links

MERLOT especially highlighting the different subject-based communities and how they work httpwwwmerlotorgmerlotcommunitieshtmjsessionid=8296fb4b30d6881c3a2edf274fca9c38d6a45371ec4ae34Oa30TaN4Ke34Rax0Qa3uObxj0

36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

This module gives a more hands-on and demonstrational review on the learning resource repositories in Europe and beyond that have been introduced in D12 ldquoState of the art reportrdquo

Pedagogical objectives

Becoming familiar with learning repositories where participants can identify educational resources Review various interfaces and modes for searching accessing and downloading resources

Process

The following are some of the learning object repositories that will be reviewed LeMill A web community of over 6000 teachers and other learning content creators Free aces provides tools for finding authoring and sharing learning resources httplemillnet Connexion a place to view and share educational material made of small knowledge chunks called modules that can be organized as courses books reports etc httpcnxorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

28

Filamentality A fill-in-the-blank interactive Web site that guides you through picking a topic searching the Web gathering good Internet sites and turning Web resources into learning activities httpwwwknpacbellcomwiredfil Gateway to Educational Materials (GEM) Project The key to one-stop any-stop access to high quality lesson plans curriculum units and other education resources on the Internet Searchable by keyword and educational level httpwwwthegatewayorg MERLOT MERLOT is a free and open resource designed primarily for faculty and students in higher education With a continually growing collection of online learning materials assignments and reviews MERLOT helps faculty enhance instruction httpwwwmerlotorg OpenCourseWare (MIT) MIT OCW has begun publishing online course materials that are available free of charge They are aiming to have all of MITs course materials available over the web in a single searchable structure Currently the course materials are listed by course and are not searchable httpocwmiteduindexhtml CAREO Campus Alberta Repository of Educational Objects (CAREO) Comprised of 5000 multidisciplinary teaching materials the database is searchable and the collection is webbased This Canadian project has been recognized as a leader in the LOR initiative httpwwwcareoorg Federal Government Resources for Educational Excellence (FREE) This contains numerous educational resources which include teaching ideas instructional activities photographs maps audio files digitized paintings lesson plans httpwwwedgovfree The Digital Library for Earth System Education (DLESE) httpwwwdleseorg DLESE offers easy access to high quality educational resources about the Earth system The library is governed and developed by a broad community of Earth science educators and serves the needs of K-16 learners in both formal and informal venues LRE there will be separate modules part of the framework to focus on LRE

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

29

The participants will define similarities and differences between the reviewed repositories They should also name 3 top rated repositories according to named criteria

Follow-up

The evaluation comments should be revisited after the completion of the module series

Links

The state of the art report D12 NMC Learning Object Repositories httparchivenmcorgprojectsindexshtml Community Dimensions of Learning Object Repositories (CD-LOR) project website httpwwwacademygcalacukcd-lorindexhtml

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

30

Metadata

37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching Main responsible partner (EA)

371 Details

In this learning module the trainees will get acquainted with the concept of metadata An important factor in order to make search and retrieval of educational content more efficient is the quality and quantity of educational metadata associated with these resources In general the commonly accepted way to describe educational resources is the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Standard The module will include introduction to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching authoritative educational metadata schemas (DC-ed amp IEEE LOM) Useful examples of simple metadata will be provided so as to provide a smooth introduction to the concept of metadata Following this activity the concept of metadata in education will be elaborated and specific examples will be provided The trainees will be able to identify similarities between their everyday practice and educational metadata Finally after having explained the later the trainees will be provided with some examples of educational repositories where they will perform various searches using metadata fields In this way they will be able to get a very good idea on how metadata work and what are the possibilities that they offer

372 Pedagogical objectives

Introduction to the concept of metadata Enhancement of lessons with the use of specific examples Enhancement of teacher participation through the introduction of educational repositories where they will perform searches using metadata in practice

373 Process

First the teachers will be presented with the basic concepts of metadata and provided with relevant examples Following this they will then be asked to identify examples of common use of metadata in everyday life After becoming familiar with the basic concepts of metadata teachers will be presented with metadata used in education During this presentation the teachers will be provided with specific examples of educational metadata and will be asked to identify other cases of educational metadata Finally teacher participation will be facilitated at the end of the session with the use of example educational repositories where teachers will be able to perform their own searches through the available content

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

17

use 14 Practical

demonstration of metadata descriptions

x ~ x

15 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp agroecology (use of OrganicEdunet)

x Teachers x

16 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS xlpora)

x Teachers x

17 Searching schools resources through the LRE portal

x ~ Teachers x

18 Supporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRE

~ x Teacher x

19 Intro to setting up a portfolio and connecting to the outside world

~ x Teachers ICT Staff x

20 Setting up a repository (eg using Confolio tool) in the schools server

x ICT Staff x Technical session (for ICT staff or teachers)

21 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example

x ICT Staff x

Training outcomes By the end of the training programme it is expected that teachersrsquo digital competence will have increased and 21 specific learning outcomes achieved ndash 18 aimed at subject teachers and three at IT support staff

1 Understand the educational benefits of the worldwide web 2 Be able to search effectively using the World Wide Web 3 Understand the concept of learning objects (Los) 4 Understand the concept of sharing resources 5 Be familiar with the concept of learning repositories and communities 6 Know how different learning repositories work and what they contain 7 Understand the concept of metadata 8 Be familiar with COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

18

9 Understand the concept of social metadata such as tags 10 Understand how Web 20 tools are used in education 11 Be familiar with popular Web 20 applications 12 Appreciate the benefits of using digital resources in the classroom 13 Grasp how LOs can be used in teaching and learning 14 Be able to add metadata to learning resources and upload them to a repository 15 Be able to use Organic Edunet 16 Be able to use COSMOS 17 Be familiar with searching school resources through the LRE portal 18 Be able to share resources through tags 19 a) Be familiar with Confolio as a teacher 17 b) Be familiar with e-portfolio 20 Be able to set up the Confolio system (ICT support) 21 Be familiar with the technical interconnection between Confolio and LRE (ICT

support)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

19

3 Training Modules

In this chapter all suggested Training Modules are introduced with the content skeleton each under the same headings details pedagogical objectives process evaluation follow up and links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

20

Introduction

31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Become familiar with the idea of using World Wide Web for educational means This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web and Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs)

Pedagogical objectives

This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web such as teachers using Web for administrative purposes in schools introduce the idea of Virtual learning environments (VLE) and content management systems (CMS) using Web to help teachers prepare their lessons using Web during the lesson (eg demonstrative purposes trill and practice exercises) information seeking on the web creating content as part of an educational task and taking part in school collaboration with educational means

Process

The module will include brief descriptions of different tools that area available for different educational tasks that teachers have (eg admin tasks preparation of lessons) and cover inspirational scenarios of educational networking projects and specific teachersrsquo experiences

Evaluation

Participants will be expected to understand that different educational tasks and goals have a different set of tools to be used The aim objectives and evaluation method of each tasks should be also discussed

Follow-up

The aim pedagogical objectives and evaluation method can be reviewed throughout the design of the resource as the following modules introduce new tools and aspects

Links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

21

Introduction to e-learning httpenwikipediaorgwikiElearning Educational software httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_software Educational technology httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_technologyEducational games httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_gameTeachers Internet Use Guide httpwwwrmcdenvercomuseguideindexhtm LMS and LCMS httpenwikipediaorgwikiLearning_management_systemMoodle httpenwikipediaorgwikiMoodleeTwinning httpwwwetwinningnet

32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Information-seeking and literacy skills are increasingly important for both student and teacher success (Haycock 1991) There is a lot of great material on the Web - primary sources specialized directories and databases statistical information educational sites on many levels policy opinion of all kinds and so much more The tools for finding it are steadily improving Currently searching techniques are developed to help the learners as well as teachers to find information in the World Wide Web Nevertheless the users can be confused with search results due to irrelevant information misinformation insufficient information etc

Pedagogical objectives

To search for project relevant information over the Internet using research engines and key words To discuss and assess the validity of relevant information To provide links to Subject Directories Information Gateways and Specialist Databases which relate specially to education will be given

Process

Berkeley is suggesting a very useful and generic word-based strategy (httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetAnalyseTopicFormpdf) Other strategies that are more specialised to education content will be suggested through educational content and organisations Searching can be performed accurately and efficiently by utilising metadata and education specific ontologies

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

22

Arrangement of the pieces of information on notice boards and attempts to interconnect them within a thematic approach to the project

Follow-up

Identify up to 3 methods portals directories which are the more user friendly and effective for searching information online

Links

httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetFindInfohtml Haycock CA (1991) Resource-based learning A shift n the roles of teacher learner NAASP Bulletin 75(535) 15ndash22

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

23

Learning resources and repositories

33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them

A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines

Pedagogical objectives

Aim of the module is

Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)

Process

The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals

Evaluation

Creating learning resources in object formats is seen as way to bring about increased flexibility customization ease of update searchability and manageability to rich stores

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

24

of content and learning resources that are available from publishers or that have been created by faculty members or teachers Participants are asked to discuss online or write a text about the advantages and disadvantages of the use of learning objects and metadata

Follow-up

During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm

Links

What are Learning Resources and Learning Assets httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmlr_and_la What are Learning Objects httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmwhat_lo Composing free and open online educational resources httpenwikiversityorgwikiComposing_free_and_open_online_educational_resourcesWeek_1_-_March_3rd_Introduction Introduction to learning objects by the New Media Consortium (NMC) httparchivenmcorgprojectsloel_loshtml Unesco Open Educational Resources toolkit httpoerwikiiiep-unescoorgindexphptitle=UNESCO_OER_Toolkit Reigeluth C M amp Nelson L M (1997) A new paradigm of ISD In R M Branch amp B B Minor Educational media and technology yearbook Vol 22 (pp 24plusmn35) Englewood CO Libraries Unlimited Incorporated

34 Introduction to sharing learning resources Main responsible partner (EUN)

3121 Details

This module will provide a description and rational on why teachers are encouraged to share learning resources The module also introduces the basics of Creative Commons as an underlying mechanism that allows sharing and makes it easy to understand

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

25

3122 Pedagogical objectives

To understand the basic regarding the concept of sharing To understand provisions of copyright in education including Intellectual Property Rights an example of Creative Commons licensing is given To have an overview of repositories where teachers share resources To appreciate the features of resources that lsquoshare wellrsquo To discuss issues related to sharing learning resources eg remuneration for teachers

3123 Process

The module first introduces the idea of social media through a simple video The idea of social media is also applicable for learning resources Furthermore the concepts of Creative Commons are introduced with a glimpse to learning resource repositories that explicitly use such licensing scheme (eg LeMill LRE OERCommons)

3124 Evaluation

Teachers are introduced a self-evaluation of the understanding of Creative Commons

3125 Follow-up

Teachers are asked to search on different repositories for resources that they can share with their colleagues They are asked to use deliciouscom (related to module 39) to make a collection of resources that they can share and reuse under one of the Creative Commons licensing scheme

3126 Links

Social media in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewf810c5b5-b8dc-4946-a58f-5f7ce7ce4d44 Link to the cartoons about Creative Commons httpwikicreativecommonsorgSharing_Creative_WorkshttpwikicreativecommonsorgHowitworks_Comic1 Link to the LRE material on Creative Commons httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportworking_legally_under_cchtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

26

35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Learning object repositories are believed to increase the value of learning resources by providing opportunities for reuse repurposing or reengineering to suit a variety of purposes and end-user needs Learning object repositories are usually provided to support a teaching and learning community (broadly defined as a group of stakeholders) Through social networking and computer-mediated communication people work as a community to achieve a shared learning objective It is often practiced that a particular community of users coalesce around the learning object repository and engage creating and reusing objects The repositories that hold the learning objects have well researched user interfaces and architectures that make them easy to use and permits various levels of interactivity including search submissions commentsreviews and creating personal collections Communication tools allow interaction between community members by enabling the sharing of ideas in a variety of forms text audio and video By using asynchronous communication tools such as e-mail threaded discussions and bulletin boards participants can readily exchange ideas independent of time and place

Pedagogical objectives

Location of suitable learning objects with reference to specific educational objectives through learning object repositories Introduction of different types of repositories some of which provide a complete curriculum others basic content only introduction to learning objects such MERLOT that has a big user community Here the focus is to show the benefits of such a community details will be given to show the discipline-based review system evaluation based on educational criteria and lesson plans and hints Also this module will discuss implementation issues when adapting learning objects to own educational needs in relation to possible linguistic and cultural barriers on using learning resources from repositories that originate from a country other than that of a user

Process

After a general introduction to repositories and issues each participant should identify a hypothetical scenario of implementation Identifying learning objects and repositories as well as relevant communities is required

Evaluation

In many cases repositories may be set up with the expectation or hope that a particular community of users will coalesce around it out of that broader community of

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

27

stakeholders Participants are asked to discuss how such a community may be encouraged supported and developed

Links

MERLOT especially highlighting the different subject-based communities and how they work httpwwwmerlotorgmerlotcommunitieshtmjsessionid=8296fb4b30d6881c3a2edf274fca9c38d6a45371ec4ae34Oa30TaN4Ke34Rax0Qa3uObxj0

36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

This module gives a more hands-on and demonstrational review on the learning resource repositories in Europe and beyond that have been introduced in D12 ldquoState of the art reportrdquo

Pedagogical objectives

Becoming familiar with learning repositories where participants can identify educational resources Review various interfaces and modes for searching accessing and downloading resources

Process

The following are some of the learning object repositories that will be reviewed LeMill A web community of over 6000 teachers and other learning content creators Free aces provides tools for finding authoring and sharing learning resources httplemillnet Connexion a place to view and share educational material made of small knowledge chunks called modules that can be organized as courses books reports etc httpcnxorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

28

Filamentality A fill-in-the-blank interactive Web site that guides you through picking a topic searching the Web gathering good Internet sites and turning Web resources into learning activities httpwwwknpacbellcomwiredfil Gateway to Educational Materials (GEM) Project The key to one-stop any-stop access to high quality lesson plans curriculum units and other education resources on the Internet Searchable by keyword and educational level httpwwwthegatewayorg MERLOT MERLOT is a free and open resource designed primarily for faculty and students in higher education With a continually growing collection of online learning materials assignments and reviews MERLOT helps faculty enhance instruction httpwwwmerlotorg OpenCourseWare (MIT) MIT OCW has begun publishing online course materials that are available free of charge They are aiming to have all of MITs course materials available over the web in a single searchable structure Currently the course materials are listed by course and are not searchable httpocwmiteduindexhtml CAREO Campus Alberta Repository of Educational Objects (CAREO) Comprised of 5000 multidisciplinary teaching materials the database is searchable and the collection is webbased This Canadian project has been recognized as a leader in the LOR initiative httpwwwcareoorg Federal Government Resources for Educational Excellence (FREE) This contains numerous educational resources which include teaching ideas instructional activities photographs maps audio files digitized paintings lesson plans httpwwwedgovfree The Digital Library for Earth System Education (DLESE) httpwwwdleseorg DLESE offers easy access to high quality educational resources about the Earth system The library is governed and developed by a broad community of Earth science educators and serves the needs of K-16 learners in both formal and informal venues LRE there will be separate modules part of the framework to focus on LRE

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

29

The participants will define similarities and differences between the reviewed repositories They should also name 3 top rated repositories according to named criteria

Follow-up

The evaluation comments should be revisited after the completion of the module series

Links

The state of the art report D12 NMC Learning Object Repositories httparchivenmcorgprojectsindexshtml Community Dimensions of Learning Object Repositories (CD-LOR) project website httpwwwacademygcalacukcd-lorindexhtml

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

30

Metadata

37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching Main responsible partner (EA)

371 Details

In this learning module the trainees will get acquainted with the concept of metadata An important factor in order to make search and retrieval of educational content more efficient is the quality and quantity of educational metadata associated with these resources In general the commonly accepted way to describe educational resources is the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Standard The module will include introduction to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching authoritative educational metadata schemas (DC-ed amp IEEE LOM) Useful examples of simple metadata will be provided so as to provide a smooth introduction to the concept of metadata Following this activity the concept of metadata in education will be elaborated and specific examples will be provided The trainees will be able to identify similarities between their everyday practice and educational metadata Finally after having explained the later the trainees will be provided with some examples of educational repositories where they will perform various searches using metadata fields In this way they will be able to get a very good idea on how metadata work and what are the possibilities that they offer

372 Pedagogical objectives

Introduction to the concept of metadata Enhancement of lessons with the use of specific examples Enhancement of teacher participation through the introduction of educational repositories where they will perform searches using metadata in practice

373 Process

First the teachers will be presented with the basic concepts of metadata and provided with relevant examples Following this they will then be asked to identify examples of common use of metadata in everyday life After becoming familiar with the basic concepts of metadata teachers will be presented with metadata used in education During this presentation the teachers will be provided with specific examples of educational metadata and will be asked to identify other cases of educational metadata Finally teacher participation will be facilitated at the end of the session with the use of example educational repositories where teachers will be able to perform their own searches through the available content

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

18

9 Understand the concept of social metadata such as tags 10 Understand how Web 20 tools are used in education 11 Be familiar with popular Web 20 applications 12 Appreciate the benefits of using digital resources in the classroom 13 Grasp how LOs can be used in teaching and learning 14 Be able to add metadata to learning resources and upload them to a repository 15 Be able to use Organic Edunet 16 Be able to use COSMOS 17 Be familiar with searching school resources through the LRE portal 18 Be able to share resources through tags 19 a) Be familiar with Confolio as a teacher 17 b) Be familiar with e-portfolio 20 Be able to set up the Confolio system (ICT support) 21 Be familiar with the technical interconnection between Confolio and LRE (ICT

support)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

19

3 Training Modules

In this chapter all suggested Training Modules are introduced with the content skeleton each under the same headings details pedagogical objectives process evaluation follow up and links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

20

Introduction

31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Become familiar with the idea of using World Wide Web for educational means This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web and Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs)

Pedagogical objectives

This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web such as teachers using Web for administrative purposes in schools introduce the idea of Virtual learning environments (VLE) and content management systems (CMS) using Web to help teachers prepare their lessons using Web during the lesson (eg demonstrative purposes trill and practice exercises) information seeking on the web creating content as part of an educational task and taking part in school collaboration with educational means

Process

The module will include brief descriptions of different tools that area available for different educational tasks that teachers have (eg admin tasks preparation of lessons) and cover inspirational scenarios of educational networking projects and specific teachersrsquo experiences

Evaluation

Participants will be expected to understand that different educational tasks and goals have a different set of tools to be used The aim objectives and evaluation method of each tasks should be also discussed

Follow-up

The aim pedagogical objectives and evaluation method can be reviewed throughout the design of the resource as the following modules introduce new tools and aspects

Links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

21

Introduction to e-learning httpenwikipediaorgwikiElearning Educational software httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_software Educational technology httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_technologyEducational games httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_gameTeachers Internet Use Guide httpwwwrmcdenvercomuseguideindexhtm LMS and LCMS httpenwikipediaorgwikiLearning_management_systemMoodle httpenwikipediaorgwikiMoodleeTwinning httpwwwetwinningnet

32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Information-seeking and literacy skills are increasingly important for both student and teacher success (Haycock 1991) There is a lot of great material on the Web - primary sources specialized directories and databases statistical information educational sites on many levels policy opinion of all kinds and so much more The tools for finding it are steadily improving Currently searching techniques are developed to help the learners as well as teachers to find information in the World Wide Web Nevertheless the users can be confused with search results due to irrelevant information misinformation insufficient information etc

Pedagogical objectives

To search for project relevant information over the Internet using research engines and key words To discuss and assess the validity of relevant information To provide links to Subject Directories Information Gateways and Specialist Databases which relate specially to education will be given

Process

Berkeley is suggesting a very useful and generic word-based strategy (httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetAnalyseTopicFormpdf) Other strategies that are more specialised to education content will be suggested through educational content and organisations Searching can be performed accurately and efficiently by utilising metadata and education specific ontologies

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

22

Arrangement of the pieces of information on notice boards and attempts to interconnect them within a thematic approach to the project

Follow-up

Identify up to 3 methods portals directories which are the more user friendly and effective for searching information online

Links

httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetFindInfohtml Haycock CA (1991) Resource-based learning A shift n the roles of teacher learner NAASP Bulletin 75(535) 15ndash22

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

23

Learning resources and repositories

33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them

A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines

Pedagogical objectives

Aim of the module is

Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)

Process

The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals

Evaluation

Creating learning resources in object formats is seen as way to bring about increased flexibility customization ease of update searchability and manageability to rich stores

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

24

of content and learning resources that are available from publishers or that have been created by faculty members or teachers Participants are asked to discuss online or write a text about the advantages and disadvantages of the use of learning objects and metadata

Follow-up

During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm

Links

What are Learning Resources and Learning Assets httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmlr_and_la What are Learning Objects httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmwhat_lo Composing free and open online educational resources httpenwikiversityorgwikiComposing_free_and_open_online_educational_resourcesWeek_1_-_March_3rd_Introduction Introduction to learning objects by the New Media Consortium (NMC) httparchivenmcorgprojectsloel_loshtml Unesco Open Educational Resources toolkit httpoerwikiiiep-unescoorgindexphptitle=UNESCO_OER_Toolkit Reigeluth C M amp Nelson L M (1997) A new paradigm of ISD In R M Branch amp B B Minor Educational media and technology yearbook Vol 22 (pp 24plusmn35) Englewood CO Libraries Unlimited Incorporated

34 Introduction to sharing learning resources Main responsible partner (EUN)

3121 Details

This module will provide a description and rational on why teachers are encouraged to share learning resources The module also introduces the basics of Creative Commons as an underlying mechanism that allows sharing and makes it easy to understand

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

25

3122 Pedagogical objectives

To understand the basic regarding the concept of sharing To understand provisions of copyright in education including Intellectual Property Rights an example of Creative Commons licensing is given To have an overview of repositories where teachers share resources To appreciate the features of resources that lsquoshare wellrsquo To discuss issues related to sharing learning resources eg remuneration for teachers

3123 Process

The module first introduces the idea of social media through a simple video The idea of social media is also applicable for learning resources Furthermore the concepts of Creative Commons are introduced with a glimpse to learning resource repositories that explicitly use such licensing scheme (eg LeMill LRE OERCommons)

3124 Evaluation

Teachers are introduced a self-evaluation of the understanding of Creative Commons

3125 Follow-up

Teachers are asked to search on different repositories for resources that they can share with their colleagues They are asked to use deliciouscom (related to module 39) to make a collection of resources that they can share and reuse under one of the Creative Commons licensing scheme

3126 Links

Social media in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewf810c5b5-b8dc-4946-a58f-5f7ce7ce4d44 Link to the cartoons about Creative Commons httpwikicreativecommonsorgSharing_Creative_WorkshttpwikicreativecommonsorgHowitworks_Comic1 Link to the LRE material on Creative Commons httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportworking_legally_under_cchtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

26

35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Learning object repositories are believed to increase the value of learning resources by providing opportunities for reuse repurposing or reengineering to suit a variety of purposes and end-user needs Learning object repositories are usually provided to support a teaching and learning community (broadly defined as a group of stakeholders) Through social networking and computer-mediated communication people work as a community to achieve a shared learning objective It is often practiced that a particular community of users coalesce around the learning object repository and engage creating and reusing objects The repositories that hold the learning objects have well researched user interfaces and architectures that make them easy to use and permits various levels of interactivity including search submissions commentsreviews and creating personal collections Communication tools allow interaction between community members by enabling the sharing of ideas in a variety of forms text audio and video By using asynchronous communication tools such as e-mail threaded discussions and bulletin boards participants can readily exchange ideas independent of time and place

Pedagogical objectives

Location of suitable learning objects with reference to specific educational objectives through learning object repositories Introduction of different types of repositories some of which provide a complete curriculum others basic content only introduction to learning objects such MERLOT that has a big user community Here the focus is to show the benefits of such a community details will be given to show the discipline-based review system evaluation based on educational criteria and lesson plans and hints Also this module will discuss implementation issues when adapting learning objects to own educational needs in relation to possible linguistic and cultural barriers on using learning resources from repositories that originate from a country other than that of a user

Process

After a general introduction to repositories and issues each participant should identify a hypothetical scenario of implementation Identifying learning objects and repositories as well as relevant communities is required

Evaluation

In many cases repositories may be set up with the expectation or hope that a particular community of users will coalesce around it out of that broader community of

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

27

stakeholders Participants are asked to discuss how such a community may be encouraged supported and developed

Links

MERLOT especially highlighting the different subject-based communities and how they work httpwwwmerlotorgmerlotcommunitieshtmjsessionid=8296fb4b30d6881c3a2edf274fca9c38d6a45371ec4ae34Oa30TaN4Ke34Rax0Qa3uObxj0

36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

This module gives a more hands-on and demonstrational review on the learning resource repositories in Europe and beyond that have been introduced in D12 ldquoState of the art reportrdquo

Pedagogical objectives

Becoming familiar with learning repositories where participants can identify educational resources Review various interfaces and modes for searching accessing and downloading resources

Process

The following are some of the learning object repositories that will be reviewed LeMill A web community of over 6000 teachers and other learning content creators Free aces provides tools for finding authoring and sharing learning resources httplemillnet Connexion a place to view and share educational material made of small knowledge chunks called modules that can be organized as courses books reports etc httpcnxorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

28

Filamentality A fill-in-the-blank interactive Web site that guides you through picking a topic searching the Web gathering good Internet sites and turning Web resources into learning activities httpwwwknpacbellcomwiredfil Gateway to Educational Materials (GEM) Project The key to one-stop any-stop access to high quality lesson plans curriculum units and other education resources on the Internet Searchable by keyword and educational level httpwwwthegatewayorg MERLOT MERLOT is a free and open resource designed primarily for faculty and students in higher education With a continually growing collection of online learning materials assignments and reviews MERLOT helps faculty enhance instruction httpwwwmerlotorg OpenCourseWare (MIT) MIT OCW has begun publishing online course materials that are available free of charge They are aiming to have all of MITs course materials available over the web in a single searchable structure Currently the course materials are listed by course and are not searchable httpocwmiteduindexhtml CAREO Campus Alberta Repository of Educational Objects (CAREO) Comprised of 5000 multidisciplinary teaching materials the database is searchable and the collection is webbased This Canadian project has been recognized as a leader in the LOR initiative httpwwwcareoorg Federal Government Resources for Educational Excellence (FREE) This contains numerous educational resources which include teaching ideas instructional activities photographs maps audio files digitized paintings lesson plans httpwwwedgovfree The Digital Library for Earth System Education (DLESE) httpwwwdleseorg DLESE offers easy access to high quality educational resources about the Earth system The library is governed and developed by a broad community of Earth science educators and serves the needs of K-16 learners in both formal and informal venues LRE there will be separate modules part of the framework to focus on LRE

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

29

The participants will define similarities and differences between the reviewed repositories They should also name 3 top rated repositories according to named criteria

Follow-up

The evaluation comments should be revisited after the completion of the module series

Links

The state of the art report D12 NMC Learning Object Repositories httparchivenmcorgprojectsindexshtml Community Dimensions of Learning Object Repositories (CD-LOR) project website httpwwwacademygcalacukcd-lorindexhtml

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

30

Metadata

37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching Main responsible partner (EA)

371 Details

In this learning module the trainees will get acquainted with the concept of metadata An important factor in order to make search and retrieval of educational content more efficient is the quality and quantity of educational metadata associated with these resources In general the commonly accepted way to describe educational resources is the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Standard The module will include introduction to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching authoritative educational metadata schemas (DC-ed amp IEEE LOM) Useful examples of simple metadata will be provided so as to provide a smooth introduction to the concept of metadata Following this activity the concept of metadata in education will be elaborated and specific examples will be provided The trainees will be able to identify similarities between their everyday practice and educational metadata Finally after having explained the later the trainees will be provided with some examples of educational repositories where they will perform various searches using metadata fields In this way they will be able to get a very good idea on how metadata work and what are the possibilities that they offer

372 Pedagogical objectives

Introduction to the concept of metadata Enhancement of lessons with the use of specific examples Enhancement of teacher participation through the introduction of educational repositories where they will perform searches using metadata in practice

373 Process

First the teachers will be presented with the basic concepts of metadata and provided with relevant examples Following this they will then be asked to identify examples of common use of metadata in everyday life After becoming familiar with the basic concepts of metadata teachers will be presented with metadata used in education During this presentation the teachers will be provided with specific examples of educational metadata and will be asked to identify other cases of educational metadata Finally teacher participation will be facilitated at the end of the session with the use of example educational repositories where teachers will be able to perform their own searches through the available content

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

19

3 Training Modules

In this chapter all suggested Training Modules are introduced with the content skeleton each under the same headings details pedagogical objectives process evaluation follow up and links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

20

Introduction

31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Become familiar with the idea of using World Wide Web for educational means This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web and Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs)

Pedagogical objectives

This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web such as teachers using Web for administrative purposes in schools introduce the idea of Virtual learning environments (VLE) and content management systems (CMS) using Web to help teachers prepare their lessons using Web during the lesson (eg demonstrative purposes trill and practice exercises) information seeking on the web creating content as part of an educational task and taking part in school collaboration with educational means

Process

The module will include brief descriptions of different tools that area available for different educational tasks that teachers have (eg admin tasks preparation of lessons) and cover inspirational scenarios of educational networking projects and specific teachersrsquo experiences

Evaluation

Participants will be expected to understand that different educational tasks and goals have a different set of tools to be used The aim objectives and evaluation method of each tasks should be also discussed

Follow-up

The aim pedagogical objectives and evaluation method can be reviewed throughout the design of the resource as the following modules introduce new tools and aspects

Links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

21

Introduction to e-learning httpenwikipediaorgwikiElearning Educational software httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_software Educational technology httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_technologyEducational games httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_gameTeachers Internet Use Guide httpwwwrmcdenvercomuseguideindexhtm LMS and LCMS httpenwikipediaorgwikiLearning_management_systemMoodle httpenwikipediaorgwikiMoodleeTwinning httpwwwetwinningnet

32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Information-seeking and literacy skills are increasingly important for both student and teacher success (Haycock 1991) There is a lot of great material on the Web - primary sources specialized directories and databases statistical information educational sites on many levels policy opinion of all kinds and so much more The tools for finding it are steadily improving Currently searching techniques are developed to help the learners as well as teachers to find information in the World Wide Web Nevertheless the users can be confused with search results due to irrelevant information misinformation insufficient information etc

Pedagogical objectives

To search for project relevant information over the Internet using research engines and key words To discuss and assess the validity of relevant information To provide links to Subject Directories Information Gateways and Specialist Databases which relate specially to education will be given

Process

Berkeley is suggesting a very useful and generic word-based strategy (httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetAnalyseTopicFormpdf) Other strategies that are more specialised to education content will be suggested through educational content and organisations Searching can be performed accurately and efficiently by utilising metadata and education specific ontologies

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

22

Arrangement of the pieces of information on notice boards and attempts to interconnect them within a thematic approach to the project

Follow-up

Identify up to 3 methods portals directories which are the more user friendly and effective for searching information online

Links

httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetFindInfohtml Haycock CA (1991) Resource-based learning A shift n the roles of teacher learner NAASP Bulletin 75(535) 15ndash22

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

23

Learning resources and repositories

33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them

A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines

Pedagogical objectives

Aim of the module is

Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)

Process

The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals

Evaluation

Creating learning resources in object formats is seen as way to bring about increased flexibility customization ease of update searchability and manageability to rich stores

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

24

of content and learning resources that are available from publishers or that have been created by faculty members or teachers Participants are asked to discuss online or write a text about the advantages and disadvantages of the use of learning objects and metadata

Follow-up

During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm

Links

What are Learning Resources and Learning Assets httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmlr_and_la What are Learning Objects httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmwhat_lo Composing free and open online educational resources httpenwikiversityorgwikiComposing_free_and_open_online_educational_resourcesWeek_1_-_March_3rd_Introduction Introduction to learning objects by the New Media Consortium (NMC) httparchivenmcorgprojectsloel_loshtml Unesco Open Educational Resources toolkit httpoerwikiiiep-unescoorgindexphptitle=UNESCO_OER_Toolkit Reigeluth C M amp Nelson L M (1997) A new paradigm of ISD In R M Branch amp B B Minor Educational media and technology yearbook Vol 22 (pp 24plusmn35) Englewood CO Libraries Unlimited Incorporated

34 Introduction to sharing learning resources Main responsible partner (EUN)

3121 Details

This module will provide a description and rational on why teachers are encouraged to share learning resources The module also introduces the basics of Creative Commons as an underlying mechanism that allows sharing and makes it easy to understand

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

25

3122 Pedagogical objectives

To understand the basic regarding the concept of sharing To understand provisions of copyright in education including Intellectual Property Rights an example of Creative Commons licensing is given To have an overview of repositories where teachers share resources To appreciate the features of resources that lsquoshare wellrsquo To discuss issues related to sharing learning resources eg remuneration for teachers

3123 Process

The module first introduces the idea of social media through a simple video The idea of social media is also applicable for learning resources Furthermore the concepts of Creative Commons are introduced with a glimpse to learning resource repositories that explicitly use such licensing scheme (eg LeMill LRE OERCommons)

3124 Evaluation

Teachers are introduced a self-evaluation of the understanding of Creative Commons

3125 Follow-up

Teachers are asked to search on different repositories for resources that they can share with their colleagues They are asked to use deliciouscom (related to module 39) to make a collection of resources that they can share and reuse under one of the Creative Commons licensing scheme

3126 Links

Social media in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewf810c5b5-b8dc-4946-a58f-5f7ce7ce4d44 Link to the cartoons about Creative Commons httpwikicreativecommonsorgSharing_Creative_WorkshttpwikicreativecommonsorgHowitworks_Comic1 Link to the LRE material on Creative Commons httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportworking_legally_under_cchtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

26

35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Learning object repositories are believed to increase the value of learning resources by providing opportunities for reuse repurposing or reengineering to suit a variety of purposes and end-user needs Learning object repositories are usually provided to support a teaching and learning community (broadly defined as a group of stakeholders) Through social networking and computer-mediated communication people work as a community to achieve a shared learning objective It is often practiced that a particular community of users coalesce around the learning object repository and engage creating and reusing objects The repositories that hold the learning objects have well researched user interfaces and architectures that make them easy to use and permits various levels of interactivity including search submissions commentsreviews and creating personal collections Communication tools allow interaction between community members by enabling the sharing of ideas in a variety of forms text audio and video By using asynchronous communication tools such as e-mail threaded discussions and bulletin boards participants can readily exchange ideas independent of time and place

Pedagogical objectives

Location of suitable learning objects with reference to specific educational objectives through learning object repositories Introduction of different types of repositories some of which provide a complete curriculum others basic content only introduction to learning objects such MERLOT that has a big user community Here the focus is to show the benefits of such a community details will be given to show the discipline-based review system evaluation based on educational criteria and lesson plans and hints Also this module will discuss implementation issues when adapting learning objects to own educational needs in relation to possible linguistic and cultural barriers on using learning resources from repositories that originate from a country other than that of a user

Process

After a general introduction to repositories and issues each participant should identify a hypothetical scenario of implementation Identifying learning objects and repositories as well as relevant communities is required

Evaluation

In many cases repositories may be set up with the expectation or hope that a particular community of users will coalesce around it out of that broader community of

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

27

stakeholders Participants are asked to discuss how such a community may be encouraged supported and developed

Links

MERLOT especially highlighting the different subject-based communities and how they work httpwwwmerlotorgmerlotcommunitieshtmjsessionid=8296fb4b30d6881c3a2edf274fca9c38d6a45371ec4ae34Oa30TaN4Ke34Rax0Qa3uObxj0

36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

This module gives a more hands-on and demonstrational review on the learning resource repositories in Europe and beyond that have been introduced in D12 ldquoState of the art reportrdquo

Pedagogical objectives

Becoming familiar with learning repositories where participants can identify educational resources Review various interfaces and modes for searching accessing and downloading resources

Process

The following are some of the learning object repositories that will be reviewed LeMill A web community of over 6000 teachers and other learning content creators Free aces provides tools for finding authoring and sharing learning resources httplemillnet Connexion a place to view and share educational material made of small knowledge chunks called modules that can be organized as courses books reports etc httpcnxorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

28

Filamentality A fill-in-the-blank interactive Web site that guides you through picking a topic searching the Web gathering good Internet sites and turning Web resources into learning activities httpwwwknpacbellcomwiredfil Gateway to Educational Materials (GEM) Project The key to one-stop any-stop access to high quality lesson plans curriculum units and other education resources on the Internet Searchable by keyword and educational level httpwwwthegatewayorg MERLOT MERLOT is a free and open resource designed primarily for faculty and students in higher education With a continually growing collection of online learning materials assignments and reviews MERLOT helps faculty enhance instruction httpwwwmerlotorg OpenCourseWare (MIT) MIT OCW has begun publishing online course materials that are available free of charge They are aiming to have all of MITs course materials available over the web in a single searchable structure Currently the course materials are listed by course and are not searchable httpocwmiteduindexhtml CAREO Campus Alberta Repository of Educational Objects (CAREO) Comprised of 5000 multidisciplinary teaching materials the database is searchable and the collection is webbased This Canadian project has been recognized as a leader in the LOR initiative httpwwwcareoorg Federal Government Resources for Educational Excellence (FREE) This contains numerous educational resources which include teaching ideas instructional activities photographs maps audio files digitized paintings lesson plans httpwwwedgovfree The Digital Library for Earth System Education (DLESE) httpwwwdleseorg DLESE offers easy access to high quality educational resources about the Earth system The library is governed and developed by a broad community of Earth science educators and serves the needs of K-16 learners in both formal and informal venues LRE there will be separate modules part of the framework to focus on LRE

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

29

The participants will define similarities and differences between the reviewed repositories They should also name 3 top rated repositories according to named criteria

Follow-up

The evaluation comments should be revisited after the completion of the module series

Links

The state of the art report D12 NMC Learning Object Repositories httparchivenmcorgprojectsindexshtml Community Dimensions of Learning Object Repositories (CD-LOR) project website httpwwwacademygcalacukcd-lorindexhtml

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

30

Metadata

37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching Main responsible partner (EA)

371 Details

In this learning module the trainees will get acquainted with the concept of metadata An important factor in order to make search and retrieval of educational content more efficient is the quality and quantity of educational metadata associated with these resources In general the commonly accepted way to describe educational resources is the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Standard The module will include introduction to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching authoritative educational metadata schemas (DC-ed amp IEEE LOM) Useful examples of simple metadata will be provided so as to provide a smooth introduction to the concept of metadata Following this activity the concept of metadata in education will be elaborated and specific examples will be provided The trainees will be able to identify similarities between their everyday practice and educational metadata Finally after having explained the later the trainees will be provided with some examples of educational repositories where they will perform various searches using metadata fields In this way they will be able to get a very good idea on how metadata work and what are the possibilities that they offer

372 Pedagogical objectives

Introduction to the concept of metadata Enhancement of lessons with the use of specific examples Enhancement of teacher participation through the introduction of educational repositories where they will perform searches using metadata in practice

373 Process

First the teachers will be presented with the basic concepts of metadata and provided with relevant examples Following this they will then be asked to identify examples of common use of metadata in everyday life After becoming familiar with the basic concepts of metadata teachers will be presented with metadata used in education During this presentation the teachers will be provided with specific examples of educational metadata and will be asked to identify other cases of educational metadata Finally teacher participation will be facilitated at the end of the session with the use of example educational repositories where teachers will be able to perform their own searches through the available content

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

20

Introduction

31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Become familiar with the idea of using World Wide Web for educational means This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web and Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs)

Pedagogical objectives

This module will give a very broad level introduction for different educational uses of Web such as teachers using Web for administrative purposes in schools introduce the idea of Virtual learning environments (VLE) and content management systems (CMS) using Web to help teachers prepare their lessons using Web during the lesson (eg demonstrative purposes trill and practice exercises) information seeking on the web creating content as part of an educational task and taking part in school collaboration with educational means

Process

The module will include brief descriptions of different tools that area available for different educational tasks that teachers have (eg admin tasks preparation of lessons) and cover inspirational scenarios of educational networking projects and specific teachersrsquo experiences

Evaluation

Participants will be expected to understand that different educational tasks and goals have a different set of tools to be used The aim objectives and evaluation method of each tasks should be also discussed

Follow-up

The aim pedagogical objectives and evaluation method can be reviewed throughout the design of the resource as the following modules introduce new tools and aspects

Links

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

21

Introduction to e-learning httpenwikipediaorgwikiElearning Educational software httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_software Educational technology httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_technologyEducational games httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_gameTeachers Internet Use Guide httpwwwrmcdenvercomuseguideindexhtm LMS and LCMS httpenwikipediaorgwikiLearning_management_systemMoodle httpenwikipediaorgwikiMoodleeTwinning httpwwwetwinningnet

32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Information-seeking and literacy skills are increasingly important for both student and teacher success (Haycock 1991) There is a lot of great material on the Web - primary sources specialized directories and databases statistical information educational sites on many levels policy opinion of all kinds and so much more The tools for finding it are steadily improving Currently searching techniques are developed to help the learners as well as teachers to find information in the World Wide Web Nevertheless the users can be confused with search results due to irrelevant information misinformation insufficient information etc

Pedagogical objectives

To search for project relevant information over the Internet using research engines and key words To discuss and assess the validity of relevant information To provide links to Subject Directories Information Gateways and Specialist Databases which relate specially to education will be given

Process

Berkeley is suggesting a very useful and generic word-based strategy (httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetAnalyseTopicFormpdf) Other strategies that are more specialised to education content will be suggested through educational content and organisations Searching can be performed accurately and efficiently by utilising metadata and education specific ontologies

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

22

Arrangement of the pieces of information on notice boards and attempts to interconnect them within a thematic approach to the project

Follow-up

Identify up to 3 methods portals directories which are the more user friendly and effective for searching information online

Links

httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetFindInfohtml Haycock CA (1991) Resource-based learning A shift n the roles of teacher learner NAASP Bulletin 75(535) 15ndash22

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

23

Learning resources and repositories

33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them

A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines

Pedagogical objectives

Aim of the module is

Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)

Process

The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals

Evaluation

Creating learning resources in object formats is seen as way to bring about increased flexibility customization ease of update searchability and manageability to rich stores

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

24

of content and learning resources that are available from publishers or that have been created by faculty members or teachers Participants are asked to discuss online or write a text about the advantages and disadvantages of the use of learning objects and metadata

Follow-up

During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm

Links

What are Learning Resources and Learning Assets httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmlr_and_la What are Learning Objects httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmwhat_lo Composing free and open online educational resources httpenwikiversityorgwikiComposing_free_and_open_online_educational_resourcesWeek_1_-_March_3rd_Introduction Introduction to learning objects by the New Media Consortium (NMC) httparchivenmcorgprojectsloel_loshtml Unesco Open Educational Resources toolkit httpoerwikiiiep-unescoorgindexphptitle=UNESCO_OER_Toolkit Reigeluth C M amp Nelson L M (1997) A new paradigm of ISD In R M Branch amp B B Minor Educational media and technology yearbook Vol 22 (pp 24plusmn35) Englewood CO Libraries Unlimited Incorporated

34 Introduction to sharing learning resources Main responsible partner (EUN)

3121 Details

This module will provide a description and rational on why teachers are encouraged to share learning resources The module also introduces the basics of Creative Commons as an underlying mechanism that allows sharing and makes it easy to understand

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

25

3122 Pedagogical objectives

To understand the basic regarding the concept of sharing To understand provisions of copyright in education including Intellectual Property Rights an example of Creative Commons licensing is given To have an overview of repositories where teachers share resources To appreciate the features of resources that lsquoshare wellrsquo To discuss issues related to sharing learning resources eg remuneration for teachers

3123 Process

The module first introduces the idea of social media through a simple video The idea of social media is also applicable for learning resources Furthermore the concepts of Creative Commons are introduced with a glimpse to learning resource repositories that explicitly use such licensing scheme (eg LeMill LRE OERCommons)

3124 Evaluation

Teachers are introduced a self-evaluation of the understanding of Creative Commons

3125 Follow-up

Teachers are asked to search on different repositories for resources that they can share with their colleagues They are asked to use deliciouscom (related to module 39) to make a collection of resources that they can share and reuse under one of the Creative Commons licensing scheme

3126 Links

Social media in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewf810c5b5-b8dc-4946-a58f-5f7ce7ce4d44 Link to the cartoons about Creative Commons httpwikicreativecommonsorgSharing_Creative_WorkshttpwikicreativecommonsorgHowitworks_Comic1 Link to the LRE material on Creative Commons httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportworking_legally_under_cchtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

26

35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Learning object repositories are believed to increase the value of learning resources by providing opportunities for reuse repurposing or reengineering to suit a variety of purposes and end-user needs Learning object repositories are usually provided to support a teaching and learning community (broadly defined as a group of stakeholders) Through social networking and computer-mediated communication people work as a community to achieve a shared learning objective It is often practiced that a particular community of users coalesce around the learning object repository and engage creating and reusing objects The repositories that hold the learning objects have well researched user interfaces and architectures that make them easy to use and permits various levels of interactivity including search submissions commentsreviews and creating personal collections Communication tools allow interaction between community members by enabling the sharing of ideas in a variety of forms text audio and video By using asynchronous communication tools such as e-mail threaded discussions and bulletin boards participants can readily exchange ideas independent of time and place

Pedagogical objectives

Location of suitable learning objects with reference to specific educational objectives through learning object repositories Introduction of different types of repositories some of which provide a complete curriculum others basic content only introduction to learning objects such MERLOT that has a big user community Here the focus is to show the benefits of such a community details will be given to show the discipline-based review system evaluation based on educational criteria and lesson plans and hints Also this module will discuss implementation issues when adapting learning objects to own educational needs in relation to possible linguistic and cultural barriers on using learning resources from repositories that originate from a country other than that of a user

Process

After a general introduction to repositories and issues each participant should identify a hypothetical scenario of implementation Identifying learning objects and repositories as well as relevant communities is required

Evaluation

In many cases repositories may be set up with the expectation or hope that a particular community of users will coalesce around it out of that broader community of

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

27

stakeholders Participants are asked to discuss how such a community may be encouraged supported and developed

Links

MERLOT especially highlighting the different subject-based communities and how they work httpwwwmerlotorgmerlotcommunitieshtmjsessionid=8296fb4b30d6881c3a2edf274fca9c38d6a45371ec4ae34Oa30TaN4Ke34Rax0Qa3uObxj0

36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

This module gives a more hands-on and demonstrational review on the learning resource repositories in Europe and beyond that have been introduced in D12 ldquoState of the art reportrdquo

Pedagogical objectives

Becoming familiar with learning repositories where participants can identify educational resources Review various interfaces and modes for searching accessing and downloading resources

Process

The following are some of the learning object repositories that will be reviewed LeMill A web community of over 6000 teachers and other learning content creators Free aces provides tools for finding authoring and sharing learning resources httplemillnet Connexion a place to view and share educational material made of small knowledge chunks called modules that can be organized as courses books reports etc httpcnxorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

28

Filamentality A fill-in-the-blank interactive Web site that guides you through picking a topic searching the Web gathering good Internet sites and turning Web resources into learning activities httpwwwknpacbellcomwiredfil Gateway to Educational Materials (GEM) Project The key to one-stop any-stop access to high quality lesson plans curriculum units and other education resources on the Internet Searchable by keyword and educational level httpwwwthegatewayorg MERLOT MERLOT is a free and open resource designed primarily for faculty and students in higher education With a continually growing collection of online learning materials assignments and reviews MERLOT helps faculty enhance instruction httpwwwmerlotorg OpenCourseWare (MIT) MIT OCW has begun publishing online course materials that are available free of charge They are aiming to have all of MITs course materials available over the web in a single searchable structure Currently the course materials are listed by course and are not searchable httpocwmiteduindexhtml CAREO Campus Alberta Repository of Educational Objects (CAREO) Comprised of 5000 multidisciplinary teaching materials the database is searchable and the collection is webbased This Canadian project has been recognized as a leader in the LOR initiative httpwwwcareoorg Federal Government Resources for Educational Excellence (FREE) This contains numerous educational resources which include teaching ideas instructional activities photographs maps audio files digitized paintings lesson plans httpwwwedgovfree The Digital Library for Earth System Education (DLESE) httpwwwdleseorg DLESE offers easy access to high quality educational resources about the Earth system The library is governed and developed by a broad community of Earth science educators and serves the needs of K-16 learners in both formal and informal venues LRE there will be separate modules part of the framework to focus on LRE

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

29

The participants will define similarities and differences between the reviewed repositories They should also name 3 top rated repositories according to named criteria

Follow-up

The evaluation comments should be revisited after the completion of the module series

Links

The state of the art report D12 NMC Learning Object Repositories httparchivenmcorgprojectsindexshtml Community Dimensions of Learning Object Repositories (CD-LOR) project website httpwwwacademygcalacukcd-lorindexhtml

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

30

Metadata

37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching Main responsible partner (EA)

371 Details

In this learning module the trainees will get acquainted with the concept of metadata An important factor in order to make search and retrieval of educational content more efficient is the quality and quantity of educational metadata associated with these resources In general the commonly accepted way to describe educational resources is the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Standard The module will include introduction to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching authoritative educational metadata schemas (DC-ed amp IEEE LOM) Useful examples of simple metadata will be provided so as to provide a smooth introduction to the concept of metadata Following this activity the concept of metadata in education will be elaborated and specific examples will be provided The trainees will be able to identify similarities between their everyday practice and educational metadata Finally after having explained the later the trainees will be provided with some examples of educational repositories where they will perform various searches using metadata fields In this way they will be able to get a very good idea on how metadata work and what are the possibilities that they offer

372 Pedagogical objectives

Introduction to the concept of metadata Enhancement of lessons with the use of specific examples Enhancement of teacher participation through the introduction of educational repositories where they will perform searches using metadata in practice

373 Process

First the teachers will be presented with the basic concepts of metadata and provided with relevant examples Following this they will then be asked to identify examples of common use of metadata in everyday life After becoming familiar with the basic concepts of metadata teachers will be presented with metadata used in education During this presentation the teachers will be provided with specific examples of educational metadata and will be asked to identify other cases of educational metadata Finally teacher participation will be facilitated at the end of the session with the use of example educational repositories where teachers will be able to perform their own searches through the available content

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

21

Introduction to e-learning httpenwikipediaorgwikiElearning Educational software httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_software Educational technology httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_technologyEducational games httpenwikipediaorgwikiEducational_gameTeachers Internet Use Guide httpwwwrmcdenvercomuseguideindexhtm LMS and LCMS httpenwikipediaorgwikiLearning_management_systemMoodle httpenwikipediaorgwikiMoodleeTwinning httpwwwetwinningnet

32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Information-seeking and literacy skills are increasingly important for both student and teacher success (Haycock 1991) There is a lot of great material on the Web - primary sources specialized directories and databases statistical information educational sites on many levels policy opinion of all kinds and so much more The tools for finding it are steadily improving Currently searching techniques are developed to help the learners as well as teachers to find information in the World Wide Web Nevertheless the users can be confused with search results due to irrelevant information misinformation insufficient information etc

Pedagogical objectives

To search for project relevant information over the Internet using research engines and key words To discuss and assess the validity of relevant information To provide links to Subject Directories Information Gateways and Specialist Databases which relate specially to education will be given

Process

Berkeley is suggesting a very useful and generic word-based strategy (httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetAnalyseTopicFormpdf) Other strategies that are more specialised to education content will be suggested through educational content and organisations Searching can be performed accurately and efficiently by utilising metadata and education specific ontologies

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

22

Arrangement of the pieces of information on notice boards and attempts to interconnect them within a thematic approach to the project

Follow-up

Identify up to 3 methods portals directories which are the more user friendly and effective for searching information online

Links

httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetFindInfohtml Haycock CA (1991) Resource-based learning A shift n the roles of teacher learner NAASP Bulletin 75(535) 15ndash22

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

23

Learning resources and repositories

33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them

A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines

Pedagogical objectives

Aim of the module is

Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)

Process

The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals

Evaluation

Creating learning resources in object formats is seen as way to bring about increased flexibility customization ease of update searchability and manageability to rich stores

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

24

of content and learning resources that are available from publishers or that have been created by faculty members or teachers Participants are asked to discuss online or write a text about the advantages and disadvantages of the use of learning objects and metadata

Follow-up

During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm

Links

What are Learning Resources and Learning Assets httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmlr_and_la What are Learning Objects httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmwhat_lo Composing free and open online educational resources httpenwikiversityorgwikiComposing_free_and_open_online_educational_resourcesWeek_1_-_March_3rd_Introduction Introduction to learning objects by the New Media Consortium (NMC) httparchivenmcorgprojectsloel_loshtml Unesco Open Educational Resources toolkit httpoerwikiiiep-unescoorgindexphptitle=UNESCO_OER_Toolkit Reigeluth C M amp Nelson L M (1997) A new paradigm of ISD In R M Branch amp B B Minor Educational media and technology yearbook Vol 22 (pp 24plusmn35) Englewood CO Libraries Unlimited Incorporated

34 Introduction to sharing learning resources Main responsible partner (EUN)

3121 Details

This module will provide a description and rational on why teachers are encouraged to share learning resources The module also introduces the basics of Creative Commons as an underlying mechanism that allows sharing and makes it easy to understand

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

25

3122 Pedagogical objectives

To understand the basic regarding the concept of sharing To understand provisions of copyright in education including Intellectual Property Rights an example of Creative Commons licensing is given To have an overview of repositories where teachers share resources To appreciate the features of resources that lsquoshare wellrsquo To discuss issues related to sharing learning resources eg remuneration for teachers

3123 Process

The module first introduces the idea of social media through a simple video The idea of social media is also applicable for learning resources Furthermore the concepts of Creative Commons are introduced with a glimpse to learning resource repositories that explicitly use such licensing scheme (eg LeMill LRE OERCommons)

3124 Evaluation

Teachers are introduced a self-evaluation of the understanding of Creative Commons

3125 Follow-up

Teachers are asked to search on different repositories for resources that they can share with their colleagues They are asked to use deliciouscom (related to module 39) to make a collection of resources that they can share and reuse under one of the Creative Commons licensing scheme

3126 Links

Social media in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewf810c5b5-b8dc-4946-a58f-5f7ce7ce4d44 Link to the cartoons about Creative Commons httpwikicreativecommonsorgSharing_Creative_WorkshttpwikicreativecommonsorgHowitworks_Comic1 Link to the LRE material on Creative Commons httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportworking_legally_under_cchtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

26

35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Learning object repositories are believed to increase the value of learning resources by providing opportunities for reuse repurposing or reengineering to suit a variety of purposes and end-user needs Learning object repositories are usually provided to support a teaching and learning community (broadly defined as a group of stakeholders) Through social networking and computer-mediated communication people work as a community to achieve a shared learning objective It is often practiced that a particular community of users coalesce around the learning object repository and engage creating and reusing objects The repositories that hold the learning objects have well researched user interfaces and architectures that make them easy to use and permits various levels of interactivity including search submissions commentsreviews and creating personal collections Communication tools allow interaction between community members by enabling the sharing of ideas in a variety of forms text audio and video By using asynchronous communication tools such as e-mail threaded discussions and bulletin boards participants can readily exchange ideas independent of time and place

Pedagogical objectives

Location of suitable learning objects with reference to specific educational objectives through learning object repositories Introduction of different types of repositories some of which provide a complete curriculum others basic content only introduction to learning objects such MERLOT that has a big user community Here the focus is to show the benefits of such a community details will be given to show the discipline-based review system evaluation based on educational criteria and lesson plans and hints Also this module will discuss implementation issues when adapting learning objects to own educational needs in relation to possible linguistic and cultural barriers on using learning resources from repositories that originate from a country other than that of a user

Process

After a general introduction to repositories and issues each participant should identify a hypothetical scenario of implementation Identifying learning objects and repositories as well as relevant communities is required

Evaluation

In many cases repositories may be set up with the expectation or hope that a particular community of users will coalesce around it out of that broader community of

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

27

stakeholders Participants are asked to discuss how such a community may be encouraged supported and developed

Links

MERLOT especially highlighting the different subject-based communities and how they work httpwwwmerlotorgmerlotcommunitieshtmjsessionid=8296fb4b30d6881c3a2edf274fca9c38d6a45371ec4ae34Oa30TaN4Ke34Rax0Qa3uObxj0

36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

This module gives a more hands-on and demonstrational review on the learning resource repositories in Europe and beyond that have been introduced in D12 ldquoState of the art reportrdquo

Pedagogical objectives

Becoming familiar with learning repositories where participants can identify educational resources Review various interfaces and modes for searching accessing and downloading resources

Process

The following are some of the learning object repositories that will be reviewed LeMill A web community of over 6000 teachers and other learning content creators Free aces provides tools for finding authoring and sharing learning resources httplemillnet Connexion a place to view and share educational material made of small knowledge chunks called modules that can be organized as courses books reports etc httpcnxorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

28

Filamentality A fill-in-the-blank interactive Web site that guides you through picking a topic searching the Web gathering good Internet sites and turning Web resources into learning activities httpwwwknpacbellcomwiredfil Gateway to Educational Materials (GEM) Project The key to one-stop any-stop access to high quality lesson plans curriculum units and other education resources on the Internet Searchable by keyword and educational level httpwwwthegatewayorg MERLOT MERLOT is a free and open resource designed primarily for faculty and students in higher education With a continually growing collection of online learning materials assignments and reviews MERLOT helps faculty enhance instruction httpwwwmerlotorg OpenCourseWare (MIT) MIT OCW has begun publishing online course materials that are available free of charge They are aiming to have all of MITs course materials available over the web in a single searchable structure Currently the course materials are listed by course and are not searchable httpocwmiteduindexhtml CAREO Campus Alberta Repository of Educational Objects (CAREO) Comprised of 5000 multidisciplinary teaching materials the database is searchable and the collection is webbased This Canadian project has been recognized as a leader in the LOR initiative httpwwwcareoorg Federal Government Resources for Educational Excellence (FREE) This contains numerous educational resources which include teaching ideas instructional activities photographs maps audio files digitized paintings lesson plans httpwwwedgovfree The Digital Library for Earth System Education (DLESE) httpwwwdleseorg DLESE offers easy access to high quality educational resources about the Earth system The library is governed and developed by a broad community of Earth science educators and serves the needs of K-16 learners in both formal and informal venues LRE there will be separate modules part of the framework to focus on LRE

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

29

The participants will define similarities and differences between the reviewed repositories They should also name 3 top rated repositories according to named criteria

Follow-up

The evaluation comments should be revisited after the completion of the module series

Links

The state of the art report D12 NMC Learning Object Repositories httparchivenmcorgprojectsindexshtml Community Dimensions of Learning Object Repositories (CD-LOR) project website httpwwwacademygcalacukcd-lorindexhtml

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

30

Metadata

37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching Main responsible partner (EA)

371 Details

In this learning module the trainees will get acquainted with the concept of metadata An important factor in order to make search and retrieval of educational content more efficient is the quality and quantity of educational metadata associated with these resources In general the commonly accepted way to describe educational resources is the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Standard The module will include introduction to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching authoritative educational metadata schemas (DC-ed amp IEEE LOM) Useful examples of simple metadata will be provided so as to provide a smooth introduction to the concept of metadata Following this activity the concept of metadata in education will be elaborated and specific examples will be provided The trainees will be able to identify similarities between their everyday practice and educational metadata Finally after having explained the later the trainees will be provided with some examples of educational repositories where they will perform various searches using metadata fields In this way they will be able to get a very good idea on how metadata work and what are the possibilities that they offer

372 Pedagogical objectives

Introduction to the concept of metadata Enhancement of lessons with the use of specific examples Enhancement of teacher participation through the introduction of educational repositories where they will perform searches using metadata in practice

373 Process

First the teachers will be presented with the basic concepts of metadata and provided with relevant examples Following this they will then be asked to identify examples of common use of metadata in everyday life After becoming familiar with the basic concepts of metadata teachers will be presented with metadata used in education During this presentation the teachers will be provided with specific examples of educational metadata and will be asked to identify other cases of educational metadata Finally teacher participation will be facilitated at the end of the session with the use of example educational repositories where teachers will be able to perform their own searches through the available content

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

22

Arrangement of the pieces of information on notice boards and attempts to interconnect them within a thematic approach to the project

Follow-up

Identify up to 3 methods portals directories which are the more user friendly and effective for searching information online

Links

httpwwwlibberkeleyeduTeachingLibGuidesInternetFindInfohtml Haycock CA (1991) Resource-based learning A shift n the roles of teacher learner NAASP Bulletin 75(535) 15ndash22

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

23

Learning resources and repositories

33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them

A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines

Pedagogical objectives

Aim of the module is

Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)

Process

The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals

Evaluation

Creating learning resources in object formats is seen as way to bring about increased flexibility customization ease of update searchability and manageability to rich stores

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

24

of content and learning resources that are available from publishers or that have been created by faculty members or teachers Participants are asked to discuss online or write a text about the advantages and disadvantages of the use of learning objects and metadata

Follow-up

During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm

Links

What are Learning Resources and Learning Assets httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmlr_and_la What are Learning Objects httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmwhat_lo Composing free and open online educational resources httpenwikiversityorgwikiComposing_free_and_open_online_educational_resourcesWeek_1_-_March_3rd_Introduction Introduction to learning objects by the New Media Consortium (NMC) httparchivenmcorgprojectsloel_loshtml Unesco Open Educational Resources toolkit httpoerwikiiiep-unescoorgindexphptitle=UNESCO_OER_Toolkit Reigeluth C M amp Nelson L M (1997) A new paradigm of ISD In R M Branch amp B B Minor Educational media and technology yearbook Vol 22 (pp 24plusmn35) Englewood CO Libraries Unlimited Incorporated

34 Introduction to sharing learning resources Main responsible partner (EUN)

3121 Details

This module will provide a description and rational on why teachers are encouraged to share learning resources The module also introduces the basics of Creative Commons as an underlying mechanism that allows sharing and makes it easy to understand

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

25

3122 Pedagogical objectives

To understand the basic regarding the concept of sharing To understand provisions of copyright in education including Intellectual Property Rights an example of Creative Commons licensing is given To have an overview of repositories where teachers share resources To appreciate the features of resources that lsquoshare wellrsquo To discuss issues related to sharing learning resources eg remuneration for teachers

3123 Process

The module first introduces the idea of social media through a simple video The idea of social media is also applicable for learning resources Furthermore the concepts of Creative Commons are introduced with a glimpse to learning resource repositories that explicitly use such licensing scheme (eg LeMill LRE OERCommons)

3124 Evaluation

Teachers are introduced a self-evaluation of the understanding of Creative Commons

3125 Follow-up

Teachers are asked to search on different repositories for resources that they can share with their colleagues They are asked to use deliciouscom (related to module 39) to make a collection of resources that they can share and reuse under one of the Creative Commons licensing scheme

3126 Links

Social media in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewf810c5b5-b8dc-4946-a58f-5f7ce7ce4d44 Link to the cartoons about Creative Commons httpwikicreativecommonsorgSharing_Creative_WorkshttpwikicreativecommonsorgHowitworks_Comic1 Link to the LRE material on Creative Commons httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportworking_legally_under_cchtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

26

35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Learning object repositories are believed to increase the value of learning resources by providing opportunities for reuse repurposing or reengineering to suit a variety of purposes and end-user needs Learning object repositories are usually provided to support a teaching and learning community (broadly defined as a group of stakeholders) Through social networking and computer-mediated communication people work as a community to achieve a shared learning objective It is often practiced that a particular community of users coalesce around the learning object repository and engage creating and reusing objects The repositories that hold the learning objects have well researched user interfaces and architectures that make them easy to use and permits various levels of interactivity including search submissions commentsreviews and creating personal collections Communication tools allow interaction between community members by enabling the sharing of ideas in a variety of forms text audio and video By using asynchronous communication tools such as e-mail threaded discussions and bulletin boards participants can readily exchange ideas independent of time and place

Pedagogical objectives

Location of suitable learning objects with reference to specific educational objectives through learning object repositories Introduction of different types of repositories some of which provide a complete curriculum others basic content only introduction to learning objects such MERLOT that has a big user community Here the focus is to show the benefits of such a community details will be given to show the discipline-based review system evaluation based on educational criteria and lesson plans and hints Also this module will discuss implementation issues when adapting learning objects to own educational needs in relation to possible linguistic and cultural barriers on using learning resources from repositories that originate from a country other than that of a user

Process

After a general introduction to repositories and issues each participant should identify a hypothetical scenario of implementation Identifying learning objects and repositories as well as relevant communities is required

Evaluation

In many cases repositories may be set up with the expectation or hope that a particular community of users will coalesce around it out of that broader community of

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

27

stakeholders Participants are asked to discuss how such a community may be encouraged supported and developed

Links

MERLOT especially highlighting the different subject-based communities and how they work httpwwwmerlotorgmerlotcommunitieshtmjsessionid=8296fb4b30d6881c3a2edf274fca9c38d6a45371ec4ae34Oa30TaN4Ke34Rax0Qa3uObxj0

36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

This module gives a more hands-on and demonstrational review on the learning resource repositories in Europe and beyond that have been introduced in D12 ldquoState of the art reportrdquo

Pedagogical objectives

Becoming familiar with learning repositories where participants can identify educational resources Review various interfaces and modes for searching accessing and downloading resources

Process

The following are some of the learning object repositories that will be reviewed LeMill A web community of over 6000 teachers and other learning content creators Free aces provides tools for finding authoring and sharing learning resources httplemillnet Connexion a place to view and share educational material made of small knowledge chunks called modules that can be organized as courses books reports etc httpcnxorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

28

Filamentality A fill-in-the-blank interactive Web site that guides you through picking a topic searching the Web gathering good Internet sites and turning Web resources into learning activities httpwwwknpacbellcomwiredfil Gateway to Educational Materials (GEM) Project The key to one-stop any-stop access to high quality lesson plans curriculum units and other education resources on the Internet Searchable by keyword and educational level httpwwwthegatewayorg MERLOT MERLOT is a free and open resource designed primarily for faculty and students in higher education With a continually growing collection of online learning materials assignments and reviews MERLOT helps faculty enhance instruction httpwwwmerlotorg OpenCourseWare (MIT) MIT OCW has begun publishing online course materials that are available free of charge They are aiming to have all of MITs course materials available over the web in a single searchable structure Currently the course materials are listed by course and are not searchable httpocwmiteduindexhtml CAREO Campus Alberta Repository of Educational Objects (CAREO) Comprised of 5000 multidisciplinary teaching materials the database is searchable and the collection is webbased This Canadian project has been recognized as a leader in the LOR initiative httpwwwcareoorg Federal Government Resources for Educational Excellence (FREE) This contains numerous educational resources which include teaching ideas instructional activities photographs maps audio files digitized paintings lesson plans httpwwwedgovfree The Digital Library for Earth System Education (DLESE) httpwwwdleseorg DLESE offers easy access to high quality educational resources about the Earth system The library is governed and developed by a broad community of Earth science educators and serves the needs of K-16 learners in both formal and informal venues LRE there will be separate modules part of the framework to focus on LRE

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

29

The participants will define similarities and differences between the reviewed repositories They should also name 3 top rated repositories according to named criteria

Follow-up

The evaluation comments should be revisited after the completion of the module series

Links

The state of the art report D12 NMC Learning Object Repositories httparchivenmcorgprojectsindexshtml Community Dimensions of Learning Object Repositories (CD-LOR) project website httpwwwacademygcalacukcd-lorindexhtml

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

30

Metadata

37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching Main responsible partner (EA)

371 Details

In this learning module the trainees will get acquainted with the concept of metadata An important factor in order to make search and retrieval of educational content more efficient is the quality and quantity of educational metadata associated with these resources In general the commonly accepted way to describe educational resources is the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Standard The module will include introduction to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching authoritative educational metadata schemas (DC-ed amp IEEE LOM) Useful examples of simple metadata will be provided so as to provide a smooth introduction to the concept of metadata Following this activity the concept of metadata in education will be elaborated and specific examples will be provided The trainees will be able to identify similarities between their everyday practice and educational metadata Finally after having explained the later the trainees will be provided with some examples of educational repositories where they will perform various searches using metadata fields In this way they will be able to get a very good idea on how metadata work and what are the possibilities that they offer

372 Pedagogical objectives

Introduction to the concept of metadata Enhancement of lessons with the use of specific examples Enhancement of teacher participation through the introduction of educational repositories where they will perform searches using metadata in practice

373 Process

First the teachers will be presented with the basic concepts of metadata and provided with relevant examples Following this they will then be asked to identify examples of common use of metadata in everyday life After becoming familiar with the basic concepts of metadata teachers will be presented with metadata used in education During this presentation the teachers will be provided with specific examples of educational metadata and will be asked to identify other cases of educational metadata Finally teacher participation will be facilitated at the end of the session with the use of example educational repositories where teachers will be able to perform their own searches through the available content

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

23

Learning resources and repositories

33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them

A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines

Pedagogical objectives

Aim of the module is

Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)

Process

The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals

Evaluation

Creating learning resources in object formats is seen as way to bring about increased flexibility customization ease of update searchability and manageability to rich stores

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

24

of content and learning resources that are available from publishers or that have been created by faculty members or teachers Participants are asked to discuss online or write a text about the advantages and disadvantages of the use of learning objects and metadata

Follow-up

During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm

Links

What are Learning Resources and Learning Assets httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmlr_and_la What are Learning Objects httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmwhat_lo Composing free and open online educational resources httpenwikiversityorgwikiComposing_free_and_open_online_educational_resourcesWeek_1_-_March_3rd_Introduction Introduction to learning objects by the New Media Consortium (NMC) httparchivenmcorgprojectsloel_loshtml Unesco Open Educational Resources toolkit httpoerwikiiiep-unescoorgindexphptitle=UNESCO_OER_Toolkit Reigeluth C M amp Nelson L M (1997) A new paradigm of ISD In R M Branch amp B B Minor Educational media and technology yearbook Vol 22 (pp 24plusmn35) Englewood CO Libraries Unlimited Incorporated

34 Introduction to sharing learning resources Main responsible partner (EUN)

3121 Details

This module will provide a description and rational on why teachers are encouraged to share learning resources The module also introduces the basics of Creative Commons as an underlying mechanism that allows sharing and makes it easy to understand

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

25

3122 Pedagogical objectives

To understand the basic regarding the concept of sharing To understand provisions of copyright in education including Intellectual Property Rights an example of Creative Commons licensing is given To have an overview of repositories where teachers share resources To appreciate the features of resources that lsquoshare wellrsquo To discuss issues related to sharing learning resources eg remuneration for teachers

3123 Process

The module first introduces the idea of social media through a simple video The idea of social media is also applicable for learning resources Furthermore the concepts of Creative Commons are introduced with a glimpse to learning resource repositories that explicitly use such licensing scheme (eg LeMill LRE OERCommons)

3124 Evaluation

Teachers are introduced a self-evaluation of the understanding of Creative Commons

3125 Follow-up

Teachers are asked to search on different repositories for resources that they can share with their colleagues They are asked to use deliciouscom (related to module 39) to make a collection of resources that they can share and reuse under one of the Creative Commons licensing scheme

3126 Links

Social media in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewf810c5b5-b8dc-4946-a58f-5f7ce7ce4d44 Link to the cartoons about Creative Commons httpwikicreativecommonsorgSharing_Creative_WorkshttpwikicreativecommonsorgHowitworks_Comic1 Link to the LRE material on Creative Commons httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportworking_legally_under_cchtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

26

35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Learning object repositories are believed to increase the value of learning resources by providing opportunities for reuse repurposing or reengineering to suit a variety of purposes and end-user needs Learning object repositories are usually provided to support a teaching and learning community (broadly defined as a group of stakeholders) Through social networking and computer-mediated communication people work as a community to achieve a shared learning objective It is often practiced that a particular community of users coalesce around the learning object repository and engage creating and reusing objects The repositories that hold the learning objects have well researched user interfaces and architectures that make them easy to use and permits various levels of interactivity including search submissions commentsreviews and creating personal collections Communication tools allow interaction between community members by enabling the sharing of ideas in a variety of forms text audio and video By using asynchronous communication tools such as e-mail threaded discussions and bulletin boards participants can readily exchange ideas independent of time and place

Pedagogical objectives

Location of suitable learning objects with reference to specific educational objectives through learning object repositories Introduction of different types of repositories some of which provide a complete curriculum others basic content only introduction to learning objects such MERLOT that has a big user community Here the focus is to show the benefits of such a community details will be given to show the discipline-based review system evaluation based on educational criteria and lesson plans and hints Also this module will discuss implementation issues when adapting learning objects to own educational needs in relation to possible linguistic and cultural barriers on using learning resources from repositories that originate from a country other than that of a user

Process

After a general introduction to repositories and issues each participant should identify a hypothetical scenario of implementation Identifying learning objects and repositories as well as relevant communities is required

Evaluation

In many cases repositories may be set up with the expectation or hope that a particular community of users will coalesce around it out of that broader community of

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

27

stakeholders Participants are asked to discuss how such a community may be encouraged supported and developed

Links

MERLOT especially highlighting the different subject-based communities and how they work httpwwwmerlotorgmerlotcommunitieshtmjsessionid=8296fb4b30d6881c3a2edf274fca9c38d6a45371ec4ae34Oa30TaN4Ke34Rax0Qa3uObxj0

36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

This module gives a more hands-on and demonstrational review on the learning resource repositories in Europe and beyond that have been introduced in D12 ldquoState of the art reportrdquo

Pedagogical objectives

Becoming familiar with learning repositories where participants can identify educational resources Review various interfaces and modes for searching accessing and downloading resources

Process

The following are some of the learning object repositories that will be reviewed LeMill A web community of over 6000 teachers and other learning content creators Free aces provides tools for finding authoring and sharing learning resources httplemillnet Connexion a place to view and share educational material made of small knowledge chunks called modules that can be organized as courses books reports etc httpcnxorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

28

Filamentality A fill-in-the-blank interactive Web site that guides you through picking a topic searching the Web gathering good Internet sites and turning Web resources into learning activities httpwwwknpacbellcomwiredfil Gateway to Educational Materials (GEM) Project The key to one-stop any-stop access to high quality lesson plans curriculum units and other education resources on the Internet Searchable by keyword and educational level httpwwwthegatewayorg MERLOT MERLOT is a free and open resource designed primarily for faculty and students in higher education With a continually growing collection of online learning materials assignments and reviews MERLOT helps faculty enhance instruction httpwwwmerlotorg OpenCourseWare (MIT) MIT OCW has begun publishing online course materials that are available free of charge They are aiming to have all of MITs course materials available over the web in a single searchable structure Currently the course materials are listed by course and are not searchable httpocwmiteduindexhtml CAREO Campus Alberta Repository of Educational Objects (CAREO) Comprised of 5000 multidisciplinary teaching materials the database is searchable and the collection is webbased This Canadian project has been recognized as a leader in the LOR initiative httpwwwcareoorg Federal Government Resources for Educational Excellence (FREE) This contains numerous educational resources which include teaching ideas instructional activities photographs maps audio files digitized paintings lesson plans httpwwwedgovfree The Digital Library for Earth System Education (DLESE) httpwwwdleseorg DLESE offers easy access to high quality educational resources about the Earth system The library is governed and developed by a broad community of Earth science educators and serves the needs of K-16 learners in both formal and informal venues LRE there will be separate modules part of the framework to focus on LRE

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

29

The participants will define similarities and differences between the reviewed repositories They should also name 3 top rated repositories according to named criteria

Follow-up

The evaluation comments should be revisited after the completion of the module series

Links

The state of the art report D12 NMC Learning Object Repositories httparchivenmcorgprojectsindexshtml Community Dimensions of Learning Object Repositories (CD-LOR) project website httpwwwacademygcalacukcd-lorindexhtml

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

30

Metadata

37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching Main responsible partner (EA)

371 Details

In this learning module the trainees will get acquainted with the concept of metadata An important factor in order to make search and retrieval of educational content more efficient is the quality and quantity of educational metadata associated with these resources In general the commonly accepted way to describe educational resources is the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Standard The module will include introduction to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching authoritative educational metadata schemas (DC-ed amp IEEE LOM) Useful examples of simple metadata will be provided so as to provide a smooth introduction to the concept of metadata Following this activity the concept of metadata in education will be elaborated and specific examples will be provided The trainees will be able to identify similarities between their everyday practice and educational metadata Finally after having explained the later the trainees will be provided with some examples of educational repositories where they will perform various searches using metadata fields In this way they will be able to get a very good idea on how metadata work and what are the possibilities that they offer

372 Pedagogical objectives

Introduction to the concept of metadata Enhancement of lessons with the use of specific examples Enhancement of teacher participation through the introduction of educational repositories where they will perform searches using metadata in practice

373 Process

First the teachers will be presented with the basic concepts of metadata and provided with relevant examples Following this they will then be asked to identify examples of common use of metadata in everyday life After becoming familiar with the basic concepts of metadata teachers will be presented with metadata used in education During this presentation the teachers will be provided with specific examples of educational metadata and will be asked to identify other cases of educational metadata Finally teacher participation will be facilitated at the end of the session with the use of example educational repositories where teachers will be able to perform their own searches through the available content

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

24

of content and learning resources that are available from publishers or that have been created by faculty members or teachers Participants are asked to discuss online or write a text about the advantages and disadvantages of the use of learning objects and metadata

Follow-up

During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm

Links

What are Learning Resources and Learning Assets httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmlr_and_la What are Learning Objects httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportlearning_resources_in_lrehtmwhat_lo Composing free and open online educational resources httpenwikiversityorgwikiComposing_free_and_open_online_educational_resourcesWeek_1_-_March_3rd_Introduction Introduction to learning objects by the New Media Consortium (NMC) httparchivenmcorgprojectsloel_loshtml Unesco Open Educational Resources toolkit httpoerwikiiiep-unescoorgindexphptitle=UNESCO_OER_Toolkit Reigeluth C M amp Nelson L M (1997) A new paradigm of ISD In R M Branch amp B B Minor Educational media and technology yearbook Vol 22 (pp 24plusmn35) Englewood CO Libraries Unlimited Incorporated

34 Introduction to sharing learning resources Main responsible partner (EUN)

3121 Details

This module will provide a description and rational on why teachers are encouraged to share learning resources The module also introduces the basics of Creative Commons as an underlying mechanism that allows sharing and makes it easy to understand

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

25

3122 Pedagogical objectives

To understand the basic regarding the concept of sharing To understand provisions of copyright in education including Intellectual Property Rights an example of Creative Commons licensing is given To have an overview of repositories where teachers share resources To appreciate the features of resources that lsquoshare wellrsquo To discuss issues related to sharing learning resources eg remuneration for teachers

3123 Process

The module first introduces the idea of social media through a simple video The idea of social media is also applicable for learning resources Furthermore the concepts of Creative Commons are introduced with a glimpse to learning resource repositories that explicitly use such licensing scheme (eg LeMill LRE OERCommons)

3124 Evaluation

Teachers are introduced a self-evaluation of the understanding of Creative Commons

3125 Follow-up

Teachers are asked to search on different repositories for resources that they can share with their colleagues They are asked to use deliciouscom (related to module 39) to make a collection of resources that they can share and reuse under one of the Creative Commons licensing scheme

3126 Links

Social media in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewf810c5b5-b8dc-4946-a58f-5f7ce7ce4d44 Link to the cartoons about Creative Commons httpwikicreativecommonsorgSharing_Creative_WorkshttpwikicreativecommonsorgHowitworks_Comic1 Link to the LRE material on Creative Commons httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportworking_legally_under_cchtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

26

35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Learning object repositories are believed to increase the value of learning resources by providing opportunities for reuse repurposing or reengineering to suit a variety of purposes and end-user needs Learning object repositories are usually provided to support a teaching and learning community (broadly defined as a group of stakeholders) Through social networking and computer-mediated communication people work as a community to achieve a shared learning objective It is often practiced that a particular community of users coalesce around the learning object repository and engage creating and reusing objects The repositories that hold the learning objects have well researched user interfaces and architectures that make them easy to use and permits various levels of interactivity including search submissions commentsreviews and creating personal collections Communication tools allow interaction between community members by enabling the sharing of ideas in a variety of forms text audio and video By using asynchronous communication tools such as e-mail threaded discussions and bulletin boards participants can readily exchange ideas independent of time and place

Pedagogical objectives

Location of suitable learning objects with reference to specific educational objectives through learning object repositories Introduction of different types of repositories some of which provide a complete curriculum others basic content only introduction to learning objects such MERLOT that has a big user community Here the focus is to show the benefits of such a community details will be given to show the discipline-based review system evaluation based on educational criteria and lesson plans and hints Also this module will discuss implementation issues when adapting learning objects to own educational needs in relation to possible linguistic and cultural barriers on using learning resources from repositories that originate from a country other than that of a user

Process

After a general introduction to repositories and issues each participant should identify a hypothetical scenario of implementation Identifying learning objects and repositories as well as relevant communities is required

Evaluation

In many cases repositories may be set up with the expectation or hope that a particular community of users will coalesce around it out of that broader community of

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

27

stakeholders Participants are asked to discuss how such a community may be encouraged supported and developed

Links

MERLOT especially highlighting the different subject-based communities and how they work httpwwwmerlotorgmerlotcommunitieshtmjsessionid=8296fb4b30d6881c3a2edf274fca9c38d6a45371ec4ae34Oa30TaN4Ke34Rax0Qa3uObxj0

36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

This module gives a more hands-on and demonstrational review on the learning resource repositories in Europe and beyond that have been introduced in D12 ldquoState of the art reportrdquo

Pedagogical objectives

Becoming familiar with learning repositories where participants can identify educational resources Review various interfaces and modes for searching accessing and downloading resources

Process

The following are some of the learning object repositories that will be reviewed LeMill A web community of over 6000 teachers and other learning content creators Free aces provides tools for finding authoring and sharing learning resources httplemillnet Connexion a place to view and share educational material made of small knowledge chunks called modules that can be organized as courses books reports etc httpcnxorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

28

Filamentality A fill-in-the-blank interactive Web site that guides you through picking a topic searching the Web gathering good Internet sites and turning Web resources into learning activities httpwwwknpacbellcomwiredfil Gateway to Educational Materials (GEM) Project The key to one-stop any-stop access to high quality lesson plans curriculum units and other education resources on the Internet Searchable by keyword and educational level httpwwwthegatewayorg MERLOT MERLOT is a free and open resource designed primarily for faculty and students in higher education With a continually growing collection of online learning materials assignments and reviews MERLOT helps faculty enhance instruction httpwwwmerlotorg OpenCourseWare (MIT) MIT OCW has begun publishing online course materials that are available free of charge They are aiming to have all of MITs course materials available over the web in a single searchable structure Currently the course materials are listed by course and are not searchable httpocwmiteduindexhtml CAREO Campus Alberta Repository of Educational Objects (CAREO) Comprised of 5000 multidisciplinary teaching materials the database is searchable and the collection is webbased This Canadian project has been recognized as a leader in the LOR initiative httpwwwcareoorg Federal Government Resources for Educational Excellence (FREE) This contains numerous educational resources which include teaching ideas instructional activities photographs maps audio files digitized paintings lesson plans httpwwwedgovfree The Digital Library for Earth System Education (DLESE) httpwwwdleseorg DLESE offers easy access to high quality educational resources about the Earth system The library is governed and developed by a broad community of Earth science educators and serves the needs of K-16 learners in both formal and informal venues LRE there will be separate modules part of the framework to focus on LRE

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

29

The participants will define similarities and differences between the reviewed repositories They should also name 3 top rated repositories according to named criteria

Follow-up

The evaluation comments should be revisited after the completion of the module series

Links

The state of the art report D12 NMC Learning Object Repositories httparchivenmcorgprojectsindexshtml Community Dimensions of Learning Object Repositories (CD-LOR) project website httpwwwacademygcalacukcd-lorindexhtml

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

30

Metadata

37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching Main responsible partner (EA)

371 Details

In this learning module the trainees will get acquainted with the concept of metadata An important factor in order to make search and retrieval of educational content more efficient is the quality and quantity of educational metadata associated with these resources In general the commonly accepted way to describe educational resources is the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Standard The module will include introduction to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching authoritative educational metadata schemas (DC-ed amp IEEE LOM) Useful examples of simple metadata will be provided so as to provide a smooth introduction to the concept of metadata Following this activity the concept of metadata in education will be elaborated and specific examples will be provided The trainees will be able to identify similarities between their everyday practice and educational metadata Finally after having explained the later the trainees will be provided with some examples of educational repositories where they will perform various searches using metadata fields In this way they will be able to get a very good idea on how metadata work and what are the possibilities that they offer

372 Pedagogical objectives

Introduction to the concept of metadata Enhancement of lessons with the use of specific examples Enhancement of teacher participation through the introduction of educational repositories where they will perform searches using metadata in practice

373 Process

First the teachers will be presented with the basic concepts of metadata and provided with relevant examples Following this they will then be asked to identify examples of common use of metadata in everyday life After becoming familiar with the basic concepts of metadata teachers will be presented with metadata used in education During this presentation the teachers will be provided with specific examples of educational metadata and will be asked to identify other cases of educational metadata Finally teacher participation will be facilitated at the end of the session with the use of example educational repositories where teachers will be able to perform their own searches through the available content

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

25

3122 Pedagogical objectives

To understand the basic regarding the concept of sharing To understand provisions of copyright in education including Intellectual Property Rights an example of Creative Commons licensing is given To have an overview of repositories where teachers share resources To appreciate the features of resources that lsquoshare wellrsquo To discuss issues related to sharing learning resources eg remuneration for teachers

3123 Process

The module first introduces the idea of social media through a simple video The idea of social media is also applicable for learning resources Furthermore the concepts of Creative Commons are introduced with a glimpse to learning resource repositories that explicitly use such licensing scheme (eg LeMill LRE OERCommons)

3124 Evaluation

Teachers are introduced a self-evaluation of the understanding of Creative Commons

3125 Follow-up

Teachers are asked to search on different repositories for resources that they can share with their colleagues They are asked to use deliciouscom (related to module 39) to make a collection of resources that they can share and reuse under one of the Creative Commons licensing scheme

3126 Links

Social media in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewf810c5b5-b8dc-4946-a58f-5f7ce7ce4d44 Link to the cartoons about Creative Commons httpwikicreativecommonsorgSharing_Creative_WorkshttpwikicreativecommonsorgHowitworks_Comic1 Link to the LRE material on Creative Commons httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportworking_legally_under_cchtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

26

35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Learning object repositories are believed to increase the value of learning resources by providing opportunities for reuse repurposing or reengineering to suit a variety of purposes and end-user needs Learning object repositories are usually provided to support a teaching and learning community (broadly defined as a group of stakeholders) Through social networking and computer-mediated communication people work as a community to achieve a shared learning objective It is often practiced that a particular community of users coalesce around the learning object repository and engage creating and reusing objects The repositories that hold the learning objects have well researched user interfaces and architectures that make them easy to use and permits various levels of interactivity including search submissions commentsreviews and creating personal collections Communication tools allow interaction between community members by enabling the sharing of ideas in a variety of forms text audio and video By using asynchronous communication tools such as e-mail threaded discussions and bulletin boards participants can readily exchange ideas independent of time and place

Pedagogical objectives

Location of suitable learning objects with reference to specific educational objectives through learning object repositories Introduction of different types of repositories some of which provide a complete curriculum others basic content only introduction to learning objects such MERLOT that has a big user community Here the focus is to show the benefits of such a community details will be given to show the discipline-based review system evaluation based on educational criteria and lesson plans and hints Also this module will discuss implementation issues when adapting learning objects to own educational needs in relation to possible linguistic and cultural barriers on using learning resources from repositories that originate from a country other than that of a user

Process

After a general introduction to repositories and issues each participant should identify a hypothetical scenario of implementation Identifying learning objects and repositories as well as relevant communities is required

Evaluation

In many cases repositories may be set up with the expectation or hope that a particular community of users will coalesce around it out of that broader community of

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

27

stakeholders Participants are asked to discuss how such a community may be encouraged supported and developed

Links

MERLOT especially highlighting the different subject-based communities and how they work httpwwwmerlotorgmerlotcommunitieshtmjsessionid=8296fb4b30d6881c3a2edf274fca9c38d6a45371ec4ae34Oa30TaN4Ke34Rax0Qa3uObxj0

36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

This module gives a more hands-on and demonstrational review on the learning resource repositories in Europe and beyond that have been introduced in D12 ldquoState of the art reportrdquo

Pedagogical objectives

Becoming familiar with learning repositories where participants can identify educational resources Review various interfaces and modes for searching accessing and downloading resources

Process

The following are some of the learning object repositories that will be reviewed LeMill A web community of over 6000 teachers and other learning content creators Free aces provides tools for finding authoring and sharing learning resources httplemillnet Connexion a place to view and share educational material made of small knowledge chunks called modules that can be organized as courses books reports etc httpcnxorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

28

Filamentality A fill-in-the-blank interactive Web site that guides you through picking a topic searching the Web gathering good Internet sites and turning Web resources into learning activities httpwwwknpacbellcomwiredfil Gateway to Educational Materials (GEM) Project The key to one-stop any-stop access to high quality lesson plans curriculum units and other education resources on the Internet Searchable by keyword and educational level httpwwwthegatewayorg MERLOT MERLOT is a free and open resource designed primarily for faculty and students in higher education With a continually growing collection of online learning materials assignments and reviews MERLOT helps faculty enhance instruction httpwwwmerlotorg OpenCourseWare (MIT) MIT OCW has begun publishing online course materials that are available free of charge They are aiming to have all of MITs course materials available over the web in a single searchable structure Currently the course materials are listed by course and are not searchable httpocwmiteduindexhtml CAREO Campus Alberta Repository of Educational Objects (CAREO) Comprised of 5000 multidisciplinary teaching materials the database is searchable and the collection is webbased This Canadian project has been recognized as a leader in the LOR initiative httpwwwcareoorg Federal Government Resources for Educational Excellence (FREE) This contains numerous educational resources which include teaching ideas instructional activities photographs maps audio files digitized paintings lesson plans httpwwwedgovfree The Digital Library for Earth System Education (DLESE) httpwwwdleseorg DLESE offers easy access to high quality educational resources about the Earth system The library is governed and developed by a broad community of Earth science educators and serves the needs of K-16 learners in both formal and informal venues LRE there will be separate modules part of the framework to focus on LRE

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

29

The participants will define similarities and differences between the reviewed repositories They should also name 3 top rated repositories according to named criteria

Follow-up

The evaluation comments should be revisited after the completion of the module series

Links

The state of the art report D12 NMC Learning Object Repositories httparchivenmcorgprojectsindexshtml Community Dimensions of Learning Object Repositories (CD-LOR) project website httpwwwacademygcalacukcd-lorindexhtml

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

30

Metadata

37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching Main responsible partner (EA)

371 Details

In this learning module the trainees will get acquainted with the concept of metadata An important factor in order to make search and retrieval of educational content more efficient is the quality and quantity of educational metadata associated with these resources In general the commonly accepted way to describe educational resources is the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Standard The module will include introduction to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching authoritative educational metadata schemas (DC-ed amp IEEE LOM) Useful examples of simple metadata will be provided so as to provide a smooth introduction to the concept of metadata Following this activity the concept of metadata in education will be elaborated and specific examples will be provided The trainees will be able to identify similarities between their everyday practice and educational metadata Finally after having explained the later the trainees will be provided with some examples of educational repositories where they will perform various searches using metadata fields In this way they will be able to get a very good idea on how metadata work and what are the possibilities that they offer

372 Pedagogical objectives

Introduction to the concept of metadata Enhancement of lessons with the use of specific examples Enhancement of teacher participation through the introduction of educational repositories where they will perform searches using metadata in practice

373 Process

First the teachers will be presented with the basic concepts of metadata and provided with relevant examples Following this they will then be asked to identify examples of common use of metadata in everyday life After becoming familiar with the basic concepts of metadata teachers will be presented with metadata used in education During this presentation the teachers will be provided with specific examples of educational metadata and will be asked to identify other cases of educational metadata Finally teacher participation will be facilitated at the end of the session with the use of example educational repositories where teachers will be able to perform their own searches through the available content

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

26

35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Learning object repositories are believed to increase the value of learning resources by providing opportunities for reuse repurposing or reengineering to suit a variety of purposes and end-user needs Learning object repositories are usually provided to support a teaching and learning community (broadly defined as a group of stakeholders) Through social networking and computer-mediated communication people work as a community to achieve a shared learning objective It is often practiced that a particular community of users coalesce around the learning object repository and engage creating and reusing objects The repositories that hold the learning objects have well researched user interfaces and architectures that make them easy to use and permits various levels of interactivity including search submissions commentsreviews and creating personal collections Communication tools allow interaction between community members by enabling the sharing of ideas in a variety of forms text audio and video By using asynchronous communication tools such as e-mail threaded discussions and bulletin boards participants can readily exchange ideas independent of time and place

Pedagogical objectives

Location of suitable learning objects with reference to specific educational objectives through learning object repositories Introduction of different types of repositories some of which provide a complete curriculum others basic content only introduction to learning objects such MERLOT that has a big user community Here the focus is to show the benefits of such a community details will be given to show the discipline-based review system evaluation based on educational criteria and lesson plans and hints Also this module will discuss implementation issues when adapting learning objects to own educational needs in relation to possible linguistic and cultural barriers on using learning resources from repositories that originate from a country other than that of a user

Process

After a general introduction to repositories and issues each participant should identify a hypothetical scenario of implementation Identifying learning objects and repositories as well as relevant communities is required

Evaluation

In many cases repositories may be set up with the expectation or hope that a particular community of users will coalesce around it out of that broader community of

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

27

stakeholders Participants are asked to discuss how such a community may be encouraged supported and developed

Links

MERLOT especially highlighting the different subject-based communities and how they work httpwwwmerlotorgmerlotcommunitieshtmjsessionid=8296fb4b30d6881c3a2edf274fca9c38d6a45371ec4ae34Oa30TaN4Ke34Rax0Qa3uObxj0

36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

This module gives a more hands-on and demonstrational review on the learning resource repositories in Europe and beyond that have been introduced in D12 ldquoState of the art reportrdquo

Pedagogical objectives

Becoming familiar with learning repositories where participants can identify educational resources Review various interfaces and modes for searching accessing and downloading resources

Process

The following are some of the learning object repositories that will be reviewed LeMill A web community of over 6000 teachers and other learning content creators Free aces provides tools for finding authoring and sharing learning resources httplemillnet Connexion a place to view and share educational material made of small knowledge chunks called modules that can be organized as courses books reports etc httpcnxorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

28

Filamentality A fill-in-the-blank interactive Web site that guides you through picking a topic searching the Web gathering good Internet sites and turning Web resources into learning activities httpwwwknpacbellcomwiredfil Gateway to Educational Materials (GEM) Project The key to one-stop any-stop access to high quality lesson plans curriculum units and other education resources on the Internet Searchable by keyword and educational level httpwwwthegatewayorg MERLOT MERLOT is a free and open resource designed primarily for faculty and students in higher education With a continually growing collection of online learning materials assignments and reviews MERLOT helps faculty enhance instruction httpwwwmerlotorg OpenCourseWare (MIT) MIT OCW has begun publishing online course materials that are available free of charge They are aiming to have all of MITs course materials available over the web in a single searchable structure Currently the course materials are listed by course and are not searchable httpocwmiteduindexhtml CAREO Campus Alberta Repository of Educational Objects (CAREO) Comprised of 5000 multidisciplinary teaching materials the database is searchable and the collection is webbased This Canadian project has been recognized as a leader in the LOR initiative httpwwwcareoorg Federal Government Resources for Educational Excellence (FREE) This contains numerous educational resources which include teaching ideas instructional activities photographs maps audio files digitized paintings lesson plans httpwwwedgovfree The Digital Library for Earth System Education (DLESE) httpwwwdleseorg DLESE offers easy access to high quality educational resources about the Earth system The library is governed and developed by a broad community of Earth science educators and serves the needs of K-16 learners in both formal and informal venues LRE there will be separate modules part of the framework to focus on LRE

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

29

The participants will define similarities and differences between the reviewed repositories They should also name 3 top rated repositories according to named criteria

Follow-up

The evaluation comments should be revisited after the completion of the module series

Links

The state of the art report D12 NMC Learning Object Repositories httparchivenmcorgprojectsindexshtml Community Dimensions of Learning Object Repositories (CD-LOR) project website httpwwwacademygcalacukcd-lorindexhtml

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

30

Metadata

37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching Main responsible partner (EA)

371 Details

In this learning module the trainees will get acquainted with the concept of metadata An important factor in order to make search and retrieval of educational content more efficient is the quality and quantity of educational metadata associated with these resources In general the commonly accepted way to describe educational resources is the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Standard The module will include introduction to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching authoritative educational metadata schemas (DC-ed amp IEEE LOM) Useful examples of simple metadata will be provided so as to provide a smooth introduction to the concept of metadata Following this activity the concept of metadata in education will be elaborated and specific examples will be provided The trainees will be able to identify similarities between their everyday practice and educational metadata Finally after having explained the later the trainees will be provided with some examples of educational repositories where they will perform various searches using metadata fields In this way they will be able to get a very good idea on how metadata work and what are the possibilities that they offer

372 Pedagogical objectives

Introduction to the concept of metadata Enhancement of lessons with the use of specific examples Enhancement of teacher participation through the introduction of educational repositories where they will perform searches using metadata in practice

373 Process

First the teachers will be presented with the basic concepts of metadata and provided with relevant examples Following this they will then be asked to identify examples of common use of metadata in everyday life After becoming familiar with the basic concepts of metadata teachers will be presented with metadata used in education During this presentation the teachers will be provided with specific examples of educational metadata and will be asked to identify other cases of educational metadata Finally teacher participation will be facilitated at the end of the session with the use of example educational repositories where teachers will be able to perform their own searches through the available content

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

27

stakeholders Participants are asked to discuss how such a community may be encouraged supported and developed

Links

MERLOT especially highlighting the different subject-based communities and how they work httpwwwmerlotorgmerlotcommunitieshtmjsessionid=8296fb4b30d6881c3a2edf274fca9c38d6a45371ec4ae34Oa30TaN4Ke34Rax0Qa3uObxj0

36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

This module gives a more hands-on and demonstrational review on the learning resource repositories in Europe and beyond that have been introduced in D12 ldquoState of the art reportrdquo

Pedagogical objectives

Becoming familiar with learning repositories where participants can identify educational resources Review various interfaces and modes for searching accessing and downloading resources

Process

The following are some of the learning object repositories that will be reviewed LeMill A web community of over 6000 teachers and other learning content creators Free aces provides tools for finding authoring and sharing learning resources httplemillnet Connexion a place to view and share educational material made of small knowledge chunks called modules that can be organized as courses books reports etc httpcnxorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

28

Filamentality A fill-in-the-blank interactive Web site that guides you through picking a topic searching the Web gathering good Internet sites and turning Web resources into learning activities httpwwwknpacbellcomwiredfil Gateway to Educational Materials (GEM) Project The key to one-stop any-stop access to high quality lesson plans curriculum units and other education resources on the Internet Searchable by keyword and educational level httpwwwthegatewayorg MERLOT MERLOT is a free and open resource designed primarily for faculty and students in higher education With a continually growing collection of online learning materials assignments and reviews MERLOT helps faculty enhance instruction httpwwwmerlotorg OpenCourseWare (MIT) MIT OCW has begun publishing online course materials that are available free of charge They are aiming to have all of MITs course materials available over the web in a single searchable structure Currently the course materials are listed by course and are not searchable httpocwmiteduindexhtml CAREO Campus Alberta Repository of Educational Objects (CAREO) Comprised of 5000 multidisciplinary teaching materials the database is searchable and the collection is webbased This Canadian project has been recognized as a leader in the LOR initiative httpwwwcareoorg Federal Government Resources for Educational Excellence (FREE) This contains numerous educational resources which include teaching ideas instructional activities photographs maps audio files digitized paintings lesson plans httpwwwedgovfree The Digital Library for Earth System Education (DLESE) httpwwwdleseorg DLESE offers easy access to high quality educational resources about the Earth system The library is governed and developed by a broad community of Earth science educators and serves the needs of K-16 learners in both formal and informal venues LRE there will be separate modules part of the framework to focus on LRE

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

29

The participants will define similarities and differences between the reviewed repositories They should also name 3 top rated repositories according to named criteria

Follow-up

The evaluation comments should be revisited after the completion of the module series

Links

The state of the art report D12 NMC Learning Object Repositories httparchivenmcorgprojectsindexshtml Community Dimensions of Learning Object Repositories (CD-LOR) project website httpwwwacademygcalacukcd-lorindexhtml

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

30

Metadata

37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching Main responsible partner (EA)

371 Details

In this learning module the trainees will get acquainted with the concept of metadata An important factor in order to make search and retrieval of educational content more efficient is the quality and quantity of educational metadata associated with these resources In general the commonly accepted way to describe educational resources is the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Standard The module will include introduction to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching authoritative educational metadata schemas (DC-ed amp IEEE LOM) Useful examples of simple metadata will be provided so as to provide a smooth introduction to the concept of metadata Following this activity the concept of metadata in education will be elaborated and specific examples will be provided The trainees will be able to identify similarities between their everyday practice and educational metadata Finally after having explained the later the trainees will be provided with some examples of educational repositories where they will perform various searches using metadata fields In this way they will be able to get a very good idea on how metadata work and what are the possibilities that they offer

372 Pedagogical objectives

Introduction to the concept of metadata Enhancement of lessons with the use of specific examples Enhancement of teacher participation through the introduction of educational repositories where they will perform searches using metadata in practice

373 Process

First the teachers will be presented with the basic concepts of metadata and provided with relevant examples Following this they will then be asked to identify examples of common use of metadata in everyday life After becoming familiar with the basic concepts of metadata teachers will be presented with metadata used in education During this presentation the teachers will be provided with specific examples of educational metadata and will be asked to identify other cases of educational metadata Finally teacher participation will be facilitated at the end of the session with the use of example educational repositories where teachers will be able to perform their own searches through the available content

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

28

Filamentality A fill-in-the-blank interactive Web site that guides you through picking a topic searching the Web gathering good Internet sites and turning Web resources into learning activities httpwwwknpacbellcomwiredfil Gateway to Educational Materials (GEM) Project The key to one-stop any-stop access to high quality lesson plans curriculum units and other education resources on the Internet Searchable by keyword and educational level httpwwwthegatewayorg MERLOT MERLOT is a free and open resource designed primarily for faculty and students in higher education With a continually growing collection of online learning materials assignments and reviews MERLOT helps faculty enhance instruction httpwwwmerlotorg OpenCourseWare (MIT) MIT OCW has begun publishing online course materials that are available free of charge They are aiming to have all of MITs course materials available over the web in a single searchable structure Currently the course materials are listed by course and are not searchable httpocwmiteduindexhtml CAREO Campus Alberta Repository of Educational Objects (CAREO) Comprised of 5000 multidisciplinary teaching materials the database is searchable and the collection is webbased This Canadian project has been recognized as a leader in the LOR initiative httpwwwcareoorg Federal Government Resources for Educational Excellence (FREE) This contains numerous educational resources which include teaching ideas instructional activities photographs maps audio files digitized paintings lesson plans httpwwwedgovfree The Digital Library for Earth System Education (DLESE) httpwwwdleseorg DLESE offers easy access to high quality educational resources about the Earth system The library is governed and developed by a broad community of Earth science educators and serves the needs of K-16 learners in both formal and informal venues LRE there will be separate modules part of the framework to focus on LRE

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

29

The participants will define similarities and differences between the reviewed repositories They should also name 3 top rated repositories according to named criteria

Follow-up

The evaluation comments should be revisited after the completion of the module series

Links

The state of the art report D12 NMC Learning Object Repositories httparchivenmcorgprojectsindexshtml Community Dimensions of Learning Object Repositories (CD-LOR) project website httpwwwacademygcalacukcd-lorindexhtml

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

30

Metadata

37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching Main responsible partner (EA)

371 Details

In this learning module the trainees will get acquainted with the concept of metadata An important factor in order to make search and retrieval of educational content more efficient is the quality and quantity of educational metadata associated with these resources In general the commonly accepted way to describe educational resources is the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Standard The module will include introduction to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching authoritative educational metadata schemas (DC-ed amp IEEE LOM) Useful examples of simple metadata will be provided so as to provide a smooth introduction to the concept of metadata Following this activity the concept of metadata in education will be elaborated and specific examples will be provided The trainees will be able to identify similarities between their everyday practice and educational metadata Finally after having explained the later the trainees will be provided with some examples of educational repositories where they will perform various searches using metadata fields In this way they will be able to get a very good idea on how metadata work and what are the possibilities that they offer

372 Pedagogical objectives

Introduction to the concept of metadata Enhancement of lessons with the use of specific examples Enhancement of teacher participation through the introduction of educational repositories where they will perform searches using metadata in practice

373 Process

First the teachers will be presented with the basic concepts of metadata and provided with relevant examples Following this they will then be asked to identify examples of common use of metadata in everyday life After becoming familiar with the basic concepts of metadata teachers will be presented with metadata used in education During this presentation the teachers will be provided with specific examples of educational metadata and will be asked to identify other cases of educational metadata Finally teacher participation will be facilitated at the end of the session with the use of example educational repositories where teachers will be able to perform their own searches through the available content

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

29

The participants will define similarities and differences between the reviewed repositories They should also name 3 top rated repositories according to named criteria

Follow-up

The evaluation comments should be revisited after the completion of the module series

Links

The state of the art report D12 NMC Learning Object Repositories httparchivenmcorgprojectsindexshtml Community Dimensions of Learning Object Repositories (CD-LOR) project website httpwwwacademygcalacukcd-lorindexhtml

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

30

Metadata

37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching Main responsible partner (EA)

371 Details

In this learning module the trainees will get acquainted with the concept of metadata An important factor in order to make search and retrieval of educational content more efficient is the quality and quantity of educational metadata associated with these resources In general the commonly accepted way to describe educational resources is the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Standard The module will include introduction to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching authoritative educational metadata schemas (DC-ed amp IEEE LOM) Useful examples of simple metadata will be provided so as to provide a smooth introduction to the concept of metadata Following this activity the concept of metadata in education will be elaborated and specific examples will be provided The trainees will be able to identify similarities between their everyday practice and educational metadata Finally after having explained the later the trainees will be provided with some examples of educational repositories where they will perform various searches using metadata fields In this way they will be able to get a very good idea on how metadata work and what are the possibilities that they offer

372 Pedagogical objectives

Introduction to the concept of metadata Enhancement of lessons with the use of specific examples Enhancement of teacher participation through the introduction of educational repositories where they will perform searches using metadata in practice

373 Process

First the teachers will be presented with the basic concepts of metadata and provided with relevant examples Following this they will then be asked to identify examples of common use of metadata in everyday life After becoming familiar with the basic concepts of metadata teachers will be presented with metadata used in education During this presentation the teachers will be provided with specific examples of educational metadata and will be asked to identify other cases of educational metadata Finally teacher participation will be facilitated at the end of the session with the use of example educational repositories where teachers will be able to perform their own searches through the available content

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

30

Metadata

37 Introduction to educational metadata and metadata-based searching Main responsible partner (EA)

371 Details

In this learning module the trainees will get acquainted with the concept of metadata An important factor in order to make search and retrieval of educational content more efficient is the quality and quantity of educational metadata associated with these resources In general the commonly accepted way to describe educational resources is the IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Standard The module will include introduction to metadata educational metadata and metadata-based searching authoritative educational metadata schemas (DC-ed amp IEEE LOM) Useful examples of simple metadata will be provided so as to provide a smooth introduction to the concept of metadata Following this activity the concept of metadata in education will be elaborated and specific examples will be provided The trainees will be able to identify similarities between their everyday practice and educational metadata Finally after having explained the later the trainees will be provided with some examples of educational repositories where they will perform various searches using metadata fields In this way they will be able to get a very good idea on how metadata work and what are the possibilities that they offer

372 Pedagogical objectives

Introduction to the concept of metadata Enhancement of lessons with the use of specific examples Enhancement of teacher participation through the introduction of educational repositories where they will perform searches using metadata in practice

373 Process

First the teachers will be presented with the basic concepts of metadata and provided with relevant examples Following this they will then be asked to identify examples of common use of metadata in everyday life After becoming familiar with the basic concepts of metadata teachers will be presented with metadata used in education During this presentation the teachers will be provided with specific examples of educational metadata and will be asked to identify other cases of educational metadata Finally teacher participation will be facilitated at the end of the session with the use of example educational repositories where teachers will be able to perform their own searches through the available content

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

31

374 Follow-up

The teachers would be encouraged to share the resources they discover with their colleagues and share them in a small presentation In these presentations they can explain how they searched for a specific resource and explain why this resource is useful for them and indicate if they would have been able to find it without using metadata

375 Links

Introduction to metadata in Calibrate and Melt material additionally wikipedia LeMill material etc

38 Introduction to tools to describe resources with metadata (COSMOS and NatureNet) Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This learning module presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile and of NatureNet

Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS

With this module teachers will be able to Add educational metadata to learning objects Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository Export of individual educational metadata records as XML files

Process for COSMOS

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

32

Evaluation for Cosmos

Participants should test their knowledge by installing and then using the Metadata Authoring Wizard by adding some metadata to their learning objects

Follow-up for Cosmos

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as ASK LOM AT Wizard and can add metadata records to their learning objects

Links related to Cosmos

httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfileshelpMetadata_Authoringpdf httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosen httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosentoolbox httpwwwcosmosportaleucosmosfilestoolboxCOSMOS_ASK-LOM-ATv12msi

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

ldquoNaturnet Redime URMrdquo repository is for sharing spatial and non spatial context it allows you to combine LOs with maps tools for publishing of data and metadata A

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

33

Web-based tool available in Czech and English languages where others languages can be added easily

Details for Naturnet URM

This learning module presents the functionalities of the Naturnet URM tools (Metadadat extractor visualization client Dataman Mapman Janitor) which is conformant with the ISO1911519115 profile and Dublin Core Profile

Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM

With this module teachers will be able to Search for digital maps and other digital learning objects Select Digital Maps Prepare Map Composition Edit Maps using Janitor Edit Maps in Terrain Publish maps Combine Maps with other object using eXe editor Add metadata to learning objects Publish learning objects and Create and manage educational metadata records of Learning Objects Local Metadata Repository

Process Naturnet URM

The teachers will be presented with the basics of spatial and non spatial metadata and Web 20 tools for integration of spatial and non spatila information based on Naturnet URM Concepts such as map discovery composition and editing will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own maps and metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources combining spatial and non spatial information

Evaluation for Naturnet URM

Participants should test their knowledge by preparing map composition and updating the maps

Follow-up for Naturnet URM

Combination of maps with other objects that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources The data and metadata will be accessible for reusing by other groups

Links for Naturnet URM

httpportalnaturnetorg

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

34

httpportalmetaschoolcz httpkavalirkametaschoolcz httpsourceforgenetappstracexewikihttpjanitorceniacz

Social Web

39 Social metadata and Web 20 tools (folksonomies and social tagging) Main responsible partner (AUA)

391 Details

This module will present the teachers with the concept of social metadata using social bookmaking as an example Bookmarks based on a tag can facilitate searching and sharing and can further be aggregated through web-feeds to learners and other teachers blogs or websites The module will introduce Web 20 vocabulary (using definitions from 13) and brief about advantages and risks of Web 20 in education Teachers will be presented with characteristic examples of social metadata and they will have the opportunity to provide social metadata themselves Later in module 320 information is provided how teachers can use folksonomies and social tags in using existing educational repositories

392 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be familiarized with the concept of social metadata through an example of social bookmarking They will have the opportunity to provide social tags for their favourite websites or learning resources themselves to create their own collections of learning resources with metadata that is meaningful for them This allows participants to complement their knowledge from prior modules on the whole the process of creating metadata for a resource and make a difference between the conventional learning resource metadata and social metadata

393 Process

The teachers will be presented with the basics of social metadata and Web 20 tools that are available Concepts such as folksonomies and social tagging will be made clear through appropriate examples Once these concepts are fully understood the teachers will have the chance to provide their own social metadata for their favourite Websites and educational resources in order to create their own collections of learning resources with meaning tags that can be easily shared

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

35

394 Follow-up

Social metadata that was provided by the teachers can be compared to the ones provided by their colleagues on the same resources In this way teachers will get the chance of comparing and contrasting opinions and find out that social metadata heavily depends on the personal characteristics of the person providing the metadata (thus called social)

395 Links

Social bookmarking in plain English with sub-titles httpdotsubcomviewe843f413-96c2-481f-bf1e-bf4548059ff1 Social tagging for Teachers (some slides and ideas from these slides can be used for social tagging and web 20 stuff in general httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarietwinning-and-educational-resourceshttpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-tagging-for-teachers-159732 Add here the video to using social bookmarking httpdeliciouscom httpwwwflickrcomSocial Networking Technology in Education httpwikeduiuceduindexphpSocial_Networking_Technology_in_Education Introduction to Social Networking Tools (presentation Dr Anna Zoakou Researcher at Ellinogermaniki Agogi) (introduction to social networking tools google groups edublogs slideshare and delicious hands on activity whereby teachers are asked to create their own blog and upload educational material) httpwwwruralwings-projectnetportalsharedworkpackageswp6brural-wings-training-material-delivered-from-rws-pilot-sitesrural-wings-summer-school-traning-materialsummer_school_presentation_annapdfview

310 Web 20 tools in education Main responsible partners (AUA CCSS)

3101 Details

This module will elaborate further on the contents of Module 9 by focusing more on the Web 20 tools rather than social metadata Examples of existing Web 20 tools and their use in education will be given and the use of Wikipedia Geohra and Vitejte na zemi in classroom will be shown Wikipedia will not be treated as a source but in other educational ways (eg use the references use as a source of discussion) Also blogs will be demonstrated as a collaboration tool or as a reflective tool Geohra will demonstrate

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

36

active participation of students on preparation of educational materials and also social methods of education Vitejtenazemi will support education about Environment

3102 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Teachers will have the chance to familiarize with these tools and develop their personal skills on such technologies The ultimate goal is to provide teachers with the know-how on these technologies and their use in the classroom

3103 Process

Teachers will be presented with successful Web 20 tools that are implemented and will have the chance of working and familiarizing with them Such tools include Delicious Slideshare Wikipedia Writeboard Google docs GeohraGeoGame Vitejtenazemi The teachers will be encouraged to create their own accounts and use these tools long after the completion of the specific module

3104 Follow-up

The teachers will be encouraged to use the Web 20 tools to upload their content to cite articles to create content from scratch etc Openness and sharing of material will be encouraged through this module and the progress of the teachers with the use of the tools described will be evaluated

3105 Links

Wikipedia ndash wwwwikipediaorgEasy explination about wikipedia and its use Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Slideshare ndash httpwwwslidesharenet Writeboard ndash httpwriteboardcomGoogle docs ndash httpdocsgooglecom GeoHraGEoGAME geohrakraj-lbccz httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohra httpappsesdi-humboldtczprojectsgeohraen Vitejtenazemi httpvitejtenazemiceniacz Other links Ambassadors links on delicious on social media

311 Popular social tools (eg delicious Flickr) and scenarios for their use in the classroom Main responsible partner (AUA)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

37

3111 Details

This module will provide a description and examples on popular social tools and their usage Specific scenarios will be described and their use in the classroom will be showcased to the teachers Such tools will include Flickr Youtube Delicious Furl Technorati etc

3112 Pedagogical objectives

The teachers will be able to use prominent Web 20 tools and take advantage of their capabilities in education Specially designed scenarios will provide teachers with actual evidence of the educational value of using such tools inside the classroom The overall pedagogical objective is to familiarize the teachers with the use popular social tools

3113 Process

Teachers will be provided with example scenarios that will explain the use of the aforementioned social tools (and others) in the classroom By studying these scenarios the teachers will be asked to use them as a basis to produce their own that will cover the topics they are teaching Possible scenario A teacher organizes a collection of links with pupils on a given topic For example during a history lesson on Napoleon pupils are asked to spend 20 minutes searching on the Web and to find relevant links related to Napoleon A common tag ie keyword is agreed upon all the sites with relevant content will be tagged by ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo Pupils start searching the Web in groups of 2 They first log-in to their delicious account Group 1 finds old historical maps from Napoleon era saves it in delicious and adds tags ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo and maps Group 2 finds sites from Napoleon museums in different places (eg France Belgium Corsica) and saves them using the same tag always adding additional tags that are meaningful for them After 20 minutes the teacher asks pupils to stop searching She goes to deliciouscom and makes a search for the tag ldquoNapoleon_history_5rdquo A common list of websites from all the groups is presented Each Group will present one of their sites Teacher further assigns a relevant homework to pupils

3114 Follow-up

Teachers can present (in a few slides) their initial scenarios before implementing them into the classroom After the implementation teachers can take some time to prepare a short presentation describing the way that the scenarios where implementing and maybe pointing to some specific obstacles that the came across or some opportunities that they identified

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

38

3115 Links

Social media and network sites for teachers a good overview httpwwwslidesharenetvuorikarisocial-media-and-network-sites-for-teachers-presentationSpecific Social networking sitesFlickr ndash httpwwwflickrcom Youtube ndash httpwwwyoutubecom Delicious ndash httpdeliciouscom Furl ndash httpwwwfurlnet Technorati ndash httpwwwtechnoratiorg Related sites httpcooltoolsforschoolswikispacescomSlideshow+Toolshttpdoug-johnsonsquarespacecomblue-skunk-blog200987guidelines-for-educators-using-social-networking-siteshtmlhttpwwwfullcirccomwp20090812the-social-media-i-use

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

39

Hands-on modules

312 Pedagogical strategies and best practices for using digital teaching amp learning resources in the classroom

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

Within this module three approaches will be discussed resource-based learning inquiry based learning and resource based learning

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts in the tree main approaches Use and adaptation of resources will be demonstrated through the lens of these approaches

Process

For each pedagogical strategy a scenario will be given and will be applied through access of learning repositories and online learning communities

Evaluation

Participants will be asked to propose a scenario based on one strategy

Links

8LEM a possible pedagogical model for the Learning Resource Exchange httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_support8lem_learning_theoryhtm Writing lesson plans for learning resources httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planshtm

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

40

Exploiting the potential of a resource discovered httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_plansexploiting_the_potentialhtm Lesson plan template httpmelteunorgwwenpublre_minisitepedagogical_supportwriting_lesson_planslesson_plan_templatehtm PBL Clearinghouse Collection of problems and articles to assist educators in using problem-based learning httpschiconssudeleduPbl Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory A definition a metaphor and a taxonomy David A Wiley II httpreusabilityorgreadchapterswileydoc

313 Practical demonstration of learning objects and their classroom use ldquoThe organic garden content and learning objectsrdquo Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In learning scenarios where information is stored electronically on servers all over the world learners have to search localize represent and make efficient use of the information as well as relate the information to their personal knowledge objectives and planned activities This module aims to demonstrate that localising and representing the relations between learning objects helps the teacher- participant to acquire strategies for effective interaction with learning resources Then introducing these resources in the classroom is more straightforward The organic garden is here the learning context where rich digital resources will enhance and promote the learning experience A school garden with a suitable structure and educational purpose can enhance the sustainable development of an ecological approach to managing agricultural products and resources Every corner of the garden can become a small lab where students can study how fragile our environment is and what is the impact of the modern way of life on our environment School activities that are actively related to the structure and development of the garden can be effectively promoted through rich digital content that can be retrieved through web search identified in relevant content repositories reused or created from scratch

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

41

Figure 1 Content organised around the school organic garden on httpwwweagreporganiccontent The implementation of the organic school garden scenario draws on existing content and motivates teachers and students to reuse and adapt it to existing needs or create new On this website httpwwweagreporganiccontent the content is being organised and constantly updated according to 6 main themes Before planting Planting Visits Greenhouses Composting Plant Care and Harvesting and promoting products (Figure 1)

Pedagogical objectives

The aim of this organisation of content is to enable the learner to consider what resources are available to show relationships among resources activities and future tasks to visualise content as separate and independent learning objects or grouped into larger collections of content that could be transformed into traditional course structures The content is structured into maps and interlinked websites with the CompendiumLD tool an open resource processing tool It supports teachers and learning designers to create diagram maps incorporate content and web addresses show the relations between resources and activities (Compendium LD Learning design software httpknopenacukpublicworkspacecfmwpid=8690) It is being developed as a tool to support lecturers teachers and others involved in education to help them articulate their ideas and map out the design or learning sequence While in this module we see the exported output of Compendium LD that can be published on the web in a form of inter-linked websites in Module X we will demonstrate the process of creating such maps with CompendiumLD or other resource processing tools Overall the objective is to instil

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

42

effective interaction with learning resources and help the participants to cope with the complexity of knowledge and information resources Finally the module will introduce the approach of resource-based learning (RBL) RBL is a special kind of self-regulated learning that takes place in contexts when learners have to cope (self-regulated) with the complexity of knowledge and knowledge resources In resource-based learning settings one must ldquorecognize and clarify learning needs plan a strategy to address these needs locate and access resources evaluate their veracity and utility modify approaches based on an assessment of learning progress and otherwise manage their learningrdquo (Neumann Graber et al 2005) (Neumann A W Graber et al (2005) ParIS-visualizing ideas and information in a resource-based learning scenario Lecture notes in computer science 3426 256)

Process

For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading (Module XX elaborate on the process of adding metadata) a) informational resources that could be added to the Confolio and b) resources generated at school sites during scenario implementation which could be added to the Confolio (Figure 2) Going through the content you can witness moments from Ellinogermaniki Agogi and the 9th Rethymnon primary school where the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario has been already implemented Before the stage of enriching the resources and learning objects with metadata a mind mapping methodology is employed as a visual-spatial strategy for generating organizing and visualizing structures of ideas thoughts and concepts as well as a managing tool for storing and accessing information

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

43

Figure 2 For every of the 6 themes there exist content that is already uploaded in the Organic Edunet Confolio while further content is suggested for uploading

Every node and icon of the map opens another map or lead to content for example a PDF file a power point presentation By clicking on a map icon a new map is invoked For example the user can access a whole map on how to present the project in the classroom (Figure 4) and to access the presentation the teacher has used in order to discuss in the classroom possible activities that the whole classroom can plan together (Figure 3)

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

44

Figure 3 A slide on constructing greenhouses as part of the activities to plan in the organic school garden

Figure 4 A detailed map of resources on how to introduce the project of organic school garden in the classroom

Evaluation

Participants should reflect upon the following questions How do I organise the retrieved or created resources I use in my teaching What is my main concern and difficulty in doing so How did this module affected my usual way of organising content and resources for teaching Participants are also asked to contribute to the following task ldquoDrawing on your experience from a similar project or motivated by plan to deliver a similar project in your school please suggest further content or modify existing content according to your specific educational needsrdquo

Follow-up

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

45

After completing Module X where participants are getting familiar with the use of processing tools such as Compendium LD and the LeMill content organisation tool please return to this module to reflect on the exported data from processing resources and learning objects

Links

The content you can find here httpwwweagreporganiccontent is addressed to the participants who would be interested to implement the ldquoorganic school gardenrdquo scenario or parts of it and to add metadata to content The participants are invited to navigate through these web pages and content (using the back and forth button of the internet explorer browser) Link to ldquoeXe HTML editorrdquo An offline tool for preparing HTML and SCORM packages open source translated to many language (deczenfr) Could be used to create learning resources

314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata

Main responsible partner (EUN and X)

Details

The module outlines general rules for metadata publishing iintroducing conventional metadata such as LOM or Dublin Core Teachers are given examples of differ publishing using different metadata profile and how to choose suitable keywords for indexing and classifying resources for example using thesaurus for publishing The use of keywords could also reflect that different educational systems might have needs to describe resources differently to serve local audiences

Pedagogical objectives

The goal of this module is to make teachers understand how the metadata description can be used to help the search process of the learning resource in the repository (search browse by keywords) but also to help them evaluate whether the learning resource is relevant for their search tasks (in the other words help them understand that a good description of a resource is important to other teachers when they are choosing the resource)

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

46

The module will introduce a resource repository where a teacher can upload a learning resource Then it will show how these metadata is used for searching purposes Third it will show how the same metadata can be useful to help the teacher choose the right learning resource from a search result list

Links

httplemillnet Guidelinesrecommendations from MELT for content indexers on using keywords (eg 3-6 indexing terms plus other keywords) httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatfileadmincosmostrainingCOSMOS-TOOLS-Step-by-Step_en_draft3pdf httpvirtuelleschulebmukkgvatprojekte-internationaleu-projektecosmoshandbuchtraining

315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)

Main responsible partner (AUA)

Details

This module will entail a hands-on session with the teachers that will give them the chance of working on learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology More specifically the teachers will be introduced to the objectives of the OrganicEdunet project so as to achieve a common understanding of the initiative To continue they will have the chance to use the tools developed in the context of the OrganicEdunet project to search for resources that are already uploaded to the OrganicEdunet repository but also to upload their own resources using a test repository set up for this purpose

Pedagogical objectives

This module aims at familiarizing the teachers with an existing tool for describing learning resources in a specific context In this way the teachers will have the chance of applying the general skills that were acquired through the previous modules in a specific application domain

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

47

The teachers will be introduced to the OrganicEdunet project and also to some basic concepts regarding Organic Agriculture and Agroecology After getting to understand the project itself the teachers will have the chance to browse through educational material using functionalities that will be made available through the OrganicEdunet Web Portal Through the portal they will also observe the use of social metadata for the resources (such as tags comments etc) After searching for resources with the use of metadata the teachers will have the chance to describe learning resources related to Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus testing their comprehension of the tools that were described in other modules earlier applied on a field that is different from their own

Follow-up

Teachers can re-use the search capabilities andor try to provide metadata for related resources after reading some relevant material on Organic Agriculture and Agroecology thus understanding in which degree the use of these tools is context dependent This will help them determine whether or not they require extra skills to provide basic metadata in a field that is not of their expertise and be more careful and meticulous when providing metadata on their own subjects

Links

OrganicEdunet Project ndash httpwwworganiceduneteu Confolio Tool ndash httpoeconfolioorg

316 Hands-on session working on resources related to science (use of COSMOS

Main responsible partner (EA)

Details

In this module we present the functionalities presents the functionalities of the COSMOS Metadata Authoring Tool (COSMOS ASKLOM-AT) which is conformant with the COSMOS IEEE LOM Science Education Application Profile Also the COSMOS Authoring Engine for Learning Activities (COSMOS ASK-LDT) and provide a detailed description on how to use the COSMOS ASK-LDT in order to produce educational scenarios in the form of packages conformant to the IMS Learning Design specification

Pedagogical objectives

Participants will become familiar with the basic concepts of working on resources related to science

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

48

Will characterize with metadata a certain learning object store their record then search the local repository in order to find the metadata record that has just been stored Then they will use the COSMOS ASK-LOM-AT in order to export the metadata record to XML format This step is essential in order to be able to upload the learning object and its metadata record to the COSMOS Web repository so that other users of the repository can search for it and retrieve it

3164 Evaluation

Participants will be asked to upload their training resources

Links

The Moon And Tides httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Activitiespdf

317 Searching a schools resources through the LRE portal Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

49

This module is aimed at teachersin schools In it they will learn how to search online educational resources by using the Learning Resource Exchange (LRE) The LRE is a service for schools to find educational content from many different countries and providers Anyone is free to search and browse content in the LRE Tteachers trainers lecturers instructors tutors or learners can also register to use the LRE social tagging tool Social tagging makes sharing of resources easy The LRE is a service from European Schoolnet (EUN) It includes content from Ministries of Education and other partners working with European Schoolnet

Pedagogical objectives

To plan and prepare a lesson using shared resources To enhance lessons with Motivational material Introductory material demonstrations simulations and presentations A range of exercises amp activities

Process

The teachers will be made familiar with the search options and the type of resources available on the LRE in two examples ldquoFinding an introductory courses using the advanced searchrdquo and ldquoFinding motivational material through social browsingrdquo While

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

50

the advanced search offers a more standard approach to searching the social browsing is rather new ndash offering browsing by user entered tags or popularity counts

Evaluation

Investigating into the usage of the different search options chosen by the teachers and the amount of ratings will show how users take up this resource

Follow-up

Why not share your resources with your colleagues You will be surprised the conversations and knowledge exchange this can inspire Check out also ldquoSupporting teachers in sharing resources though social tagging in LRErdquo

Links

The LRE portal URL httplreforschoolseunorg On the portal there are several tutorials available there is also a video clip on how to search httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-Portaltutorials See videos from teachers who used LRE httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectwelcometeacher_videoshtm See a glossary of terms used with learning resources (eg folksonomy) httpinfomelt-projecteuwwenpubmelt_projectglossaryhtm Download an LRE postcard httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltLRE_postcard_webpdf Newsletter httpinfomelt-projecteushareddatameltnewsletterMELT_newsletter_3html

318 Supporting teachers to share resources though social tagging in the LRE Main responsible partner (EUN)

Details

In this module teachers and those supporting teachers (eg ICT co-ordinators teacher trainers) will learn how to share learning resources between teachers librarians and learners through bookmarks and tags in LRE Examples will be given by using the LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

51

and its social bookmarking tools called Favourites where teachers and librarians can create pre-selected and tagged lists of resources for learners to use or for other teachers to share them Commenting and rating on bookmarked URLls can be used for recommending as well as for helping decision-making and critical thinking

Pedagogical objectives

To enable teachers to use tags to create their own collections TO use tags for sharing

Links

Links to video material for LRE

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

52

Technical sessions

319 Introduction for teachers to set up a portfolio and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT Support persons will get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio In the Metaschool Portfolio teachers can as an end-user directly store files links ideas etc and they can also collaborate with other portfolio owners by sharing information (access control) It is possible to structure information with the help of international standardized formats and publish opinions on contributions by others in such a way that these opinions are retrievable from the contribution itself

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

53

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to Setup a Personal portfolio Add learning resources to their portfolio Annotate learning resources Organise learning resources Commenting and if available rating resources Learn to share their work

Process

In the samples below we are looking at two scenarios Setup a Personal portfolio Step 1 Register a user at httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Step 2 To login to the Metaschool Portfolio you open a Browser and you type in the address httpmetaschoolimlumuse Choose your user name and then click on Login Write your password that is connected to your username If you logged in successfully you will come to your start page in your portfolio folder Here you can store for example files as images and links

Add resources To upload a new file to your portfolio you click on Filehellip at the bottom of the window A new window will open where you can browse for the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio After you have chosen the file at your computer that you want to store in your portfolio a dialog box will open where you can describe what format and type of file you uploaded You can also give your file a Title and a Description in the dialog box When you have filled in the information about title and description you click on the Next button

For uploading a link to a web resource (URL) to your portfolio you are doing almost the same way as you do when you are uploading a new file Click on the Linkhellip button and a dialog box will open Fill in the URL what type of resource title of your resource and a description When you are done click on the Nexthellip button A new dialog box will open Fill in information about title language and a description of your uploaded resource And then click on the Finish button

Evaluation

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

54

Outcomes Metaschool portfolio allows to setup a Personal portfolio with a flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources

Follow-up

Follow-up options Why not share your resources with your colleagues Providing learning materials for a course (maybe through RSS feeds) Commenting and rating other peoples work

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse Metaschool registration httpmetaschoolimlumuseregister Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL

320 Introduction for ICT support to set up the Confolio portfolio system (including setup of repository) using Confolio tool and connect to the outside world Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module the ICT support person at a school will get familiar with how to setup a repository on a local server Maybe there is a need for an Institutional archive Personal portfolio or some Course construction portfolios The ICT support personal will also learn how to connect this local repository to the Metaschool Project

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module ICT personal will have managed to Learn how to setup a repository system (SCAM) on their own server Learn how to connect portfolio system (Confolio) to the repository Learn how to connect the repository to other external systems through Metadata harvesting OAI-PMH (both directions) and SQI

Process

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

55

Step 1 ndash Installing and configure SCAM repository Step 3 ndash Installing and configure SCAM OAI-PMH module Step 4 ndash Installing and configure SCAM Harvesting module Step 5 ndash Installing and configure SCAM SQI webservice module Step 6 ndash Installing and configure the Metaschool portfolio (confolio)

Evaluation

Outcomes Provides a unified mechanism for accessing and managing resources and their metadata

Follow-up

Why not share your local repository and make it searchable through the Metaschool portfolio or the other way around

Links

Metaschool portfolio wiki httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayMETASCHOOL SCAM Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplaySCAM Confolio Project httpconfluenceimlumusedisplayCONFOLIO

321 Connecting educational repositories eg Confolio and LRE as an example Main responsible partner (UmU)

Details

In this learning module ICT support personel will get familiar with the benefit of connecting educational repositories together The Metaschool Portfolio has the possibility to search in external repositories like the LRE repository and OERCommons repository An end-user can therefore search for external material collect combine organise and annotate them in a flexible way inside their own portfolio and make them searchable and reusable by others too

Pedagogical objectives

On successful completion of this module teachers will have managed to

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

56

Learn how to search and Collect learning resources from external repositories Know more about annotating resources Know how to share learning resources and make them searchable

Process

Step1 Getting started Create an Metaschool portfolio account Get familiar with the Metaschool portfolio Step 2 Searching for learning resources in other repositories Search learning resources in external repositories(LRE OERCommons) from inside Metaschool portfolio Collect combine organise and annotate resources inside your own portfolio Step 3 Exchanging learning Collaborate with others by sharing information(access control) Search for the annotated resources inside Metaschool portfolio from some other portal (spider portal)

Evaluation

Outcomes A flexible way of managing integrating and reusing resources and their metadata The produced material is effortless reusable by others

Follow-up

Follow-up options Translate the most interesting external material you found to mother tonuge publish them and make available to others

Links

Metaschool portfolio httpmetaschoolimlumuse LRE portal httplreforschoolseunorgLRE-PortalIndexiface OERCommons

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf

No 141942-LLP-1-2008-1-GR-COMENIUS-CMP

D21 Training framework

57

httpwwwoercommonsorg The Spider httpitforpedagogerskolverketsehitta_material

  • 01 About this document
  • 02 Version
  • 1 Introduction
    • 11 Scope
      • This deliverable aims to present the design and specification of training enabling METASCHOOL teachers to achieve the levels of technical and pedagogical competence required to make effective use of the resources available
        • 12 Audience
          • This report is addressed in the first instance to project partners involved in teacher training in the project Ellinogermaniki Agogi (EA) Agricultural University of Athens (AUA) University of Bayreuth (UBT) EDU and Czech Centre for Science and Society (CCSS) More generally those developing professional development programmes in ICT in schools with a focus on the use of digital learning resources
            • 13 Definitions
              • This section outlines the terms and definitions used in this document and in the Training Framework Most of the descriptions for these terms refer to Wikipediaorg
              • BOOKMARKED ITEM ALSO KNOWN AS AN ITEM PUT IN FAVOURITES
              • This is a website a learning resource or any other digital object that the user has made a virtual link to by using a bookmarking service Usually a bookmarked item is also given a keyword that facilitates its findability again
              • CONTROLLED VOCABULARY
              • Controlled vocabularies are used in indexing schemes thesauri and taxonomies These schemes mandate the uses of predefined authorised terms that have been pre-selected by the designer of the controlled vocabulary
              • EXPERT INDEXING
              • In MELT indexing of resources can be done by two different groups experts who are teachers or other professionals with profound knowledge of indexing and by teachers Expert indexing referrers to the first group
              • FOLKSONOMY
              • A folksonomy is a user-generated metadata used to categorise and retrieve Web pages photographs Web links and other Web content using open-ended labels called tags Typically folksonomies are Internet-based A well-developed folksonomy is ideally accessible as a shared vocabulary that is both originated by and familiar to its primary users
              • METADATA
              • Metadata is data about data It can generally be thought of as information that describes or supplements the central data and helps its indexing and retrieval
              • THE RT RELATIONSHIP RELATED TERM RT
              • A relationship between terms which are not members of an equivalence set neither are subordinated or superordinated to another but are mentally associated to such an extent that it is useful to make the link between them explicit The RT relation is a not-hierarchical mutual and symmetric relationship that is If A is a RT of B then B is a RT of A
              • SOCIAL BOOKMARKING
              • Social bookmarking is a web-based service to share Internet bookmarks and a popular way to store classify share and search links through the practice of folksonomy techniques on the Internet or Intranet
              • SOCIAL SOFTWARE
              • Social software is defined broadly as any web-based software tool that supports or fosters group interaction It enables people to connect and collaborate through technology-mediated communication(Wikipedia March 2007) There are many genres of social software communication tools collaborative tools like groupware and wikis and social network sites
              • SOCIAL CONTENT
              • Social Content is any information that people create about themselves to share with others such as preferences blog postings manifests of relationships
              • SOCIAL CONTEXT
              • Social context centres on a persons heterogeneous social networks people are known to have a variety of networks It can be used to explain the ways that applications attempt to create networks imitating the way real-life social protocols work
              • TAG
              • A type of metadata generated by users and creators of the content involving the association of descriptors with objects
              • TAG CLOUD
              • A weighted list in visual design can be used as a visual depiction of content tags used on a website More frequently used tags are depicted in a larger font or otherwise emphasised while the displayed order is generally alphabetical Thus both finding a tag by alphabet and by popularity is possible Selecting a single tag within a tag cloud will generally lead to a collection of items that are associated with that tag
              • TAGGING SOCIAL TAGGING COLLABORATIVE TAGGING
              • Collaborative tagging is regarded as democratic folksonomy metadata generation ie rather than an individual controlling the metadata or tags about an article or other content metadata is generated by both the creator and consumers of the content
              • TAXONOMY
              • Taxonomy is the practice and science of taxonomic classification Taxonomies which are composed of taxonomic units known as taxa (singular taxon) are frequently hierarchical in structure and commonly display parent-child relationships
              • THESAURUS
              • A thesaurus which is designed for indexing is a list of every important term (single-word or multi-word) in a given domain of knowledge and a set of related terms for each term in the list
              • USE-UF THE INTRA-LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCE
              • The intra-language equivalence is used in thesauri to facilitate the access to documents that were indexed by the documentalist differently from what the end-user may think A descriptor which is a thesaurus term can have many non-descriptors ie words related to it that help users who use free natural language to better search etbeunorg
              • VISUALIZATION
              • Visualization is used to describe a variety of techniques that use images diagrams or animations to display relations between resources tags and people
              • Abbreviations used in this document
                • 14 Structure
                  • Chapter 1 contains an overview of this document providing its Scope Audience Structure and References
                  • Chapter 2 provides background information summarises user needs as identified in WP1 relates them to the framework of training modules and lists the expected outcomes and competences
                  • Chapter 3 gives an overview of each of the 21 training modules to be developed as D231
                      • 2 Background
                      • 3 Training Modules
                        • 31 Introduction to ICT and WWW for educational uses
                          • Details
                          • Pedagogical objectives
                          • Process
                          • Evaluation
                          • Follow-up
                          • Links
                            • 32 Strategies for searching information online online resources and repositories
                              • Details
                              • Pedagogical objectives
                              • Process
                              • Evaluation
                              • Follow-up
                              • Links
                                • 33 Introduction to the concept of learning objects
                                  • Details
                                  • Free and open educational resources have become one of the most discussed topics in the field of education Design for learning provides a new perspective on a longstanding practice more familiarly referred to as ldquocourse designrdquo or ldquolesson planningrdquo Projects such as MIT Open courseware Open Access Wikipedia Wikibooks and Wikimedia Commons have challenged traditional methods of delivering education resources and also the methods of creating them
                                  • A large amount of digital education content already exists in the form of lessons museum collections digital repositories and libraries This large amount of digital content has the potential to support technology-enhanced education However teachers are lacking the time to investigate the potential educational added-value of the huge amount of digital resources typically returned though web search engines
                                  • Pedagogical objectives
                                  • Introduce teachers to the concept of different sources for learning resources (web-based achieves museum websites) introduce different types of learning resources (eg drill and practice lesson plans) and different formats of learning resources (eg website word document pdf video sound)
                                  • Process
                                  • The module will support and expand on the notion of small reusable chunks of instructional media Early on Reigeluth and Nelson (1997) had suggested that when teachers first gain access to instructional materials they often break the materials down into their constituent parts They then reassemble these parts in ways that support their individual instructional goals
                                  • Evaluation
                                  • Follow-up
                                  • During the weeks following the training course the participants will have the opportunity through conducting specially designed mini-projects to further apply what they have learnt by producing educational resources following the learning objects paradigm
                                  • Links
                                    • 34 Introduction to sharing learning resources
                                    • 35 Introduction to learning repositories and learning communities
                                      • Details
                                      • Pedagogical objectives
                                      • Process
                                      • Evaluation
                                      • Links
                                        • 36 Review and demonstration of popular learning repositories with school resources
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for COSMOS
                                          • Process for COSMOS
                                          • Evaluation for Cosmos
                                          • Follow-up for Cosmos
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details for Naturnet URM
                                          • Pedagogical objectives for Naturnet URM
                                          • Process Naturnet URM
                                          • Evaluation for Naturnet URM
                                          • Follow-up for Naturnet URM
                                          • Details
                                          • Pedagogical objectives
                                          • Process
                                          • Evaluation
                                          • Follow-up
                                          • Links
                                          • 314 Practical examples of learning resource descriptions with metadata
                                          • Details
                                          • 315 Hands-on session working on resources related to organic agriculture amp archaeology (use of OrganicEdunet)
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Learning-Contentpdf
                                            • httpwwweagrepcosmos-summer-schoolmaterials_2009Templatespdf